CA2424785A1 - Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto - Google Patents
Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2424785A1 CA2424785A1 CA002424785A CA2424785A CA2424785A1 CA 2424785 A1 CA2424785 A1 CA 2424785A1 CA 002424785 A CA002424785 A CA 002424785A CA 2424785 A CA2424785 A CA 2424785A CA 2424785 A1 CA2424785 A1 CA 2424785A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- formulation
- occurrence
- independently
- hedgehog
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 177
- 230000008410 smoothened signaling pathway Effects 0.000 title description 8
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 186
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 241000289669 Erinaceus europaeus Species 0.000 claims abstract 9
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 210
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 163
- -1 cyclic amine Chemical class 0.000 claims description 101
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 99
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 64
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 49
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 37
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 34
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical group [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 11
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 claims description 9
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 10
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims 6
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 4
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 90
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 48
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 abstract description 22
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 16
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 7
- 244000060234 Gmelina philippensis Species 0.000 description 182
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 161
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 85
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 77
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 71
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 70
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 68
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 56
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 51
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 49
- 101150088976 shh gene Proteins 0.000 description 49
- 101100203200 Danio rerio shha gene Proteins 0.000 description 48
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 41
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 40
- 108010069873 Patched Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 39
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 102000000017 Patched Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 38
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 37
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 102000003693 Hedgehog Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 33
- 108090000031 Hedgehog Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 33
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 32
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 31
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 30
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 30
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 30
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 27
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 25
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 25
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 25
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 25
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 22
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 22
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 21
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 21
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 20
- 210000004209 hair Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 20
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 19
- 108010016200 Zinc Finger Protein GLI1 Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 19
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 19
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 18
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 18
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 18
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 16
- 206010062804 Basal cell naevus syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 208000031995 Gorlin syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 15
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 15
- 201000005734 nevoid basal cell carcinoma syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 13
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-diisopropylethylamine Substances CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 12
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 11
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 11
- WENZNTBBHOBISN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrole-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN1C(O)=O WENZNTBBHOBISN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 11
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 10
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 10
- OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl beta-D-galactoside Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CNC2=CC=C(Br)C(Cl)=C12 OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 0.000 description 9
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000000172 Medulloblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- LXTXICWDRCYYFE-RDJZCZTQSA-N methyl (2s,4s)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N[C@H](C(=O)OC)C[C@@H]1N(C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 LXTXICWDRCYYFE-RDJZCZTQSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000004923 pancreatic tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 9
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 8
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 8
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000009459 hedgehog signaling Effects 0.000 description 8
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000003716 mesoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CLEXYFLHGFJONT-DNMILWOZSA-N Jervine Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H](C(=O)C2=C3C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@@]13O[C@@H]2C[C@H](C)CN[C@H]2[C@H]1C CLEXYFLHGFJONT-DNMILWOZSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 7
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000005012 alkyl thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 7
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 7
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 7
- CLEXYFLHGFJONT-UHFFFAOYSA-N jervine Natural products C1C=C2CC(O)CCC2(C)C(C(=O)C2=C3C)C1C2CCC13OC2CC(C)CNC2C1C CLEXYFLHGFJONT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QRXOCOSLDOPPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N jervine sulfate Natural products CC1CNC2C(C1)OC3(CCC4=C(C3C)C(=O)C5C4CC=C6CC(O)CCC56C)C2C QRXOCOSLDOPPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101150103120 ptc gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 7
- UUZMCSZIVDOXLA-WHFBIAKZSA-N (2S,4S)-4-bromo-2-methoxycarbonylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H]1C[C@H](Br)CN1C(O)=O UUZMCSZIVDOXLA-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000006497 3-methoxybenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 6
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 210000003780 hair follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000003458 notochord Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 6
- 150000003511 tertiary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 6
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 6
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- ODIGIKRIUKFKHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (n-propan-2-yloxycarbonylanilino) acetate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N(OC(C)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ODIGIKRIUKFKHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 5
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- MBPNTAPGNBTSPG-JBUOLDKXSA-N [(3R,5S)-1-carboxy-5-methoxycarbonylpyrrolidin-3-yl]azanium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[NH3+][C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)OC MBPNTAPGNBTSPG-JBUOLDKXSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000022159 cartilage development Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000004850 cyclobutylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCC1)C* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229920000840 ethylene tetrafluoroethylene copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 230000002390 hyperplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000000982 limb bud Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LXTXICWDRCYYFE-WBVHZDCISA-N methyl (2s,4r)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N[C@H](C(=O)OC)C[C@H]1N(C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 LXTXICWDRCYYFE-WBVHZDCISA-N 0.000 description 5
- WAWOQNRKZJTWAQ-ZBFHGGJFSA-N methyl (2s,4r)-4-[n-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N[C@H](C(=O)OC)C[C@H]1N(C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 WAWOQNRKZJTWAQ-ZBFHGGJFSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000002161 motor neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 5
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 5
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 210000002023 somite Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 5
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 5
- MBPNTAPGNBTSPG-FHAQVOQBSA-N (2S,4S)-4-amino-2-methoxycarbonylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[NH3+][C@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)OC MBPNTAPGNBTSPG-FHAQVOQBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OUCUOMVLTQBZCY-BYPYZUCNSA-N (2s)-1-azaniumylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound NN1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O OUCUOMVLTQBZCY-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QCZCVUBJYKQGOQ-IRLDBZIGSA-N (2s,4r)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(CN([C@H]2CN(CC=3C=C4OCOC4=CC=3)[C@@H](C2)C(O)=O)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)=C1 QCZCVUBJYKQGOQ-IRLDBZIGSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XPLJMAJHKUPOAO-UHNVWZDZSA-N (2s,4r)-4-hydroxy-2-methoxycarbonylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CN1C(O)=O XPLJMAJHKUPOAO-UHNVWZDZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QCZCVUBJYKQGOQ-UNMCSNQZSA-N (2s,4s)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidin-1-ium-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(CN([C@@H]2CN(CC=3C=C4OCOC4=CC=3)[C@@H](C2)C(O)=O)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)=C1 QCZCVUBJYKQGOQ-UNMCSNQZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- WMPDAIZRQDCGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 WMPDAIZRQDCGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010003645 Atopy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010014967 Ependymoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000009277 Neuroectodermal Tumors Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000043299 Parathyroid hormone-related Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710123753 Parathyroid hormone-related protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 4
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003779 hair growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 4
- XOHNDFNHWPWYNB-GGAORHGYSA-N methyl (2s,4r)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(=O)N([C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)CC=1C=C2OCOC2=CC=1)C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 XOHNDFNHWPWYNB-GGAORHGYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 4
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- SATCULPHIDQDRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperonal Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 SATCULPHIDQDRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LYKMMUBOEFYJQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperoxan Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2OC1CN1CCCCC1 LYKMMUBOEFYJQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000029340 primitive neuroectodermal tumor Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001732 sebaceous gland Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000021595 spermatogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl orthoformate Chemical compound COC(OC)OC PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 101100522123 Caenorhabditis elegans ptc-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000252212 Danio rerio Species 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010016936 Folliculitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100040445 Keratin, type I cytoskeletal 14 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010066321 Keratin-14 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 3
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010036346 Posterior capsule opacification Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000004210 Pressure Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000270 basal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001900 endoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000442 hair follicle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003559 hypertrophic chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000001542 lens epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003670 luciferase enzyme activity assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940066294 lung surfactant Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003580 lung surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001259 mesencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 3
- XOHNDFNHWPWYNB-GMAHTHKFSA-N methyl (2s,4s)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(=O)N([C@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)CC=1C=C2OCOC2=CC=1)C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 XOHNDFNHWPWYNB-GMAHTHKFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001982 neural crest cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091008695 photoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003461 sulfonyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000106 sweat gland Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003797 telogen phase Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)OC(=O)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000016804 zinc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJIMUSVGEOXAPI-QRWLVFNGSA-N (2S,4R)-4-[3,3-dimethylbutanoyl-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C[C@]1(C[C@H](CN1)N(CC2=CC(=CC=C2)OC)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C)C(=O)O IJIMUSVGEOXAPI-QRWLVFNGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLDLRDSRCMJKGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[chloro-(2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl)phosphoryl]-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1COC(=O)N1P(=O)(Cl)N1CCOC1=O KLDLRDSRCMJKGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azide Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004219 Brain-derived neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000715 Brain-derived neurotrophic factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101800001415 Bri23 peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101800000655 C-terminal peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400000107 C-terminal peptide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000008516 Capsule Opacification Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=O CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 206010011985 Decubitus ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100031181 Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000031953 Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010020112 Hirsutism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000695187 Homo sapiens Protein patched homolog 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000033383 Neuroendocrine tumor of pancreas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100041030 Pancreas/duodenum homeobox protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100028680 Protein patched homolog 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010240 RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010038933 Retinopathy of prematurity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010039793 Seborrhoeic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010829 Spina bifida Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006097 Spinal Dysraphism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008385 Urogenital Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000558 Varicose Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003875 Wang resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010088665 Zinc Finger Protein Gli2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]phenyl]methanol Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(CO)C=C1 NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003698 anagen phase Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000002159 anterior chamber Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000468 autoproteolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LNENVNGQOUBOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N azidosilane Chemical compound [SiH3]N=[N+]=[N-] LNENVNGQOUBOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004227 basal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012455 biphasic mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000625 blastula Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000002352 blister Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940077737 brain-derived neurotrophic factor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003778 catagen phase Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012832 cell culture technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008614 cellular interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001713 cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035617 depilation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009547 development abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- BSCOYGIDBGKPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazenylphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)N=N BSCOYGIDBGKPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002027 dichloromethane extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethyl acetate Chemical compound ClCCl.CCOC(C)=O WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001339 epidermal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008556 epithelial cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008472 epithelial growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N ethyl (2s,5s)-5-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCOC(=O)[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C)N1 VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonylcarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NC(=O)OCC PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004186 follicle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001647 gastrula Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002140 halogenating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004247 hand Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000012203 high throughput assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001969 hypertrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940040692 lithium hydroxide monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide monohydrate Substances [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic anhydride Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OS(C)(=O)=O IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001020 neural plate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005155 neural progenitor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004031 neuronal differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003900 neurotrophic factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150033789 nnr gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000005151 nonafluorobutanesulfonyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(S(=O)(=O)*)(F)F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)F 0.000 description 2
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001331 nose Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000016087 ovulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- BVJSUAQZOZWCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BVJSUAQZOZWCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003239 periodontal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940081310 piperonal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium nitrate Chemical compound [K+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001823 pruritic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012048 reactive intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005932 reductive alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L samarium(ii) iodide Chemical compound I[Sm]I UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000004761 scalp Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000008742 seborrheic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001044 sensory neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002381 testicular Effects 0.000 description 2
- HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabromomethane Chemical compound BrC(Br)(Br)Br HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 2
- ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=S ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 2
- GRGCWBWNLSTIEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(Cl)(=O)=O GRGCWBWNLSTIEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SEDZOYHHAIAQIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl azide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N=[N+]=[N-] SEDZOYHHAIAQIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004509 vascular smooth muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008189 vertebrate development Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-carboxy-2-sulfanylethyl)azanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.SCC(N)C(O)=O QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDDIUNABQLYFNA-SFHVURJKSA-N (2s)-1-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonyl)-4-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CC(=O)CN1C(=O)OCC1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C21 MDDIUNABQLYFNA-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl) carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OC(Cl)=O)C=C1 NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxybenzotriazole;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxytetrahydrofuran Chemical compound OC1CCCO1 JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUTKIHRNYUEGKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-dimethylbutanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(Cl)=O BUTKIHRNYUEGKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 5-bromodeoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000060 Abdominal distension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010507 Adenocarcinoma of Lung Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001764 Alopecia scarring Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000736 Amenorrhea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001928 Amenorrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001455272 Amniota Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003276 Apios tuberosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010744 Arachis villosulicarpa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010003598 Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025978 Athletic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150061927 BMP2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010065687 Bone loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003170 Bronchiolo-Alveolar Adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006418 Brown reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100518995 Caenorhabditis elegans pax-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000009043 Chemical Burns Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018380 Chemical injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005243 Chondrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061764 Chromosomal deletion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010005939 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031614 Ciliary neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001573498 Compacta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010011017 Corneal graft rejection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010058202 Cystoid macular oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012442 Dermatitis contact Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048768 Dermatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700029231 Developmental Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056340 Diabetic ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700001637 Drosophila ci Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700018846 Drosophila hh Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000606317 Drosophila melanogaster Protein patched Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006402 Ductal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010015150 Erythema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028072 Fibroblast growth factor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Polymers OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000028782 Hereditary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007514 Herpes zoster Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000009331 Homeodomain Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010048671 Homeodomain Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000718243 Homo sapiens Adhesion G protein-coupled receptor E5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001060274 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000612089 Homo sapiens Pancreas/duodenum homeobox protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000597923 Homo sapiens Transmembrane 7 superfamily member 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020864 Hypertrichosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010070070 Hypoinsulinaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011786 L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-cystine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CSSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000034693 Laceration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000265 Lobular Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000001344 Macular Edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000055008 Matrilin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010072582 Matrilin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024556 Mendelian disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015021 Meningeal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010054949 Metaplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000024599 Mooren ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016285 Movement disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100518997 Mus musculus Pax3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000002454 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061306 Nasopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028389 Nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004404 Neurofibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004485 Nonsense Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710144033 Pancreas/duodenum homeobox protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033733 Papule Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000051107 Paraechinus aethiopicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010050487 Pinealoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007641 Pinealoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000404883 Pisa Species 0.000 description 1
- 231100000742 Plant toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000035965 Postoperative Complications Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010057846 Primitive neuroectodermal tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004403 Prostatic Hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000010362 Protozoan Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007123 Pulmonary Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000411545 Punargentus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037649 Pyogenic granuloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037888 Rash pustular Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004756 Respiratory Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038848 Retinal detachment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010039705 Scleritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000252141 Semionotiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040943 Skin Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010112 Spinocerebellar Degenerations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010041738 Sports injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041955 Stasis dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearinsaeure-hexadecylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010042778 Syndactyly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000255588 Tephritidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000018656 Terrien marginal degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000033781 Thyroid carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035339 Transmembrane 7 superfamily member 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000001742 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010040002 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064996 Ulcerative keratitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014070 Vestibular schwannoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010011 Vitamin A Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100035535 Zinc finger protein GLI1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDLQZKYLHJJBHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(CN)=C1 FDLQZKYLHJJBHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000210 abortion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000176 abortion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003655 absorption accelerator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009621 actinic keratosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002517 adenoid cystic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005188 adrenal gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024447 adrenal gland neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001943 adrenal medulla Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IYABWNGZIDDRAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N allene Chemical group C=C=C IYABWNGZIDDRAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013566 allergen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002029 allergic contact dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000411 amacrine cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000540 amenorrhea Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019728 animal nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001264 anterior cruciate ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030495 antiandrogen sex hormone and modulator of the genital system Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010385 ascorbyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010455 autoregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical class O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- ZPXQBUHZMACCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N azidodiazene Chemical compound N=NN=[N+]=[N-] ZPXQBUHZMACCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003373 basosquamous carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XMQFTWRPUQYINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bensulfuron-methyl Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1CS(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC1=NC(OC)=CC(OC)=N1 XMQFTWRPUQYINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150067309 bmp4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014461 bone development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940006460 bromide ion Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001011 carotid body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006369 cell cycle progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001638 cerebellum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004720 cerebrum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005827 chlorofluoro hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002648 chondrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008711 chromosomal rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009693 chronic damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001886 ciliary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002777 columnar cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006258 combinatorial reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091036078 conserved sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003433 contraceptive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002254 contraceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006003 cornification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150118300 cos gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002316 cosmetic surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- QTCANKDTWWSCMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N costic aldehyde Natural products C1CCC(=C)C2CC(C(=C)C=O)CCC21C QTCANKDTWWSCMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006880 cross-coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002681 cryosurgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011461 current therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001305 cysteine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010206 cystoid macular edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000824 cytostatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003831 deregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- RAFNCPHFRHZCPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N di(imidazol-1-yl)methanethione Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=S)N1C=CN=C1 RAFNCPHFRHZCPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazene Chemical group N=N RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)OC(O)=O ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001079 digestive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024634 digestive tract morphogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCUYBXPSSCRKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosgene Chemical compound ClC(=O)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl HCUYBXPSSCRKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000005064 dopaminergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007783 downstream signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007878 drug screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003981 ectoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005014 ectopic expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002308 embryonic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035194 endochondral ossification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002514 epidermal stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005081 epithelial layer Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000321 erythema Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxymethanedithioic acid Chemical compound CCOC(S)=S ZOOODBUHSVUZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005713 exacerbation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004299 exfoliation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021045 exocrine pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030533 eye disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000006052 feed supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000968 fibrocartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010016629 fibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007045 gastrulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000762 glandular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001905 globus pallidus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002768 hair cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000031774 hair cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024963 hair loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003676 hair loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002837 heart atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000034345 heterotrimeric G proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006093 heterotrimeric G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004276 hyalin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BTJRKNUKPQBLAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;4-methylmorpholine;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CN1CCOCC1 BTJRKNUKPQBLAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035860 hypoinsulinemia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010021198 ichthyosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001371 inclusion conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001208 inner root sheath cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002919 insect venom Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003434 inspiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035992 intercellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004495 interstitial cells of cajal Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004608 intestinal differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ISTFUJWTQAMRGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-beta-costal Natural products C1C(C(=C)C=O)CCC2(C)CCCC(C)=C21 ISTFUJWTQAMRGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000448 lactic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M lactobionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007653 larval development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010901 lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002197 limbic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002634 lipophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003750 lower gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000023508 male gonad development Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004890 malting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005075 mammary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009681 mesenchymal cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007102 metabolic function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015689 metaplastic ossification Effects 0.000 description 1
- TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N methamphetamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC=O AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010208 microarray analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002266 mite infestation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006618 mitotic catastrophe Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002969 morbid Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002894 multi-fate stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009608 myelography Methods 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFKUNWDWSPGXJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-chloromethanethioamide Chemical compound ClNC=S QFKUNWDWSPGXJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003928 nasal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000011216 nasopharynx carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000000478 neocortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000018389 neoplasm of cerebral hemisphere Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001577 neostriatum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000003142 neovascular glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008764 nerve damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000933 neural crest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003988 neural development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000276 neural tube Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000948 non-nucleated cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100001221 nontumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000001706 olfactory mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005305 organ development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004789 organ system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000888 organogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002488 outer root sheath cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015031 pancreas development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033675 panniculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003154 papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005034 parasympathetic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012753 partial hepatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005897 peptide coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002263 peptidergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WEYVCQFUGFRXOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N perazine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 WEYVCQFUGFRXOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002195 perazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009984 peri-natal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028169 periodontal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002379 periodontal ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000017983 photosensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000053 physical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004560 pineal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000003113 pineoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003123 plant toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000003580 polydactyly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfate Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])(=O)=O CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000343 potassium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030266 primary brain neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004129 prosencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001185 psoriatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000029561 pustule Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002637 putamen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002278 reconstructive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008844 regulatory mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000754 repressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000004193 respiratory failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003340 retarding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004264 retinal detachment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000880 retinal rod photoreceptor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012340 reverse transcriptase PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001202 rhombencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004700 rosacea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003079 salivary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000306 sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004116 schwann cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003346 selenoethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008786 sensory perception of smell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000862 serotonergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007781 signaling event Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007727 signaling mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002356 skeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010088 skin benign neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006128 skin development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008470 skin growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000019 skin ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000649 small cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940100996 sodium bisulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940001482 sodium sulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001562 sternum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004895 subcellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004003 subcutaneous fat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004304 subcutaneous tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004281 subthalamic nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonyldimethane Chemical compound CS(C)(=O)=O HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003375 sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004243 sweat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002889 sympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000006379 syphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CWXPZXBSDSIRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CCNCC1 CWXPZXBSDSIRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thianthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003566 thiocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013077 thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010044325 trachoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000037426 transcriptional repression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006107 transcriptional repressors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001228 trophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000013706 tumor of meninges Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005760 tumorsuppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001419 two-dimensional polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036269 ulceration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000626 ureter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037964 urogenital cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002229 urogenital system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003741 urothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019871 vegetable fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000611 venom Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010388 wound contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037314 wound repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012991 xanthate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014692 zinc oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/4025—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. cromakalim
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention makes available methods and reagents for inhibiting aberrant growth states resulting from hedgehog gain-of function, ptc loss-of-function or smoothened gain-of-function comprising contacting the cell with a hedgehog antagonist, such as a small molecule, in a sufficient amount to aberrant growth state, e.g., to agonize a normal ptc pathway or antagonize smoothened or hedgehog activity.
Description
Mediators of Hedgehog Sighalihg PatlZwaysa Compositions ahd Uses Related Thereto Bacl~round of the Invention Pattern formation is the activity by which embryonic cells form ordered spatial arrangements of differentiated tissues. The physical complexity of higher organisms arises during embryogenesis through the interplay of cell-intrinsic lineage and cell-extrinsic signaling. Inductive interactions are essential to embryonic patterning in vertebrate development from the earliest establishment of the body plan, to the patterning of the organ systems, to the generation of diverse cell types during tissue differentiation (Davidson, E., (1990) Development 108: 365-389;
Gtudon, J. B., (1992) Cell 68: 185-199; Jessell, T. M. et al., (1992) Cell 68:
270). The effects of developmental cell interactions are varied. Typically, responding cells are diverted from one route of cell differentiation to another by inducing cells that differ from both the uninduced and induced states of the responding cells (inductions). Sometimes cells induce their neighbors to differentiate lilce themselves (homeogenetic induction); in other cases a cell inhibits its neighbors from differentiating lilce itself. Cell interactions in early development may be sequential, such that an initial induction between two cell types leads to a progressive amplification of diversity. Moreover, inductive interactions occur not only in embryos, but in adult cells as well, and can act to establish and maintain moiphogenetic patterns as well as induce differentiation (J.B. Gurdon (1992) Cell 68:185-199).
Members of the Hedgehog family of signaling molecules mediate many important short- and long-range patterning processes during invertebrate and vertebrate development. In the fly, a single hedgehog gene regulates segmental and imaginal disc patterning. In contrast, in vertebrates, a hedgehog gene family is involved in the control of left-right asymnetiy, polarity in the CNS, somites and limb, organogenesis, chondrogenesis and spermatogenesis.
The first hedgehog gene was identified by a genetic screen in the fruitfly D~oso~hila i~aelahogastef° (Niisslein-Volhard, C. and Wieschaus, E.
(1980) Nature 287, 795-801). This screen identified a number of mutations affecting embryonic and larval development. In 1992 and 1993, the molecular nature of the Df osophila hedgehog (hh) gene was reported (C.F., Lee et al. (1992) Gell 71, 33-50), and since then, several hedgehog homologues have been isolated from various vertebrate species. While only one hedgehog gene has been found in D~oso~hila and other invertebrates, multiple Hedgehog genes are present in vertebrates.
The vertebrate family of hedgehog genes includes at least four members, e.g., paralogs of the single drosophila hedgehog gene. Exemplary hedgehog genes and proteins are described in PCT publications WO 95/18856 and WO 96/17924. Three of these members, herein referred to as Desert hedgelzog (Dhh), Sonic hedgehog (Shh) and Indian hedgehog (Ihh), apparently exist in all vertebrates, including fish, birds, and mammals. A fourth member, herein referred to as tiggie-wiude hedgehog (TIZh), appears specific to fish. Desert hedgehog (Dhh) is expressed principally in the testes, both in mouse embryonic development and in the adult rodent and human;
Indian hedgehog (Ihh) is involved in bone development during embryogenesis and in bone formation in the adult; and, Shh, which as described above, is primarily involved in morphogenic and neuroinductive activities. Given the critical inductive roles of hedgehog polypeptides in the development and maintenance of vertebrate organs, the identification of hedghog interacting proteins is of paramount significance in both clinical and research contexts.
The various Hedgehog proteins consist of a signal peptide, a highly conserved N-terminal region, and a more divergent C-terminal domain. In addition to signal sequence cleavage in the secretory pathway (Lee, J.J. et al. (1992) Cell 71:33-50; Tabata, T. et al. (1992) Genes Dev. 2635-2645; Chang, D.E. et al.
(1994) Development 120:3339-3353), Hedgehog precursor proteins undergo an internal
Gtudon, J. B., (1992) Cell 68: 185-199; Jessell, T. M. et al., (1992) Cell 68:
270). The effects of developmental cell interactions are varied. Typically, responding cells are diverted from one route of cell differentiation to another by inducing cells that differ from both the uninduced and induced states of the responding cells (inductions). Sometimes cells induce their neighbors to differentiate lilce themselves (homeogenetic induction); in other cases a cell inhibits its neighbors from differentiating lilce itself. Cell interactions in early development may be sequential, such that an initial induction between two cell types leads to a progressive amplification of diversity. Moreover, inductive interactions occur not only in embryos, but in adult cells as well, and can act to establish and maintain moiphogenetic patterns as well as induce differentiation (J.B. Gurdon (1992) Cell 68:185-199).
Members of the Hedgehog family of signaling molecules mediate many important short- and long-range patterning processes during invertebrate and vertebrate development. In the fly, a single hedgehog gene regulates segmental and imaginal disc patterning. In contrast, in vertebrates, a hedgehog gene family is involved in the control of left-right asymnetiy, polarity in the CNS, somites and limb, organogenesis, chondrogenesis and spermatogenesis.
The first hedgehog gene was identified by a genetic screen in the fruitfly D~oso~hila i~aelahogastef° (Niisslein-Volhard, C. and Wieschaus, E.
(1980) Nature 287, 795-801). This screen identified a number of mutations affecting embryonic and larval development. In 1992 and 1993, the molecular nature of the Df osophila hedgehog (hh) gene was reported (C.F., Lee et al. (1992) Gell 71, 33-50), and since then, several hedgehog homologues have been isolated from various vertebrate species. While only one hedgehog gene has been found in D~oso~hila and other invertebrates, multiple Hedgehog genes are present in vertebrates.
The vertebrate family of hedgehog genes includes at least four members, e.g., paralogs of the single drosophila hedgehog gene. Exemplary hedgehog genes and proteins are described in PCT publications WO 95/18856 and WO 96/17924. Three of these members, herein referred to as Desert hedgelzog (Dhh), Sonic hedgehog (Shh) and Indian hedgehog (Ihh), apparently exist in all vertebrates, including fish, birds, and mammals. A fourth member, herein referred to as tiggie-wiude hedgehog (TIZh), appears specific to fish. Desert hedgehog (Dhh) is expressed principally in the testes, both in mouse embryonic development and in the adult rodent and human;
Indian hedgehog (Ihh) is involved in bone development during embryogenesis and in bone formation in the adult; and, Shh, which as described above, is primarily involved in morphogenic and neuroinductive activities. Given the critical inductive roles of hedgehog polypeptides in the development and maintenance of vertebrate organs, the identification of hedghog interacting proteins is of paramount significance in both clinical and research contexts.
The various Hedgehog proteins consist of a signal peptide, a highly conserved N-terminal region, and a more divergent C-terminal domain. In addition to signal sequence cleavage in the secretory pathway (Lee, J.J. et al. (1992) Cell 71:33-50; Tabata, T. et al. (1992) Genes Dev. 2635-2645; Chang, D.E. et al.
(1994) Development 120:3339-3353), Hedgehog precursor proteins undergo an internal
2 autoproteolytic cleavage which depends on conserved sequences in the C-terminal portion (Lee et al. (1994) Science 266:1528-1537; Porter et al. (1995) Nature 374:363-366). This autocleavage leads to a 19 1cD N-terminal peptide and a C-terminal peptide of 26-28 1D (Lee et al. (1992) supra; Tabata et al. (1992) supra;
S Chang et al. (1994) supra; Lee et al. (1994) supra; Bumcrot, D.A., et al.
(1995) Mol.
Cell. Biol. 15:2294-2303; Porter et al. (1995) supra; Eldcer, S.C. et al.
(1995) Curr.
Biol. 5:944-955; Lai, C.J. et al. (1995) Development 121:2349-2360). The N-terminal peptide stays tightly associated with the surface of cells in which it was synthesized, while the C-terminal peptide is freely diffusible both i~z vitro and in vivo (Porter et al. (1995) Nature 374:363; Lee et al. (1994) supra; Bumcrot et al.
(1995) supra; Marti, E. et al. (1995) Development 121:2537-2547; Roelinlc, H. et al.
(1995) Cell 81:445-455). Interestingly, cell surface retention of the N-terminal peptide is dependent on autocleavage, as a truncated form of HH encoded by an RNA which terminates precisely at the normal position of internal cleavage is diffusible ih vita°o (Porter et al. (1995) su ra and in vivo (Porter, J.A. et al. (1996) Cell 86, 21-34).
Biochemical studies have shown that the autoproteolytic cleavage of the HH
precursor protein proceeds through an internal thioester intermediate which subsequently is cleaved in a nucleophilic substitution. It is likely that the nucleophile is a small lipophilic molecule which becomes covalently bound to the C-terminal end of the N-peptide (Porter et al. (1996) supra), tethering it to the cell surface. The biological implications are profound. As a result of the tethering, a high local concentration of N-terminal Hedgehog peptide is generated on the surface of the Hedgehog producing cells. It is this N-terminal peptide which is both necessary and sufficient for short- and long-range Hedgehog signaling activities in Dy°osophila and vertebrates (Porter et al. (1995) supra; El~lcer et al. (1995) su ra~ Lai et al. (1995) suRra; Raelinlc, H. et al. (1995) Cell 81:445-455; Porter et al. (1996) su ra~
Fietz, M.J. et al. (1995) Curr. Biol. 5:643-651; Fan, C.-M. et al. (1995) Cell 81:457-465;
Marti, E., et al. (1995) Nature 375:322-325; Lopez-Martinez et al. (1995) Curr. Biol 5:791-795; Elder, S.C. et al. (1995) Development 121:2337-2347; Forbes, A.J.
et a1.(1996) Development 122:1125-1135).
S Chang et al. (1994) supra; Lee et al. (1994) supra; Bumcrot, D.A., et al.
(1995) Mol.
Cell. Biol. 15:2294-2303; Porter et al. (1995) supra; Eldcer, S.C. et al.
(1995) Curr.
Biol. 5:944-955; Lai, C.J. et al. (1995) Development 121:2349-2360). The N-terminal peptide stays tightly associated with the surface of cells in which it was synthesized, while the C-terminal peptide is freely diffusible both i~z vitro and in vivo (Porter et al. (1995) Nature 374:363; Lee et al. (1994) supra; Bumcrot et al.
(1995) supra; Marti, E. et al. (1995) Development 121:2537-2547; Roelinlc, H. et al.
(1995) Cell 81:445-455). Interestingly, cell surface retention of the N-terminal peptide is dependent on autocleavage, as a truncated form of HH encoded by an RNA which terminates precisely at the normal position of internal cleavage is diffusible ih vita°o (Porter et al. (1995) su ra and in vivo (Porter, J.A. et al. (1996) Cell 86, 21-34).
Biochemical studies have shown that the autoproteolytic cleavage of the HH
precursor protein proceeds through an internal thioester intermediate which subsequently is cleaved in a nucleophilic substitution. It is likely that the nucleophile is a small lipophilic molecule which becomes covalently bound to the C-terminal end of the N-peptide (Porter et al. (1996) supra), tethering it to the cell surface. The biological implications are profound. As a result of the tethering, a high local concentration of N-terminal Hedgehog peptide is generated on the surface of the Hedgehog producing cells. It is this N-terminal peptide which is both necessary and sufficient for short- and long-range Hedgehog signaling activities in Dy°osophila and vertebrates (Porter et al. (1995) supra; El~lcer et al. (1995) su ra~ Lai et al. (1995) suRra; Raelinlc, H. et al. (1995) Cell 81:445-455; Porter et al. (1996) su ra~
Fietz, M.J. et al. (1995) Curr. Biol. 5:643-651; Fan, C.-M. et al. (1995) Cell 81:457-465;
Marti, E., et al. (1995) Nature 375:322-325; Lopez-Martinez et al. (1995) Curr. Biol 5:791-795; Elder, S.C. et al. (1995) Development 121:2337-2347; Forbes, A.J.
et a1.(1996) Development 122:1125-1135).
3 HH has been implicated in short- and long-range patterning processes at various sites during D~osophila development. In the establishment of segment polarity in early embryos, it has short-range effects which appear to be directly mediated, while in the patterning of the imaginal discs, it induces long range effects via the induction of secondary signals.
In vertebrates, several hea'gehog genes have been cloned in the past few years. Of these genes, Shh has received most of the experimental attention, as it is expressed in different organizing centers which are the sources of signals that pattern neighboring tissues. Recent evidence indicates that Shh is involved in these interactions.
The expression of Shh starts shortly after the onset of gastrulation in the presumptive midline mesoderm, the node in the mouse (Chang et al. (1994) supra;
Echelard, Y. et al. (1993) Cell 75:1417-1430), the rat (Roelink, H. et al.
(1994) Cell 76:761-775) and the chick (Riddle, R.D. et al. (1993) Cell 75:1401-1416), and the shield in the zebrafish (Eldcer et al. (1995) supra; I~rauss, S. et a1.(1993) Cell 75:1431-1444). In chick embyros, the Shh expression pattern in the node develops a left-right asymmetry, which appears to be responsible for the left-right situs of the heart (Levin, M. et al. (1995) Cell 82:803-814).
In the CNS, Shh from the notochord and the floorplate appears to induce ventral cell fates. When ectopically expressed, Shh leads to a ventralization of large regions of the mid- and hindbrain in mouse (Echelard et al. (1993) supra;
Goodrich, L.V. et al. (1996) Genes Dev. 10:301-312), XesZOpus (Roelinlc, H. et al.
(1994) supra; Ruiz i Altaba, A. et al. (1995) Mol. Cell. Neurosci. 6:106-121), and zebrafish (Eldter et al. (1995) supra; Krauss et al. (1993) su ra; Hammerselunidt, M., et al.
(1996) Genes Dev. 10:647-658). In explaaits of intermediate neuroectoderm at spinal cord levels, Shh protein induces floorplate and motor neuron development with distinct concentration thresholds, floor plate at high and motor neurons at lower concentrations (Roeliuc et al. (1995) su ra; Marti et al. (1995) supra;
Tanabe, Y. et al. (1995) Curr. Biol. 5:651-658). Moreover, antibody blocking suggests that Shh
In vertebrates, several hea'gehog genes have been cloned in the past few years. Of these genes, Shh has received most of the experimental attention, as it is expressed in different organizing centers which are the sources of signals that pattern neighboring tissues. Recent evidence indicates that Shh is involved in these interactions.
The expression of Shh starts shortly after the onset of gastrulation in the presumptive midline mesoderm, the node in the mouse (Chang et al. (1994) supra;
Echelard, Y. et al. (1993) Cell 75:1417-1430), the rat (Roelink, H. et al.
(1994) Cell 76:761-775) and the chick (Riddle, R.D. et al. (1993) Cell 75:1401-1416), and the shield in the zebrafish (Eldcer et al. (1995) supra; I~rauss, S. et a1.(1993) Cell 75:1431-1444). In chick embyros, the Shh expression pattern in the node develops a left-right asymmetry, which appears to be responsible for the left-right situs of the heart (Levin, M. et al. (1995) Cell 82:803-814).
In the CNS, Shh from the notochord and the floorplate appears to induce ventral cell fates. When ectopically expressed, Shh leads to a ventralization of large regions of the mid- and hindbrain in mouse (Echelard et al. (1993) supra;
Goodrich, L.V. et al. (1996) Genes Dev. 10:301-312), XesZOpus (Roelinlc, H. et al.
(1994) supra; Ruiz i Altaba, A. et al. (1995) Mol. Cell. Neurosci. 6:106-121), and zebrafish (Eldter et al. (1995) supra; Krauss et al. (1993) su ra; Hammerselunidt, M., et al.
(1996) Genes Dev. 10:647-658). In explaaits of intermediate neuroectoderm at spinal cord levels, Shh protein induces floorplate and motor neuron development with distinct concentration thresholds, floor plate at high and motor neurons at lower concentrations (Roeliuc et al. (1995) su ra; Marti et al. (1995) supra;
Tanabe, Y. et al. (1995) Curr. Biol. 5:651-658). Moreover, antibody blocking suggests that Shh
4 produced by the notochord is required for notochord-mediated induction of motor neuron fates (Marti et al. (1995) sera). Thus, high concentration of Shh on the surface of Shh-producing midline cells appears to account for the contact-mediated induction of flooiplate observed in vitro (Placzelc, M. et al. (1993) Development 117:205-218), and the midline positioning of the floorplate immediately above the notochord i~ vivo. Lower concentrations of Shh released from the notochord and the floorplate presumably induce motor neurons at more distant ventrolateral regions in a process that has been shown to be contact-independent i~ vits o (Yamada, T.
et al.
(1993) Cell 73:673-686). In.explants taken at midbrain and forebrain levels, Shh also induces the appropriate ventrolateral neuronal cell types, dopaminergic (Heynes, M.
et al. (1995) Neuron 15:35-44; Wang, M.Z. et al. (1995) Nature Med. 1:1184-1188) arid cholinergic (Ericson, J. et al. (1995) Cell 81:747-756) precursors, respectively, indicating that Shh is a common inducer of ventral specification over the entire length of the CNS. These observations raise a question as to how the differential response to Shh is regulated at particular anteroposterior positions.
Shh from the midline also patterns the paraxial regions of the vertebrate embryo, the somites in the trunk (Fan et al. (1995) supra) and the head mesenchyme rostral of the somites (Hammerschmidt et al. (1996) supra). In chick and mouse paraxial mesoderm explants, Shh promotes the expression of sclerotome specific markers lilce Paxl and Twist, at the expense of the dermamyotomal marker Pax3.
Moreover, filter barrier experiments suggest that Shh mediates the induction of the sclerotome directly xather than by activation of a secondary signaling mechanism (Fan, C.-M. and Tessier-Lavigne, M. (1994) Cell 79, 1175-1186).
Shh also induces myotomal gene expression (Hammersclunidt et al. (1996) supra; Johnson, R.L. et al. (1994) Cell 79:1165-1173; Miinsterberg, A.E. et al.
(1995) Genes Dev. 9:2911-2922; Weinberg, E.S. et al. (1996) De-velopment 122:271-280), although recent experiments indicate that members of the WNT
faanily, vertebrate homologues of D~~osophila wingless, are required in concert (Miinsterberg et al. (1995) supra). Puzzlingly, myotomal induction in chicks requires
et al.
(1993) Cell 73:673-686). In.explants taken at midbrain and forebrain levels, Shh also induces the appropriate ventrolateral neuronal cell types, dopaminergic (Heynes, M.
et al. (1995) Neuron 15:35-44; Wang, M.Z. et al. (1995) Nature Med. 1:1184-1188) arid cholinergic (Ericson, J. et al. (1995) Cell 81:747-756) precursors, respectively, indicating that Shh is a common inducer of ventral specification over the entire length of the CNS. These observations raise a question as to how the differential response to Shh is regulated at particular anteroposterior positions.
Shh from the midline also patterns the paraxial regions of the vertebrate embryo, the somites in the trunk (Fan et al. (1995) supra) and the head mesenchyme rostral of the somites (Hammerschmidt et al. (1996) supra). In chick and mouse paraxial mesoderm explants, Shh promotes the expression of sclerotome specific markers lilce Paxl and Twist, at the expense of the dermamyotomal marker Pax3.
Moreover, filter barrier experiments suggest that Shh mediates the induction of the sclerotome directly xather than by activation of a secondary signaling mechanism (Fan, C.-M. and Tessier-Lavigne, M. (1994) Cell 79, 1175-1186).
Shh also induces myotomal gene expression (Hammersclunidt et al. (1996) supra; Johnson, R.L. et al. (1994) Cell 79:1165-1173; Miinsterberg, A.E. et al.
(1995) Genes Dev. 9:2911-2922; Weinberg, E.S. et al. (1996) De-velopment 122:271-280), although recent experiments indicate that members of the WNT
faanily, vertebrate homologues of D~~osophila wingless, are required in concert (Miinsterberg et al. (1995) supra). Puzzlingly, myotomal induction in chicks requires
5 higher Shh concentrations than the induction of sclerotomal markers (Miinsterberg et al. (1995) su ra), although the sclerotome originates from somitic cells positioned much closer to the notochord. Similar results were obtained in the zebrafish, where high concentrations of Hedgehog induce myotomal and repress sclerotomal marker gene expression (Hammerschmidt et al. (1996) s, u~). In contrast to amniotes, however, these observations are consistent with the architecture of the fish embryo, as here, the myotome is the predominant and more axial component of the somites.
Thus, modulation of Shh signaling and the acquisition of new signaling factors may have modified the somite structure during vertebrate evolution.
h1 the vertebrate limb buds, a subset of posterior mesenchymal cells, the "Zone of polarizing activity" (ZPA), regulates anteroposterior digit identity (reviewed in Honig, L.S. (1981) Nature 291:72-73). Ectopic expression of Shh or .application of beads soaked in Shh peptide mimics the effect of anterior ZPA
grafts, generating a mirror image duplication of digits (Chang et al. (1994) supra;
Lopez-Martinet et al. (1995) supy~a; Riddle et al. (1993) supra) (Fig. 2g). Thus, digit identity appears to depend primarily on Shh concentration, although it is possible that other signals may relay this information over the substantial distances that appear to be required for AP patterning (100-150 ~,m). Similar to the interaction of HH and DPP in the D~osophila imaginal discs, Shh in the vertebrate limb bud activates the expression of Bmp2 (Francis, P.H. et al. (1994) Development 120:209-218), a dpp homologue. However, unlike DPP in D~~osophila, B~ap2 fails to mimic the polarizing effect of Shh upon ectopic application in the chick limb bud (Francis et al. (1994) s_upra). In addition to anteroposterior patterning, Slzh also appears to be involved in the regulation of the proximodistal outgrowth of the limbs by inducing the synthesis of the fibroblast growth factor FGF4 in the posterior apical ectodermal ridge (Laufer, E. et al. (1994) Cell 79:993-1003; Niswander, L. et a1.(1994) Nature 371:609-612).
The close relationship between Hedgehog proteins and BMPs is lilcely to have been conserved at many, but probably not all sites of vertebrate Hedgehog
Thus, modulation of Shh signaling and the acquisition of new signaling factors may have modified the somite structure during vertebrate evolution.
h1 the vertebrate limb buds, a subset of posterior mesenchymal cells, the "Zone of polarizing activity" (ZPA), regulates anteroposterior digit identity (reviewed in Honig, L.S. (1981) Nature 291:72-73). Ectopic expression of Shh or .application of beads soaked in Shh peptide mimics the effect of anterior ZPA
grafts, generating a mirror image duplication of digits (Chang et al. (1994) supra;
Lopez-Martinet et al. (1995) supy~a; Riddle et al. (1993) supra) (Fig. 2g). Thus, digit identity appears to depend primarily on Shh concentration, although it is possible that other signals may relay this information over the substantial distances that appear to be required for AP patterning (100-150 ~,m). Similar to the interaction of HH and DPP in the D~osophila imaginal discs, Shh in the vertebrate limb bud activates the expression of Bmp2 (Francis, P.H. et al. (1994) Development 120:209-218), a dpp homologue. However, unlike DPP in D~~osophila, B~ap2 fails to mimic the polarizing effect of Shh upon ectopic application in the chick limb bud (Francis et al. (1994) s_upra). In addition to anteroposterior patterning, Slzh also appears to be involved in the regulation of the proximodistal outgrowth of the limbs by inducing the synthesis of the fibroblast growth factor FGF4 in the posterior apical ectodermal ridge (Laufer, E. et al. (1994) Cell 79:993-1003; Niswander, L. et a1.(1994) Nature 371:609-612).
The close relationship between Hedgehog proteins and BMPs is lilcely to have been conserved at many, but probably not all sites of vertebrate Hedgehog
6 expression. For example, in the chick lundgut, Shh has been shown to induce the expression of Bmp4, another vertebrate dpp homologue (Robeus, D.J. et al.
(1995) Develo ip nent 121:3163-3174). Fux-thermore, Shh and B~np2, 4, or 6 show a strilcing correlation in their expression in epithelial and mesenchymal cells of the stomach, the urogenital system, the lung, the tooth buds and the hair follicles (Bitgood, M.J.
and McMahon, A.P. (1995) Dev. Biol. 172:126-138). Further, Ihh, one of the two other mouse Hedgehog genes, is expressed adjacent to Bmp expressing cells in the gut and developing cartilage (Bitgood and McMahon (1995) supfa).
Recent evidence suggests a model in which Ihh plays a crucial role in the regulation of chondrogenic development (Roberts et al. (1995) supra). During cartilage formation, chondrocytes proceed from a proliferating state via an intermediate, prehypertrophic state to differentiated hypertrophic chondrocytes. Ihh is expressed in the prehypertrophic chondrocytes and initiates a signaling cascade that leads to the blockage of chondrocyte differentiation. Its direct target is the perichondrium around the Ihh expression domain, which responds by the expression of Gli and Patched (Ptc), conserved transcriptional targets of Hedgehog signals (see below). Most likely, this leads to secondary signaling resulting in the synthesis of parathyroid hormone-related protein (PTHrP) in the periarticular perichondrium.
PTHrP itself signals back to the prehypertrophic chondrocytes, blocking their further differentiation. At the same time, PTHrP represses expression of Ihh, thereby forming a negative feedback loop that modulates the rate of chondrocyte differentiation.
Patched was originally identified in Drosophila as a segment polarity gene, one of a group of developmental genes that affect cell differentiation within the individual segments that occur in a homologous series along the anterior-posterior axis of the embryo. See Hooper, J.E. et al. (1989) Cell 59:751; and Nalcano, Y. et al.
(1989) Nature 341:508. Patterns of expression of the vertebrate homologue of patehed suggest its involvement in the development of neural tube, skeleton, limbs, craniofacial structure, and slcin.
(1995) Develo ip nent 121:3163-3174). Fux-thermore, Shh and B~np2, 4, or 6 show a strilcing correlation in their expression in epithelial and mesenchymal cells of the stomach, the urogenital system, the lung, the tooth buds and the hair follicles (Bitgood, M.J.
and McMahon, A.P. (1995) Dev. Biol. 172:126-138). Further, Ihh, one of the two other mouse Hedgehog genes, is expressed adjacent to Bmp expressing cells in the gut and developing cartilage (Bitgood and McMahon (1995) supfa).
Recent evidence suggests a model in which Ihh plays a crucial role in the regulation of chondrogenic development (Roberts et al. (1995) supra). During cartilage formation, chondrocytes proceed from a proliferating state via an intermediate, prehypertrophic state to differentiated hypertrophic chondrocytes. Ihh is expressed in the prehypertrophic chondrocytes and initiates a signaling cascade that leads to the blockage of chondrocyte differentiation. Its direct target is the perichondrium around the Ihh expression domain, which responds by the expression of Gli and Patched (Ptc), conserved transcriptional targets of Hedgehog signals (see below). Most likely, this leads to secondary signaling resulting in the synthesis of parathyroid hormone-related protein (PTHrP) in the periarticular perichondrium.
PTHrP itself signals back to the prehypertrophic chondrocytes, blocking their further differentiation. At the same time, PTHrP represses expression of Ihh, thereby forming a negative feedback loop that modulates the rate of chondrocyte differentiation.
Patched was originally identified in Drosophila as a segment polarity gene, one of a group of developmental genes that affect cell differentiation within the individual segments that occur in a homologous series along the anterior-posterior axis of the embryo. See Hooper, J.E. et al. (1989) Cell 59:751; and Nalcano, Y. et al.
(1989) Nature 341:508. Patterns of expression of the vertebrate homologue of patehed suggest its involvement in the development of neural tube, skeleton, limbs, craniofacial structure, and slcin.
7 Genetic and functional studies demonstrate that patched is part of the hedgehog signaling cascade, an evolutionarily conserved pathway that regulates expression of a number of downstream genes. See Perrimon, N. (1995) Cell 80:517;
a~ld Perrimon, N. (1996) Cell 86:513. Patched participates in the constitutive transcriptional repression of the target genes; its effect is opposed by a secreted glycoprotein, encoded by hedgehog, or a vertebrate homologue, which induces transcriptional activation. Genes under control of this pathway include members of the Wnt and TGF-beta families.
Patched proteins possess two large extracellular domains, twelve transmembrane segments, and several cytoplasmic segments. See Hooper, supra;
Nalcano, su ra; Johnson, R.L. et al. (1996) Science 272:1668; and Hahn, H. et al.
(1996) Cell 85:841. The biochemical role of patched in the hedgehog signaling pathway is unclear. Direct interaction with the hedgehog protein has, however, been reported (Chen, Y. et al. (1996) Cell 87:553), and patched may participate in a hedgehog receptor complex along with another transmembrane protein encoded by the s~zoothe~ed gene. See Perrimon, supra; and Chen, suura.
The human homologue of patched was recently cloned and mapped to chromosome 9q22.3. See Johnson, supra; and Hahn, su ra. This region has been implicated in basal cell nevus syndrome (BCNS), which is characterized by developmental abnormalities including rib and craniofacial alterations, abnormalities of the hands and feet, and spina bifida.
BCNS also predisposes to multiple tumor types, the most frequent being basal cell carcinomas (BCC) that occur in many locations on the body and appear within the first two decades of life. Most cases of BCC, however, are unrelated to the syndrome and arise sporadically in small numbers on sun-exposed sites of middle-aged or older people of northern European ancestry.
Recent studies in BCNS-related and sporadic BCC suggest that a functional loss of both alleles of patched leads to development of BCC. See Johnson, supra;
Hahn, supra; and Gailani, M.R. et al. (1996) Nature Genetics 14:78. Single allele
a~ld Perrimon, N. (1996) Cell 86:513. Patched participates in the constitutive transcriptional repression of the target genes; its effect is opposed by a secreted glycoprotein, encoded by hedgehog, or a vertebrate homologue, which induces transcriptional activation. Genes under control of this pathway include members of the Wnt and TGF-beta families.
Patched proteins possess two large extracellular domains, twelve transmembrane segments, and several cytoplasmic segments. See Hooper, supra;
Nalcano, su ra; Johnson, R.L. et al. (1996) Science 272:1668; and Hahn, H. et al.
(1996) Cell 85:841. The biochemical role of patched in the hedgehog signaling pathway is unclear. Direct interaction with the hedgehog protein has, however, been reported (Chen, Y. et al. (1996) Cell 87:553), and patched may participate in a hedgehog receptor complex along with another transmembrane protein encoded by the s~zoothe~ed gene. See Perrimon, supra; and Chen, suura.
The human homologue of patched was recently cloned and mapped to chromosome 9q22.3. See Johnson, supra; and Hahn, su ra. This region has been implicated in basal cell nevus syndrome (BCNS), which is characterized by developmental abnormalities including rib and craniofacial alterations, abnormalities of the hands and feet, and spina bifida.
BCNS also predisposes to multiple tumor types, the most frequent being basal cell carcinomas (BCC) that occur in many locations on the body and appear within the first two decades of life. Most cases of BCC, however, are unrelated to the syndrome and arise sporadically in small numbers on sun-exposed sites of middle-aged or older people of northern European ancestry.
Recent studies in BCNS-related and sporadic BCC suggest that a functional loss of both alleles of patched leads to development of BCC. See Johnson, supra;
Hahn, supra; and Gailani, M.R. et al. (1996) Nature Genetics 14:78. Single allele
8 deletions of chromosome 9q22.3 occur frequently in both sporadic and hereditary BCC. Linkage analysis revealed that the defective inherited allele was retained and the normal allele was lost in tumors from BCNS patients.
Sporadic tumors also demonstrated a loss of both functional alleles of patched. Of twelve tumors in which patched mutations were identified with a.
single strand conformational polymorphism screening assay, nine had chromosomal deletion of the second allele and the other three had inactivating mutations in both alleles (Gailani, supra). The alterations did not occur in the corresponding germline DNA.
Most of the identified mutations resulted in premature stop codons or frame shifts. Lench, N.J., et al., Hu~rz. Genet. 1997 Oct; 100(5-6): 497-502.
Several, however, were point mutations leading to amino acid substitutions in either extracellular or cytoplasmic domains. These sites of mutation may indicate functional importance for interaction with extracellular proteins or with cytoplasmic members of the downstream signaling pathway.
The involvement of patched in the inlubition of gene expression and the occurrence of frequent allelic deletions of patched in BCC support a tumor suppressor function for this gene. Its role in the regulation of gene families known to be involved in cell signaling and intercellular communication provides a possible mechanism of tumor suppression.
Summary of the Invention The present invention malces available methods and reagents for inhibiting activation of the hedgehog signaling pathway, e.g., to inhibit aberrant growth states resulting from phenotypes such as ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, comprising contacting the cell with an agent, such as a small molecule, in a sufficient amount to agonize a normal ptc activity,
Sporadic tumors also demonstrated a loss of both functional alleles of patched. Of twelve tumors in which patched mutations were identified with a.
single strand conformational polymorphism screening assay, nine had chromosomal deletion of the second allele and the other three had inactivating mutations in both alleles (Gailani, supra). The alterations did not occur in the corresponding germline DNA.
Most of the identified mutations resulted in premature stop codons or frame shifts. Lench, N.J., et al., Hu~rz. Genet. 1997 Oct; 100(5-6): 497-502.
Several, however, were point mutations leading to amino acid substitutions in either extracellular or cytoplasmic domains. These sites of mutation may indicate functional importance for interaction with extracellular proteins or with cytoplasmic members of the downstream signaling pathway.
The involvement of patched in the inlubition of gene expression and the occurrence of frequent allelic deletions of patched in BCC support a tumor suppressor function for this gene. Its role in the regulation of gene families known to be involved in cell signaling and intercellular communication provides a possible mechanism of tumor suppression.
Summary of the Invention The present invention malces available methods and reagents for inhibiting activation of the hedgehog signaling pathway, e.g., to inhibit aberrant growth states resulting from phenotypes such as ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, comprising contacting the cell with an agent, such as a small molecule, in a sufficient amount to agonize a normal ptc activity,
9 antagonize a normal hedgehog activity, or antagonize smoothefZed activity, e.g., to reverse or control the aberrant growth state.
Brief Description of the Drawings Figuxes 1-31 depict reactions useful for synthesizing compounds according to the present invention.
Figure 32a-o illustrates representative compounds according to the present invention.
Figure 33A shows gli-1 mRNA expression in cells treated with vehicle (Lane 1); 5 ~,M jervine, the positive control compound (Lane 2); and 1 ~.M D
(Lane 3). Compared with vehicle, D and jervine significantly decreased the expression of gli-1 mRNA.
Figure 33B demonstrates that D and jemine inhibited the gli-1 mRNA levels as measured by quantitative real-time PCR.
Figure 34A shows that adding Shh protein to cultured skin explants resulted in ptc activation as indicated by the blue staining of these cultures (X-gal).
Histology samples show intensely stained cells with basophilic nuclei and a high nucleus to cytoplasm ratio (H&E [10x] and H&E [40x]). These structures resemble BCCs in that they are arranged in clusters throughout the dermal layer and are separated by palisades of normal appearing dermal cells. Blue staining indicates that the Patched pathway was active in cells within the BCC-lilce structures (Eosin+X-gal).
Figure 34B illustrates that BCC-life clusters, one of which is indicated by the arrow, in the mouse skin punch expressed keratin-14 (brown reaction product), a marlcer of undifferentiated lceratinocytes. Undifferentiated basal cells in the epidermis were also keratin-14-positive. Human BCCs are reported to express keratin-14.
Figure 35A demonstrates that increasing concentrations of D are associated with a dose-dependent decrease in the amount of lacZ reporter enzyme activity.
Lower levels of lacZ activity are indicative of decreased Patched pathway activity in the presence of Shh protein.
Figure 35B shows staining of D-treated explants and demonstrates that 0.2 ~.M D decreased X-gal staining compared with the intense X-gal staining of skin punches treated with Shh protein alone, indicating the downregulation of the expression of the ptc gene.
Figure 35C portrays histology samples of slcin punches treated with D
(bottom row), suggesting that treatment inhibited the appearance of Shh-induced BCC-like structures.
Figure 36 depicts that slcin punches treated for 6 days with exogenous Shh protein alone showed intense X-gal staining compared with those treated with vehicle alone (top row). Slcin punches pretreated with D at 10, 20 aald 50 ~.M
for 5 hours before being exposed to exogenous Shh protein demonstrated complete inhibition of Shh protein-induced upregulation of the Patched pathway (bottom row-3 slides on the right). No inhibition was seen when the skin punches pretreated with vehicle were exposed to exogenous Shh protein, as shown by intense X-gal staining (bottom row on the left). The short period of pretreatment was essentially equivalent to 6-day exposure to D in terms of the level of ptc inhibition (compare top and bottom rows).
Figure 37A shows that D, at either 1 or 5 ~M, significantly reduced the size and number of Shh-induced BCC-lilce structures in treated skin punches, as compared with vehicle treated explants.
Figure 37B illustrates that after 2 days of exposure to 5 ~.M D (right) or vehicle (left), apoptotic nuclei, indicated by the brown color in the slides on the right, appeared within the BCC-like structures.
Figure 38A demonstrates that short-term treatment with D reduced the amount of X-gal staining, suggesting a downregulation of pathway activity, compared with vehicle.
Figure 38B shows that even at a concentration of 1 ~,M, D induced the regression of X-gal-positive BCC-life structures compared with vehicle.
Figure 38C portratys that shout-term treatment with D completely downregulated gli-1 transcription (left). This effect appeared to be specific to the Patched pathway and was not due simply to general cytotoxicity, as shown by the fairly constant mRNA levels of a housekeeping enzyme, GAPDH (right).
Figure 39A: X-gal staining of the treated explants showed that skin punches cultured in the presence of vehicle alone developed intensely stained blue foci indicative of an upregulation of the Patched pathway and BCC structures.
Compared with vehicle, 5 ~.M D, lilce the jervine positive control, greatly decreased the number and size of BCC structures (blue spots).
, Figure 39B: Histology samples showed that 5 ~M D reduced the number of ultraviolet-induced BCC structures, as compared with the vehicle control.
Figure 39C: In skin punches from transgenic mice D, at concentrations of 1 and 5 ~,M, siguficantly inhibited the level of gli-1 mRNA compared with skin punches from mice treated with vehicle alone (left). This inhibition did not appear to be caused by non-specific cytotoxicity, as statistical comparison (using ANOVA) of the mRNA levels of the gene that encodes the housekeeping GAPDH enzyme among groups showed no significant difference in general cellular metabolic activity (right).
Figure 40A: The morphological features characteristic of BCCs, such as islands of undifferentiated basal cells, and in some cases, palisading of peripheral cells and stromal clefting were maintained when cultures were stained with H&E.
Figure 40B: The GLII gene, a pivotal indicator of Patched signaling, remained active at high levels, as indicated in red.
Figure 41: Quantitative in situ hybridization shows that the level of GLI 1 expression is reduced in the D-treated samples as compared to vehicle-treated controls.
Detailed Description of the Invention I. Overview The present invention relates to the discovery that signal transduction pathways regulated by hedgehog, patched (ptc), gli and/or sf~2oothehed can be inhibited, at least in part, by small molecules. While not wishing to bound by any particular theory, the activation of a receptor may be the mechanism by which these agents act. For example, the ability of these agents to inhibit proliferation of patched loss-of function (ptclof) cells may be due to the ability of such molecules to interact with hedgehog, patched, or smoothened, or at least to interfere with the ability of those proteins to activate a hedgehog, ptc, and/or stnoothehed-mediated signal transduction pathway.
It is, therefore, specifically contemplated that these small molecules which intefere with aspects of hedgehog, ptc, or sf~2oothened signal transduction activity will likewise be capable of inhibiting proliferation (or other biological consequences) in normal cells and/or cells having a patched loss-of function phenotype, a hedgehog gain-of function phenotype, or a smoothened gain-of function phenotype. Thus, it is contemplated that in certain embodiments, these compounds may be useful for inhibiting hedgehog activity in normal cells, e.g., which do not have a genetic mutation that activates the hedgehog pathway. In preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors are organic molecules having a molecular weight less than 2500 amu, more preferably less thaxi 1500 amu, and even more preferably less than 750 amu, and are capable of inhibiting at least some of the biological activities of hedgehog proteins, preferably specifically in target cells.
Thus, the methods of the present invention include the use of small molecules which agonize ptc inhibition of hedgehog signalling, such as by inhibiting activation of smoothev~ed or downstream components of the signal pathway, in the regulation of repair and/or functional performance of a wide range of cells, tissues and organs, including normal cells, tissues, and organs, as well as those having the phenotype of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or sozzoothe~ed gain-of function. For instance, the subject method has therapeutic and cosmetic applications ranging from regulation of neural tissues, bone and cartilage formation and repair, regulation of spermatogenesis, regulation of smooth muscle, regulation of lung, liver and other organs arising from the primative gut, regulation of hematopoietic function, regulation- of skin and hair growth, etc. Moreover, the subject methods can be performed on cells which axe provided in culture (in vita°o), or on cells in a whole animal (ire vivo). See, for example, PCT publications WO
95/18856 and WO 96/17924 (the specifications of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein).
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method can be to treat epithelial cells having a phenotype of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothexzed gain-of function. For instance, the subject method can be used in treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma or other hedgehog pathway-related disorders.
In certain embodiments, a subject antagonist may inhibit activation of a hedgehog pathway by binding to srzzoothehed. In certain embodiments, a subject antagonist may inhibit activation of a hedgehog pathway by binding to patched.
In another preferred embodiment, the subject method can be used as part of a treatment regimen for malignant medulloblastoma and other primary CNS
malignant neuroectodermal tumors.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical preparations comprising, as an active ingredient, a hedgehog antagonist, ptc agonist, or smoothened antagonist such as described herein, formulated in an amount sufficient to inhibit, izz vivo, proliferation or other biological consequences of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function.
The subject treatments using hedgehog antagonists, patched agonists, or szzzoothezzed antagonists can be effective for both human and animal subjects.
Animal subjects to which the invention is applicable extend to both domestic animals and livestoclc, raised either as pets or for commercial purposes.
Examples are dogs, cats, cattle, horses, sheep, hogs, and goats.
II. Definitions For convenience, certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here.
The phrase "aberrant modification or mutation" of a gene refers to such genetic lesions as, for example, deletions, substitution or addition of nucleotides to a gene, as well as gross chromosomal rearrangements of the gene and/or abnormal methylation of the gene. Lilcewise, mis-expression of a gene refers to aberrant levels of transcription of the gene relative to those levels in a normal cell under similar conditions, as well as non-wild-type splicing of mRNA transcribed from the gene.
"Basal cell carcinomas" exist in a variety of clinical and histological forms such as nodular-ulcerative, superficial, pigmented, morphealilce, fibroepithelioma and nevoid syndrome. Basal cell carcinomas are the most common cutaneous neoplasms found in humans. The majority of new cases of nonmelanoma shin cancers fall into this category.
"Burn wounds" refer to cases where large surface areas of skin have been removed or lost from an individual due to heat and/or chemical agents.
The term "carcinoma" refers to a malignant new growth made up of epithelial cells tending to infiltrate surrounding tissues and to give rise to metastases.
Exemplary carcinomas include: "basal cell carcinoma", which is an epithelial tumor of the skin that, while seldom metastasizing, has potentialities for local invasion and destruction; "squamous cell carcinoma", which refers to carcinomas arising from squamous epithelium and having cuboid cells; "carcinosaxcoma", which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues;
"adenocystic carcinoma", carcinoma marked by cylinders or bands of hyaline or mucinous stroma separated or surrounded by nests or cords of small epithelial cells, occurring in the mammary and salivary glands, and mucous glands of the respiratory tract;
"epidermoid carcinoma", which refers to cancerous cells which tend to differentiate in the same way as those of the epidermis; i.e., they tend to form priclde cells and undergo cornification; "nasopharyngeal carcinoma", which refers to a malignant tumor arising in the epithelial lining of the space behind the nose; and "renal cell carcinoma", which pertains to carcinoma of the renal parenchyma composed of tubular cells in varying arrangements. Other carcinomatous epithelial growths are "papillomas", which refers to benign tumors derived from epithelium and having a papillomavirus as a causative agent; and "epidermoidomas", which refers to a cerebral or meningeal tumor formed by inclusion of ectodermal elements at the time of closure of the neural groove.
The "corium" or "dermis" refers to the layer of the shin deep to the epidermis, consisting of a dense bed of vascular connective tissue, and containing the nerves and terminal organs of sensation. The hair roots, and sebaceous and sweat glands are structures of the epidermis which are deeply embedded in the dermis.
"Dental tissue" refers to tissue in the mouth which is similar to epithelial tissue, for example gum tissue. The method of the present invention is useful for treating periodontal disease.
"Dermal skin ulcers" refer to lesions on the skin caused by superficial loss of tissue, usually with inflammation. Dermal shin ulcers which can be treated by the method of the present invention include decubitus ulcers, diabetic ulcers, venous stasis ulcers and arterial ulcers. Decubitus wounds refer to chronic ulcers that result from pressure applied to areas of the skin for extended periods of time.
Wounds of this type are often called bedsores or pressure sores. Venous stasis ulcers result from the stagnation of blood or other fluids from defective veins. Auterial ulcers refer to necrotic shin in the area around arteries having poor blood flow.
The term "EDsp" means the dose of a drug which produces 50% of its maximum response or effect.
An "effective amount" of, e.g., a hedgehog antagonist, with respect to the subject method of treatment, refers to an amount of the antagonist in a preparation which, when applied as part of a desired dosage regimen brings about, e.g., a change in the rate of cell proliferation and/or the state of differentiation of a cell and/or rate of survival of a cell according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder to be treated or the cosmetic purpose.
The terms "epithelia", "epithelial" and "epithelium" refer to the cellular covering of internal and external body surfaces (cutaneous, mucous and serous), including the glands and other structures derived therefrom, e.g., corneal, esophegeal, epidermal, and hair follicle epithelial cells. Other exemplary epithelial tissue includes: olfactory epithelium, which is the pseudostratified epithelium lining the olfactory region of the nasal cavity, and containing the receptors for the sense of smell; glandular epithelium, which refers to epithelium composed of secreting cells;
squamous epithelium, which refers to epithelium composed of flattened plate-lilce cells. The term epithelium can also refer to transitional epithelium, like that which is characteristically found lining hollow organs that are subject to great mechanical change due to contraction and distention, e.g., tissue which represents a transition between stratified squamous and columnar epithelium.
The term "epithelialization" refers to healing by the growth of epithelial tissue over a denuded surface.
The term "epidermal gland" refers to an aggregation of cells associated with the epidermis and specialized to secrete or excrete materials not related to their ordinary metabolic needs. For example, "sebaceous glands" are holocrine glands in the corium that secrete an oily substance and sebmn. The term "sweat glands"
refers to glands that secrete sweat, situated in the corium or subcutaneous tissue, opening by a duct on the body surface.
The term "epidermis" refers to the outermost and nonvascular layer of the skin, derived from the embryonic ectoderm, varying in thickness from 0.07-1.4 mm.
On the palmar and plantar surfaces it comprises, from within outward, five layers:
basal layer composed of columnar cells arranged perpendicularly; prickle-cell or spinous layer composed of flattened polyhedral cells with short processes or spines;
granular layer composed of flattened granular cells; clear layer composed of several layers of clear, transparent cells in which the nuclei are indistinct or absent; a~zd horny layer composed of flattened, cornified non-nucleated cells. In the epidermis of the general body surface, the clear layer is usually absent.
"Excisional wounds" include tears, abrasions, cuts, punctures or lacerations in the epithelial layer of the skin and may extend into the dermal layer and even into subcutaneous fat and beyond. Excisional wounds can result from surgical procedures or from accidental penetration of the shin.
The "growth state" of a cell refers to the rate of proliferation of the cell and/or the state of differentiation of the cell. An "altered growth state" is a growth state characterized by an abnormal rate of proliferation, e.g., a cell exhibiting an increased or decreased rate of proliferation relative to a normal cell.
The term "hair" refers to a threadlike structure, especially the specialized epidermal structure composed of keratin and developing from a papilla sunk in the corium, produced only by mammals and characteristic of 'that group of animals.
Also, "hair" may refer to the aggregate of such hairs. A "hair follicle"
refers to one of the tubular-invaginations of the epidermis enclosing the hairs, and from which the hairs grow. "Hair follicle epithelial cells" refers to epithelial cells which surrouaid the dermal papilla in the hair follicle, e.g., stem cells, outer root sheath cells, matrix cells, and inner root sheath cells. Such cells may be normal non-malignant cells, or transformed/immortalized cells.
The term "hedgehog antagonist" refers to an agent which potentiates or recapitulates the bioactivity of patched, such as to repress transcription of target genes. Preferred hedgehog antagonists can be used to overcome a ptc loss-of function and/or a szzzoothezzed gain-of function, the latter also being refered to as szzzootlZezzed antagonists. The term 'hedgehog antagonist' as used herein refers not only to any agent that may act by directly inhibiting the normal function of the hedgehog protein, but also to any agent that inhibits the hedgehog signalling pathway, and thus recapitulates the function of ptc.
The term "hedgehog gain-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a ptc gene, hedgehog gene, or smoothened gene, or a decrease (or loss) in the level of expression of such a gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. The gain-of function may include a loss of the ability of the ptc gene product to regulate the level of expression of Ci genes, e.g., Glil, Gli2, and Gli3. The term 'hedgehog gain-of function' is also used herein to refer to any similar cellular phenotype (e.g., exhibiting excess proliferation) which occurs due to an alteration anywhere in the hedgehog signal transduction pathway, including, but not limited to, a modification or mutation of hedgehog itself. For example, a tumor cell with an abnormally high proliferation rate due to activation of the hedgehog signalling pathway would have a 'hedgehog gain-of function' phenotype, even if hedgehog is not mutated in that cell.
As used herein, "immortalized cells" refers to cells which have been altered via chemical and/or recombinant means such that the cells have the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture.
"Internal epithelial tissue" refers to tissue inside the body which has characteristics similar to the epidermal layer in the shin. Examples include the lining of the intestine. The method of the present invention is useful for promoting the healing of certain internal wounds, for example wounds resulting from surgery.
The term "lceratosis" refers to proliferative shin disorder characterized by hyperplasia of the horny layer of the epidermis. Exemplary lceratotic disorders include l~eratosis follicularis, lceratosis palmaris et plantaris, lceratosis pharyngea, lceratosis pilaris, and actinic lceratosis.
The term "LDsp" means the dose of a drug which is lethal in 50% of test subj ects.
The term "nail" refers to the horny cutaneous plate on the dorsal surface of the distal end of a finger or toe.
The term "patched loss-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a ptc gene, or a decreased level of expression of the gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. The loss-of function may include a loss of the ability of the ptc gene product to regulate the level of expression of Ci genes, e.g., Glil, Gli2 and Gli3. The term 'ptc loss-of function' is also used herein to refer to any similar cellular phenotype (e.g., exhibiting excess proliferation) which occurs due to an alteration anywhere in the hedgehog signal transduction pathway, including, but not limited to, a modification or mutation of ptc itself. For example, a tumor cell with an abnormally high proliferation rate due to activation of the hedgehog signalling pathway would have a 'ptc loss-of function' phenotype, even if ptc is not mutated in that cell.
A "patient" or "subject" to be treated by the subject method can mean either a human or non-human animal.
The term "prodrug" is intended to encompass compounds which, under physiological conditions, are converted into the therapeutically active agents of the present invention. A common method for malting a prodrug is to include selected moieties which are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions to reveal the desired molecule. In other embodiments, the prodrug is converted by an enzymatic activity of the host animal.
As used herein, "proliferating" and "proliferation" refer to cells undergoing mitosis.
Throughout this application, the term "proliferative shin disorder" refers to any disease/disorder of the skin marked by unwanted or aberrant proliferation of cutaneous tissue. These conditions are typically characterized by epidermal cell proliferation or incomplete cell differentiation, and include, for example, X-linced ichthyosis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, epidermolytic hyperlceratosis, and seborrheic dermatitis. For example, epidennodysplasia is a form of faulty development of the epidermis. Another example is "epidennolysis", which refers to a loosened state of the epidermis with formation of blebs and bullae either spontaneously or at the site of trauma.
As used herein, the term "psoriasis" refers to a hyperproliferative shin disorder which alters the shin's regulatory mechanisms. In particular, lesions axe formed which involve primary and secondary alterations in epidermal proliferation, inflammatory responses of the skin, and an expression of regulatory molecules such as lympholcines and inflammatory factors. Psoriatic shin is morphologically characterized by an increased turnover of epidermal cells, thiclcened epidermis, abnormal lceratinization, inflammatory cell infiltrates into the dermis layer and polymorphonucleax leulcocyte infiltration into the epidermis layer resulting in an increase in the basal cell cycle. Additionally, hyperl~eratotic and paralceratotic cells axe present.
The term "slcin" refers to the outer protective covering of the body, consisting of the corium and the epidermis, and is understood to include sweat and sebaceous glands, as well as hair follicle structures. Throughout the present application, the adjective "cutaneous" may be used, and should be understood to refer generally to attributes of the slcin, as appropriate to the context in which they are used.
The term "s~rzoothened gain-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a s~rzo gene, or an increased level of expression of the gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is noted that ptc may not signal directly into the cell, but rather interact with s~zoothehed, another membrane-bound protein located downstream of ptc in hedgehog signaling (Marigo et al., (1996) Nature 384: 177-179). The gene smo is a segment-polarity gene required for the coiTect patterning of every segment in Drosophila (Alcedo et al., (1996) Cell 86: 221-232). Human homologs of smo have been identified. See, for example, Stone et al. (1996) Nature 384:129-134, and GenBanlc accession U84401. The smoot7zefZed gene encodes an integral membrane protein with characteristics of heterotrimeric G-protein-coupled receptors; i.e., 7-transmembrane regions. This protein shows homology to the Drosoplula F~~izzled (Fz) protein, a member of the wif~gless pathway. It was originally thought that smo encodes a receptor of the Hh signal. However, this suggestion was subsequently disproved, as evidence for ptc being the Hh receptor was obtained. Cells that express Smo fail to bind Hh, indicating that snzo does not interact directly with Hh (Nusse, (1996) Nature 384: 119-120). Rather, the binding of Sohie hedgehog (SHH) to its receptor, PTCH, is thought to prevent normal inhibition by PTCH of smoothened (SMO), a seven-span transmembrane protein.
Recently, it has been reported that activating smoothehed mutations occur in sporadic basal cell carcinoma, Xie et al. (1998) Nature 391: 90-2, and primitive neuroectodermal tumors of the central nervous system, Reifenberger et al.
(1998) Cancer Res 58: 1798-803.
The term "therapeutic index" refers to the therapeutic index of a drug defined as LDso/EDso.
As used herein, "transformed cells" refers to cells which have spontaneously converted to a state of unrestrained growth, i.e., they have acquired the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture. Transformed cells may be characterized by such terms as neoplastic, anaplastic and/or hyperplastic, with respect to their loss of growth control.
The term "acylamino" is art-recognized and refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
wherein R9 is as defined above, and R'l l represents a hydrogen, an allcyl, an allcenyl or -(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are as defined above.
Herein, the term "aliphatic group" refers to a straight-chain, branched-chain, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and includes saturated and unsaturated aliphatic groups, such as an alkyl group, an allcenyl group, and an allcynyl group.
The terms "allcenyl" and "allcynyl" refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
The terms "allcoxyl" or "allcoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative allcoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tent-butoxy and the like. An "ether" is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accor dingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an allcoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-allcenyl, -O-allcynyl, -O-(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are described above.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloallcyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloallcyl groups, and cycloallcyl-substituted alkyl groups.
In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C3p for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloallcyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
Moreover, the term "alkyl" (or "lower alkyl") as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls", the latter of wluch refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon baclcbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an allcoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an allcoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amide, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitre, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an allcylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamide, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an arallcyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amide, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamide, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including lcetones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -GN and the like.
Exemplary substituted alkyls are described below. Cycloallcyls can be furtlier substituted with alkyls, allcenyls, allcoxys, alkylthios, aminoallcyls, carbonyl substituted alkyls, -CF3, -CN, and the lilce.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an allcyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure.
Likewise, "lower allcenyl" and "lower allcynyl" have similar chain lengths. Throughout the application, preferred allcyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
The term "allcylthio" refers to a~i alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the "allcylthio"
moiety is represented by one of -S-allcyl, -S-allcenyl, -S-allcynyl, and -S-(CH2)m-Rg, wherein m and Rg are defined above. Representative allcylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
The terms "amine" and "amino" are art-recognized and refer to both mlsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
R' io ~RZO ~ +
-i'-Rlo wherein R9, Rl p and R' l0 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-Rg, or Rg and Rlp taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
Rg represents an aryl, a cycloallcyl, a cycloallcenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8. In preferred embodiments, only one of R9 or Rl0 can be a carbonyl, e.g., Rg, Rl0 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In even more preferred embodiments, R9 and R10 (and optionally R' l0) each independently represent a hydrogen, an allcyl, an alkenyl, or -(CH2)m-Rg.
Thus, the term "alkylamine" as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted all~yl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R9 and Rl p is an allcyl group.
The term "amido" is art-recognized as an amino-substituted carbonyl and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
N
Rio wherein R9, Rl p are as defined above. Preferred embodiments of the amide will not include imides which may be unstable.
The term "arallcyl", as used herein, refers to an allcyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
The term "aryl" as used herein includes 5-, 6-, and 7-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles" or "heteroaromatics." The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, arallcyl, alkenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, hydroxyl, allcoxyl, amino, nitre, sulfhydryl, imino, amide, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamide, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF3, -CN, or the like. The term "aryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are "fused rings") wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloallcenyls, cycloallcynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
The term "carbocycle", as used herein, refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
The term "carbonyl" is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
~X-Ri1 ~ or-X~R, wherein X~ is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an allcenyl, -(CH2)m Rg or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, R' 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an allcenyl or -(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and Rl 1 or R' 11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester". Where X is an oxygen, and Rl1 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when Rl1 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid". Where X is an oxygen, and R'11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate". In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfiu, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group. Where X is a sulfur and Rll or R'11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioester." Where X is a sulfur and R11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiocarboxylic acid." Where X is a sulfur and Rll' is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiolformate." On the other hand, where X
is a bond, and Rll is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a "l~etone" group.
Where X is a bond, and Rll is hydrogen, the above formula represents an "aldehyde" group.
The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are boron, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur and selenium.
The terms "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic group" refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles.
Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, fiuan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isotluazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyTOlidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, sultones, and the like. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, allcyl, arallcyl, allcenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allsylthio, sulfonyl, lcetone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
As used herein, the term "nitro" means -N02; the term "halogen" designates -F, -Cl, -Br or -l; the term "sulfhydryl" means -SH; the term "hydroxyl" means -OH;
and the term "sulfonyl" means -S02-.
A "phosphonamidite" can be represented in the general formula:
R4s Rne I I
-~2 I -O- O.r ~2 I - OR46 N ~ R9 ~ Rlo N ~ R9 ~ Rio wherein R9 and Rlp are as defined above, Q2 represents O, S or N, and Rq.g represents a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q~ represents O, S or N.
A "phosphoramidite" can be represented in the general formula:
n n -QZ p-0- -Q2 p- 0846 or I
N ~ R91 Rio N ~ R9 ~ Rio wherein R9 and Rlp are as defined above, and Q2 represents O, S or N.
A "phosphoryl" can in general be represented by the formula:
Qz -p I
wherein Q1 represented S or O, and Rq.6 represents hydrogen, a lower allcyl or an aryl. When used to substitute, for example, an alltyl, the phosphoryl group of the phosphorylallcyl can be represented by the general formula:
y y -Q2 i -p- or-Q~ i - OR4s OR46 ' ORQs wherein Q1 represented S or O, and each Rq.6 independently represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q~ represents O, S or N. When Q 1 is a~1 S, the phosphoryl moiety is a "phosphorothioate".
The terms "polycyclyl" or "polycyclic group" refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloallcyls, cycloallcenyls, cycloallcynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings".
Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed "bridged" rings.
Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, allcyl, arallcyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, lcetone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
The phrase "protecting group" as used herein means temporary substituents which protect a potentially reactive functional group from undesired chemical transformations. Examples of such protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids, silyl ethers of alcohols, and acetals and lcetals of aldehydes and ketones, respectively. The field of protecting group chemistry has been reviewed (Greene, T.W.; Wuts, P.G.M. Protective Groups irc O~gahic Syv~thesis, 2"d ed.; Wiley:
New York, 1991 ).
A "selenoallcyl" refers to an alkyl group having a substituted seleno group attached thereto. Exemplary "selenoethers" which may be substituted on the alkyl are selected from one of -Se-alkyl, -Se-allcenyl, -Se-allcynyl, and -Se-(CH2)m-Rg, m and Rg being defined above.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein above.
The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents andlor any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
The ternz "sulfamoyl" is art-recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
Rio -S-N
II \
in which R9 and R10 are as defined above.
The term "sulfate" is art recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
I I
-0- ~-OR41 in which Rq.l is as defined above.
The term "sulfonamido" is art recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
~I R~ m R O
in which R9 and R'11 axe as defined above.
The term "sulfonate" is axt-recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
I I
- i-OR4i in which Rq.l is an electron pair, hydrogen, all~yl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
The terms "sulfoxido" or "sulfinyl", as used herein, refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
I I
-s-R44 in which Rq.q. is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, allcyl, allcenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, heterocyclyl, arallcyl, or aryl.
Analogous substitutions can be made to allcenyl and allcynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoallcenyls, aminoallcynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoallcynyls, iminoallcenyls, iminoallcynyls, thioallcenyls, thioall~yryls, carbonyl-substituted allcenyls or allcynyls.
As used herein, the definition of each expression, e.g., alkyl, m, n, etc., when it occurs more than once in airy structure, is intended to be independent of its definition elsewhere in the same structure.
The terms triflyl, tosyl, mesyl, and nonaflyl are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and nonafluorobutanesulfonyl groups, respectively. The terms triflate, tosylate, mesylate, and nonaflate are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonate ester, p-toluenesulfonate ester, methanesulfonate ester, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate ester functional groups and molecules that contain said groups, respectively.
The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Tf, Nf, Ts, Ms represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethanesulfonyl, nonafluorobutanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl and methanesulfonyl, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the au appears in the first issue of each volume of the Jou~hal of O~ga~ic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations. The abbreviations contained in said list, and all abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art are hereby incorporated by reference.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and traps-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, annd other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asynunetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired ena~ltiomers.
Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well lcnovm in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Contemplated equivalents of the compounds described above include compounds which otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof (e.g., the ability to inhibit hedgehog signaling), wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound. In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available stauting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover. Also for purposes of this invention, the term "hydrocarbon" is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic organic compounds which can be substituted or unsubstituted.
III. Exemplary Compounds of the Ihve~ctio~.
As described in further detail below, it is contemplated that the subject methods can be carried out using a variety of different small molecules which can be readily identified, for example, by such drug screening assays as described herein.
For example, compounds useful in the subject methods include compounds may be represented by general formula (I):
LR~
Formula I
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rt, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH~)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, allcenyl-, -allcynyl-, -(CH~)nallcenyl-, -(CH~)nallcynyl-, -(CH2)n0(CH~)p-, (CH2)nNRs(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)nS(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)nallcenyl(CH2)p-, _ (CH~,)nallcynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)11-, -NRg(CH2)n-, or -S(CH~)n-;
X and D, independently, can be selected from -N(Rg)-, -O-, -S-, -(Rg)N-N(Rg)-, -ON(Rg)-, or a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, can be selected from O or S;
E represents O, S, or NRS, wherein RS represents LR8 or -(C=O)LRB.
Rg, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or two Rg talcen together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p' represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0-2.
In certain embodiments, D does not represent N-lower alkyl. In certain embodiments, D represents an arallcyl- or heteroaralkyl-substituted amine.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylallcyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, ~ and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4, e.g., is 2 or 3.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, R1 is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, E is NRB. In certain embodiments, E represents an arallcyl- or heteroarallcyl-substituted amine, e.g., including polycyclic R8.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(='S~-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (II):
Z
LR~
Formula II
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rg, L, X, Y, Z, n, p, q, and r are as defined above;
M is absent or represents L, -S02L-, or -(C=O)L-; and s represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0-2.
In certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower allcyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q, r, and s is less than 5, e.g., is 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, a~.ld R3 includes an aryl or heteroaxyl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of RI, R2, and include an aryl or heteroasyl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (III):
Formula III
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R~, R3, R4, Rg, L, M, X, Y, Z, n, p, q, and r are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, preferably a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4, e.g., is 2 or 3.
re2t LR1 In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, Ra, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of R~, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, Rl is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents Q, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=~-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (IV):
Formula IV
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rg, L, M, X, n, and p are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, preferably a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, Rl is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl repxesents O, S, or NRg, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments L represents a direct bond for all occurrences.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (V):
'r N Z' R~ vR5 Formula V
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y, n, p, q, and r are as defined above;
Z' represents -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -C(=NH)-, 502, or SO, preferably -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NRs;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -S02-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or allcylene, such as methyl, ethyl, methylene, ethylene, etc., attached to NC(=~, such that both occurrences of N adjacent to J axe linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower allcyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
RS represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcenyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcynyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallryl;
R~ represents substituted or unsubstituted axyl, arallcyl, heteroatyl, heteroarallcyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylallcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaiyl, or heteroarallcyl.
In certain embodiments, Y is O. In certain embodiments, Z' represents 502, -C(=O)-, or -C(=S)-. a In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, tal~en together, represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower allcyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower allcyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occmTence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched allcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloalkylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF2CFZO), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower allcyl, preferably H.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (VI):
(R9)NJ2 Formula VI
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R5, R6, R7, Rg, R9, Rlo, G, J, V, Y, Z', n, and p are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, Y is O. In certain embodiments, Z' represents SOz, -C(=O)-, or -C(=S)-.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, talcen together, represent a heterocyclic ring, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower alkyl, lower allcyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJa or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched alkyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloalkylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF~,CF20), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower alkyl, preferably H.
In certain embodiments, the subject compound is selected from the compounds depicted in Figure 32.
In certain embodiments, the subject antagonists can be chosen on the basis of their selectively for the hedgehog pathway. This selectivity can be for the hedgehog pathway versus other pathways, or for selectivity between particular hedgehog pathways, e.g., ptc-l, ptc-2, etc.
In certain preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors inhibit ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function mediated signal transduction with an EDsp of 1 mM or less, more preferably of 1 ~,M or less, and even more preferably of 1 nM or less. Similarly, in certain preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors inhibit activity of the hedgehog pathway with a K; less than 10 nM, preferably less than 1 nM, even more preferably less than 0.1 nM.
In particular embodiments, the small molecule is chosen for use because it is more selective for one patched isoform over the next, e.g., 10-fold, and more preferably at least 100- or even 1000-fold more selective for one hatched pathway (ptc-l,~te-2) over another.
In certain embodiments, a compound which is an antagonist of the hedgehog pathway is chosen to selectively antagonize hedgehog activity over protein l~inases other than PISA, such as PI~C, e.g., the compound modulates the activity of the hedgehog pathway at least an order of magnitude more strongly than it modulates the activity of a~.a.other protein lunase, preferably at least two orders of magnitude more strongly, even more preferably at least three orders of magnitude more strongly.
Thus, for example, a preferred inhibitor of the hedgehog pathway may inhibit hedgehog activity with a I~; at least an order of magnitude lower than its I~;
for inhibition of PI~C, preferably at least two orders of magnitude lower, even more preferably at least three orders of magnitude lower. In certain embodiments, the K;
for PKA inlubition is less than 10 nM, preferably less than 1 nM, even more preferably less than 0.1 nM.
Methods of Preparation of Subject Compounds The present invention further provides methods for preparing the subject compounds, as set forth above. For example, in one embodiment, a compound of Formula X may be transformed according to the following scheme:
Y Y
B B
A s N/ A A 7s N/
9 ,. 9 r X GH XI LG
B
y Y
B B
~N/ C A s N/
E
XIII XII
NHS Ns wherein q, s, and r each represent, independently, an integer in the range of-0 to 2, such that the sum of q+s+r is an integer in the range of 2-4;
LG represents a leaving group, such as a halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, or I) or a sulfonate ester (e.g., tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.);
A represents an oxygen or sulfur bound to an acid-protecting group or a group having the formula XLRq;
B represents a nitrogen-protecting group or a group having the formula MR3;
R3 and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)na~yl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH~)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
Y can be selected from O and S;
X is be selected from -N(Rg)-, -O-, -S-, or a direct bond;
M is absent or represents L, -S02L-, or -(C=O)L-;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent ~or represents -(CH~)nallcyl-, -allcenyl-, -allcynyl-, -(CH~)"all~enyl-, -(CH2)nall~ynyl-, -(CH2)n0(CH2)p-, -(CH2)nNRs(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)ns(CH?)p-, -(CH2)nallcenyl(CH2)p-, _ (CH2)nallcynyl(CH~)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NRg(CH~)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
Rg, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), -(CH~)"heteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or two Rg taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 3; and n, individually for each occmTence, represents an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 5, and wherein step A includes converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group, step B includes displacing the leaving group with an azide, and step C includes reducing the azide to an amine.
In certain embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with a sulfonyl halide to generate a sulfonate ester, e.g., using tosyl chloride or tosyl anhydride to generate a tosylate, mesyl chloride or mesyl anhydride to generate a mesylate, or triflyl chloride or triflyl anhydride to generate a triflate, etc. In certain other embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with an halogenating reagent such as a thionyl halide, a phosphorous trihalide, phosphorous pentahalide, phosphorous oxyhalide, etc. Other techniques for converting a hydroxyl group to a leaving group are well known in the art and may be used in step A.
In certain embodiments, step A further includes displacing a first leaving group with a second leaving group and inverting the stereochemistry of the leaving group-bearing carbon. Thus, for example, if the hydroxyl of the compound of Formula X has a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A, reaction of this compound with mesyl chloride will generate a mesylate in a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A. Reaction of this mesylate with a nucleophilic halide reagent, such as NaI, will result in displacement of the mesylate with iodide, generating a compound of Formula XI wherein the leaving group, iodine, and the group bearing Y and A have a tocrhs stereochemical relationship. Use of this technique permits compounds having either cis or t~a~s stereochemistry, selectively, from a diastereomerically pure starting material, e.g., a pure compound having a cis stereochemical relationship between the hydroxyl and the group bearing Y and A.
In certain embodiments, displacing the leaving group with an azide may be performed using an allcali or alkaline earth metal salt of azide anion, such as sodium azide, using a silyl azide reagent, such as trimethylsilyl azide, or using any other azide reagent, e.g., a nucleophilic azide source, as is well known in the art.
In certain embodiments, reducing the azide to an amine may be performed using a hydride reagent, such as lithium aluminum hydride, lithium triallcylborohydride, etc., using a reducing metal and an acid source, such as zinc metal or samarium diiodide with acetic acid, using catalytic hydrogenation, such as hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium, or by any other suitable means.
In certain embodiments, q+s+r is an integer from 2 to 3. In certain embodiments, s is 0. In certain embodiments, q and r each represent 1.
In certain embodiments, A represents an oxygen bound to an acid-protecting group. For example, the acid protecting group may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, trimethylsilylethyl, methylthiomethyl, allyl, benzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, tetrahydropyranyl (THP), t-butyl, or any other suitable group. A wide variety of acid-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. In other embodiments, A
represents an allcylthio group.
In certain embodiments, B represents a nitrogen-protecting group, such as a substituted or unsubstituted acyl, alkyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group, or a group which, when taken together with N, forms a carbamate. Common nitrogen-protecting groups include benzyl, allyl, p-methoxybenzyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, etc. A wide variety of nitrogen-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention.
In certain embodiments, Y is O.
In certain embodiments, A represents XLR4, which may, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, R3 includes an aryl or heteroa~yl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is NRB, and preferably is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with-C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XIII is enriched for the isomer wherein the amine and the substituent including Y and A have a eis relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis isomer. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XIII is enriched for the isomer wherein the two substituents have a t~a~s relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the t~~aszs isomer. Preferably, such enrichment results from employing an isomerically enriched starting material, e.g., the compound of Formula X is enriched for, >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis or tnahs isomer prior to beginning step A.
Similarly, in another embodiment, a compound of Formula XIV may be transformed according to the following scheme:
l A N A p N
'r ~ ~ 'r XIV 9 XV ~1 OH LG
O O
B B
A N A N
E C
~r ~ 'r XVII 9 NHZ XVI ~ Ns wherein q and r each represent, independently, an integer in the range of 0 to 2, such that the sum of q+r is an integer in the range of 2-4;
LG represents a leaving group, such as a halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, or I) or a sulfonate ester (e.g., tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.);
A represents an oxygen or sulfur bound to an acid-protecting group or a group having the formula NJ2N(R9)2;
B represents a nitrogen-protecting group or a group having the formula GR~;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, or -S02-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or allcylene, such as methyl, ethyl, etc., attached to NC(=~, such that both occurrences of N adjacent to 3 are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J talcen together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from S to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arallcyl, heteroa~.yl, heteroarallcyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylallcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl, including polycyclic groups; and Y can be selected from O and S;
and wherein step A includes converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group, step B includes displacing the leaving group with an azide, and step C includes reducing the azide to an amine.
In certain embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with a sulfonyl halide to generate a sulfonate ester, e.g., using tosyl chloride or tosyl anhydride to generate a tosylate, mesyl chloride or mesyl anhydride to generate a mesylate, or triflyl chloride or triflyl anhydride to generate a triflate, etc. In certain other embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with an halogenating reagent such as a thionyl halide, a phosphorous trihalide, phosphorous pentahalide, phosphorous oxyhalide, etc. Other techniques for converting a hydroxyl group to a leaving group are well known in the art and may be used in step A.
In certain embodiments, step A further includes displacing a first leaving group with a second leaving group and inverting the stereochemistry of the leaving group-bearing carbon. Thus, for example, if the hydroxyl of the compound of Formula XIV has a cis stereochemical relationship with the group beaxing Y and A, reaction of this compound with mesyl chloride will generate a mesylate in a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A. Reaction of this mesylate with a nucleophilic halide reagent, such as NaI, will result in displacement of the mesylate with iodide, generating a compound of Formula XV wherein the leaving group, iodine, and the group bearing Y and A have a t~a~s stereochemical relationship. Use of this technique permits compounds having either cis or tans stereochemistry, selectively, from a diastereomerically pure starting material, e.g., a pw-e compound having a cis stereachemical relationship between the hydroxyl and the group bearing Y and A.
In certain embodiments, displacing the leaving group with an azide may be performed using an alkali or allcaline earth metal salt of azide anion, such as sodium azide, using a silyl azide reagent, such as trimethylsilyl azide, or using any other azide reagent, e.g., a nucleoplulic azide source, as is well known in the art.
In certain embodiments, reducing the azide to an aanine may be performed using a hydride reagent, such as lithium aluminum hydride, lithium triallcylborohydride, etc., using a reducing metal and an acid source, such as zinc metal or samarium diiodide with acetic acid, using catalytic hydrogenation, such as hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium, or by any other suitable means.
In certain embodiments, q+r is an integer from 2 to 3. In certain embodiments, q and r each represent 1.
In certain embodiments, A represents an oxygen bound to an acid-protecting group. For example, the acid protecting group may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, allcenyl, alleynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, trimethylsilylethyl, methylthiomethyl, allyl, benzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, tetrahydropyranyl (THP), t-butyl, or any other suitable group. A wide variety of acid-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. In other embodiments, A
represents an allcylthio group.
In certain embodiments, B represents a nitrogen-protecting group, such as a substituted or unsubstituted acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, allcynyl, aryl, or aralkyl group, or a group which, when taken together with N, forms a carbamate. Common nitrogen protecting groups include benzyl, allyl, p-methoxybenzyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, etc. A wide variety of nitrogen-protecting groups are lcnown in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention.
In certain embodiments, Y is O.
In certain embodiments, B is GR~, wherein R~ includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, A represents NJ2N, which, talcen together, may represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower allcyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. W certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR~ taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc.
hl certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J
has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XVII is enriched for the isomer wherein the amine and the substituent including Y and A have a eas relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis isomer. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XVII is enriched for the isomer wherein the two substituents have a t~ahs relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the t~°a~s isomer. Preferably, such enriclunent results from employing an isomerically enriched starting material, e.g., the compound of Formula XIV is enriched for, >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis or t~aas isomer prior to beginning step A.
In certain embodiments, an amine having a structure of Formula XIII or XVII
may be further transformed, e.g., by performing additional steps towards generating a compound of at least one of Formulae I-VI. Thus, for example, a method according to the present invention might include one or more of the following steps:
D) coupling to the exocyclic amine a group -C(=Z)LRl or -Z' VRS;
E) coupling to the exocyclic amine a group -R~ or -LR2;
F) coupling to the group bearing Y a group NJ2N(R~)2 or -XLRa;
G) coupling to the nitrogen in the ring a group -MR3 or -GR~;
H) removing a protecting group from the nitrogen in the ring;
I) removing a protecting group from the group bearing Y;
J) placing a ntrogen-protecting group on the exocyclic amine;
K) removing a protecting group from the exocyclic amine, wherein L, J, R~, M, R3, and R~ are as defined above, Rl, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower allcyl, -(CH2)na~.yl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
Z is O or S;
Z' absent or represents -SO2-, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NRB;
RS represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.; branched or unbranched), allcenyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcynyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arallcyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarall~yl.
Any of steps D through I~, as may be selected, may be performed in any order, depending on the various reactions and protecting groups used, as is well understood in the art. Various protecting groups suitable for use in the present method have been outlined above, and are well known in the art, as are numerous techniques for attaching and removing such protecting groups, and any of these may be employed in the present method without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention.
5~, In certain embodiments, step D may be performed by reacting the exocyclic amine with an acylating agent, such as an acid halide, an isocyanate, an isothiocyanate, a haloformate, a halothioformate, aaz anhydride, a dicarbonate, a sulfonyl halide, a sulfmyl halide, a carbamyl chloride, a thiocarbamyl chloride, or an activated acylating moiety prepared ivy situ. An acylating agent may be prepared iyz situ, for example, by reacting a carboxylic acid with a~.z activating agent, such as a carbodiimide (e.g., diisopropylcarbodiimide, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, etc.), phosphorous-based reagents (such as~BOP-Cl, PyBROP, etc.), oxalyl chloride, phosgene, triphosgene, or any other reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid group resulting in a reactive intermediate having an increased susceptibility, relative to the carboxylic acid, towards coupling with an amine. A wide variety of such reagents are well lcnown in the art of orgaaiic synthesis, especially peptide coupling. Similarly, a primary amine or alcohol can be treated with a phosgene equivalent, such as carbonyl diimidazole, phosgene, triphosgene, diphosgene, etc., or a thiophosgene equivalent, such as thiophosgene, thiocarbonyldiimidazole, etc., to generate an acylating agent (e.g., an isocyanate, isothiocyanate, chloroformamide, or chlorothioformamide, for example) capable of reacting with an amine to form a urea or thiourea, without necessitating isolation or purification of the acylating agent.
In embodiments wherein M or G represents 502, C=O, or C=S, step G may be performed using reagents and techniques such as those described for step D, above. In embodiments wherein M or G is absent, step G may be performed by reacting the endocyclic amine with an electrophile, such as a~.z alkyl halide or sulfonate, an arallcyl halide or sulfonate, a heteroarallcyl halide or sulfonate, a cycloallcyl halide or sulfonate, a cycloallcylallcyl halide or sulfonate, a heterocyclyl halide or sulfonate, or a heterocyclylall~yl halide or sulfonate.
Alternatively, step G
may be performed by reductive allcylation, e.g., reacting the endocyclic amine with an appropriately substituted aldehyde in the presence of a reducing agent, such as sodium borohydride.
In certain embodiments, step E may be performed using reductive allcylation or by reacting the exocyclic amine with an electrophile, such as a halide or sulfonate.
In certain embodiments, step F may be performed by reacting an ester, thioester, or xanthate with a compound having the formula, for example, of S HNJZN(Rg)2 Or HXLR4, e.g., in the presence of a Lewis acid, at an elevated temperature,.etc. In other embodiments, step F may be performed by reacting a carboxylic acid with an activating agent, such as a carbodiimide (e.g., diisopropylcarbodiimide, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, etc.), a phosphorous-based reagent (such as BOP-Cl, PyBROP, etc.), oxalyl chloride, phosgene, triphosgene, or any other reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid group resulting in a reactive intermediate having an increased susceptibility, relative to the carboxylic acid, towards coupling with a nucleophile.
Other techniques for coupling a nucleophile with a carboxylic acid or derivative thereof (such as an ester, thioester, etc.) are well known in the a~.-t and may be substituted for those specifically enumerated here.
h1 certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylallcyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRg, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, talcen together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, taken together, represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched alkyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, RG includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, fitran, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower allcyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF2CF20), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower alkyl, preferably H.
ITl Exe~zpla~y Applications of Method and Compositions Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of modulating a differentiated state, survival, andlor proliferation of a cell having a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, by contacting the cells with a hedgehog antagonist according to the subject method and as the circumstances may warrant.
For instance, it is contemplated by the invention that, in light of the findings of an apparently broad involvement of hedgehog, ptc, and smoothened in the formation of ordered spatial arrangements of differentiated tissues in vertebrates, the subject method could be used as part of a process for generating and/or maintaining an array of different vet-tebrate tissue both ih vitro and ih vivo. The hedgehog antagonist, whether inductive or anti-inductive with respect proliferation or differentiation of a given tissue, can be, as appropriate, any of the preparations described above.
For example, the present method is applicable to cell culture techniques wherein, whether for genetic or biochemical reasons, the cells have a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function phenotype.
In vitf~o neuronal culture systems have proved to be fundamental and indispensable tools for the study of neural development, as well as the identification of neurotrophic factors such as nerve growth factor (NGF), ciliary trophic factors (CNTF), and brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF). One use of the present method may be in cultures of neuronal stem cells, such as in the use of such cultures for the generation of new neurons and glia. In such embodiments of the subject method, the cultured cells can be contacted with a hedgehog antagonist of the present invention in order to alter the rate of proliferation of neuronal stem cells in the culture and/or alter the rate of differentiation, or to maintain the integrity of a culture of certain terminally differentiated neuronal cells. In an exemplaay embodiment, the subject method can be used to culture, for example, sensory neurons or, alternatively, motor neurons. Such neuronal cultures can be used as convenient assay systems as well as sources of implantable cells for therapeutic treatments.
According to the present invention, large numbers of non-tumorigenic neural progenitor cells can be perpetuated in vits°o and their rate of proliferation and/or differentiation can be affected by contact with hedgehog antagonists of the present invention. Generally, a method is provided comprising the steps of isolating neural progenitor cells fiom an animal, perpetuating these cells i~ vitro or i~ vivo, preferably in the presence of growth factors, and regulating the differentiation of these cells into particular neural phenotypes, e.g., neurons and glia, by contacting the cells with a hedgehog antagonist.
Progeutor cells are thought to be under an inhibitory influence which maintains the progenitors in a suppressed state until their differentiation is required.
However, recent techniques have been provided which permit these cells to be proliferated, and unlike neurons which are terminally differentiated and therefore non-dividing, they can be produced in unlimited number and are highly suitable for transplantation into heterologous and autologous hosts with neurodegenerative diseases.
By "progenitor" it is meant an oligopotent or multipotent stem cell which is able to divide without limit and, under specific conditions, can produce daughter cells which terminally differentiate such as into neurons and glia. These cells can be used for transplantation into a heterologous or autologous host. By heterologous is meant a host other than the animal from which the progenitor cells were originally derived. By autologous is meant the identical host from which the cells were originally derived.
Cells can be obtained from embryonic, post-natal, juvenile or adult neural tissue from any animal. By any animal is meant any multicellular animal which contains nervous tissue. More particularly, is meant any fish, reptile, bird, amphibian or mammal and the lilce. The most preferable donors are mammals, especially mice and humans.
In the case of a non-human heterologous donor animal, the animal may be euthanized, and the brain and specific area of interest removed using a sterile procedure. Brain areas of particular interest include any area from which progenitor cells can be obtained which will serve to restore function to a degenerated area of the host's brain. These regions include areas of the central nervous system (CNS) including the cerebral cortex, cerebellum, midbrain, brainstem, spinal cord and ventricular tissue, and areas of the peripheral nervous system (PNS) including the carotid body and the adrenal medulla. More particularly, these areas include regions in the basal ganglia, preferably the striatum which consists of the caudate a~zd putamen, or various cell groups such as the globus pallidus, the subthalamic nucleus, the nucleus basalis which is found to be degenerated in Alzheimer's Disease patients, or the substantia nigra gars compacta which is found to be degenerated in Parkinson's Disease patients.
Human heterologous neural progeW for cells may be derived from fetal tissue obtained from elective abortion, or from a post-natal, juvenile or adult organ donor.
Autologous neural tissue can be obtained by biopsy, or from patients undergoing neurosurgery in which neural tissue is removed, in particular during epilepsy surgery, and more particularly during temporal lobectomies and hippoca~.npalectomies.
Cells can be obtained from donor tissue by dissociation of individual cells from the connecting extracellular matrix of the tissue. Dissociation can be obtained using any knovm procedure, including treatment with enzymes such as trypsin, collagenase and the like, or by using physical methods of dissociation such as with a blunt instrument or by mincing with a scalpel to a allow outgrowth of specific cell types from a tissue. Dissociation of fetal cells can be carried out in tissue culture medium, while a preferable medium for dissociation of juvenile and adult cells is artificial cerebral spinal fluid (aCSF). Regular aCSF contains 124 mM NaCI, 5 mM
ICI, 1.3 mM MgCl2, 2 mM CaCl2, 26 mM NaHC03, and 10 mM D-glucose. Low Ca2+ aCSF contains the same ingredients except for MgCl2 at a concentration of 3.2 mM and CaCl2 at a concentration of 0.1 mM.
Dissociated cells can be placed into any known culture medium capable of supporting cell growth, including MEM, DMEM, RPMI, F-12, and the like, containing supplements which axe required for cellular metabolism such as glutamine and other amino acids, vitamins, minerals and useful proteins such as transferrin and the like. Medium may also contain antibiotics to prevent contamination with yeast, bacteria and fungi such as penicillin, streptomycin, gentamicin and the like. In some cases, the medium may contain serum derived from bovine, equine, chicken and the like. A particularly preferable medium for cells is a mixture of DMEM and F-12.
Conditions for culturing should be close to physiological conditions. The pH
of the culture media should be close to physiological pH, preferably between pH 6-8, more preferably close to pH 7, even more particularly about pH 7.4. Cells should be cultured at a temperature close to physiological temperature, preferably between 30 °C-40 °C, more preferably between 32 °C-38 °C, and most preferably between 35 °C-37 °C.
Cells can be grown in suspension or on a fixed substrate, but proliferation of the progenitors is preferably done in suspension to generate large numbers of cells by formation of "neurospheres" (see, for example, Reynolds et al. (1992) Science 255:1070-1709; and PCT Publications W093/01275, W094/09119, W094/10292, and WO94/16718). In the case of propagating (or splitting) suspension cells, flasks are shaken well and the neurospheres allowed to settle on the bottom corner of the flash. The spheres axe then transferred to a 50 ml centrifuge tube and centrifuged at low speed. The medium is aspirated, the cells resuspended in a small amount of medium with growth factor, and the cells mechanically dissociated and resuspended in separate aliquots of media.
Cell suspensions in culture medium are supplemented with any growth factor which allows for the proliferation of progenitor cells and seeded in any receptacle capable of sustaining cells, though as set out above, preferably in culture flaslcs or roller bottles. Cells typically proliferate within 3-4 days in a 37 °C
incubator, and proliferation can be reinitiated at any time after that by dissociation of the cells and resuspension in fresh medium containing growth factors.
In the absence of substrate, cells lift off the floor of the flaslc and continue to proliferate in suspension forming a hollow sphere of undifferentiated cells.
After approximately 3-10 days ih vitro, the proliferating clusters (neurospheres) are fed every 2-7 days, and more particularly every 2-4 days by gentle centrifugation and resuspension in medium containing growth factor.
After 6-7 days iu vitro, individual cells in the neurospheres can be separated by physical dissociation of the neurospheres with a blunt instrument, more pat-ticularly by triturating the neurospheres with a pipette. Single cells from the dissociated neurospheres are suspended in culture medium containing growth factors, and differentiation of the cells can be control in culture by plating (or resuspending) the cells in the presence of a hedgehog antagonist.
To further illustrate other uses of the subject hedgehog antagonists, it is noted that intracerebral grafting has emerged as an additional approach to central nervous system therapies. For example, one approach to repairing damaged brain tissues involves the transplantation of cells from fetal or neonatal animals into the adult brain (Dunnett et al. (1987) JExp Biol 123:265-2~9; and Freund et al.
(195) J
Neu~ ~sei 5:603-616). Fetal neurons from a variety of brain regions can be successfully incorporated into the adult brain, and such grafts can alleviate behavioral defects. For example, movement disorder induced by lesions of dopaminergic projections to the basal ganglia can be prevented by grafts of embryonic dopaminergic neurons. Complex cognitive functions that are impaired after lesions of the neocortex can also be partially restored by grafts of embryonic cortical cells. The subject method can be used to regulate the growth state in the culture, or where fetal tissue is used, especially neuronal stem cells, can be used to regulate the rate of differentiation of the stem cells.
Stem cells useful in the present invention are generally known. For example, several neural crest cells have been identified, some of which are multipotent and likely represent uncommitted neural crest cells, and others of which can generate only one type of cell, such as sensory neurons, and likely represent committed progenitor cells. The role of hedgehog antagonists employed in the present method to culture such stem cells can be to regulate differentiation of the uncommitted progenitor, or to regulate further restriction of the developmental fate of a committed progenitor cell towards becoming a terminally difFerentiated neuronal cell.
For example, the present method can be used ivy uit~o to regulate the differentiation of neural crest cells into glial cells, schwann cells, chromaffm cells, cholinergic sympathetic or parasympathetic neurons, as well as peptidergic and serotonergic neurons. The hedgehog antagonists can be used alone, or can be used in combination with other neurotrophic factors which act to more particularly enhance a pa~~ticular differentiation fate of the neuronal progenitor cell.
In addition to the implantation of cells cultured in the presence of the subject hedgehog antagonists, yet another aspect of the present invention concerns the therapeutic application of a hedgehog antagonist to regulate the growth state of neurons and other neuronal cells in both the central nervous system and the peripheral nervous system. The ability of ptc, hedgehog, and s~zoothefzed to regulate neuronal differentiation during development of the nervous system and also presumably in the adult state indicates that, in certain instances, the subject hedgehog antagonists can be expected to facilitate control of adult neurons with regard to maintenance, functional performance, and aging of normal cells;
repair and regeneration processes in chemically or mechanically lesioned cells; and treatment of degeneration in certain pathological conditions. In light of this understanding, the present invention specifically contemplates applications of the subj ect method to the treatment protocol of (prevention andlor reduction of the severity ofj neurological conditions deriving from: (i) acute, subacute, or chronic injury to the nervous system, including traumatic injury, chemical injury, vascular injury and deficits (such as the ischemia resulting from stroke), together with infectious/inflammatory and tumor-induced injury; (ii) aging of the nervous system including Alzheimer's disease; (iii) chronic neurodegenerative diseases of the nervous system, including Parl~inson's disease, Huntington's chorea, amylotrophic lateral sclerosis and the like, as well as spinocerebellar degenerations; and (iv) chronic immunological diseases of the nervous system or affecting the nervous system, including multiple sclerosis.
As appropriate, the subject method can also be used in generating nerve prostheses for the repair of central and peripheral nerve damage. In particular, where a crushed or severed axon is intubulated by use of a prosthetic device, hedgehog antagonists can be added to the prosthetic device to regulate the rate of growth and regeneration of the dendridic processes. Exemplary nerve guidance chamlels are described in U.S. patents 5,092,71 and 4,955,892.
liz another embodiment, the subject method can be used in the treatment of neoplastic or hyperplastic transformations such as may occur in the central nervous system. For instance, the hedgehog antagonists can be utilized to cause such transformed cells to become either post-mitotic or apoptotic. The present method may, therefore, be used as part of a treatment for, e.g., malignant gliomas, meningiomas, medulloblastomas, neuroectodermal tumors, and ependymomas.
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method can be used as pa~.-t of a treatment regimen for malignant medulloblastoma and other primary CNS
malignant neuroectodermal tumors.
In certain embodiments, the subject method is used as part of treatment program for medulloblastoma. Medulloblastoma, a primary brain tumor, is the most common brain tumor in children. A medulloblastoma is a primitive neuroectodermal tumor arising in the posterior fossa. They account for approximately 25% of all pediatric brain tumors (Miller). Histologically, they are small round cell tumors commonly arranged in true rosettes, but may display some differentiation to astrocytes, ependymal cells or neurons (Rorlee; I~leihues). PNET's may arise in other areas of the brain including the pineal gland (pineoblastoma) and cerebrum.
Those arising in the supratentorial region generally fare worse than their PF
counterparts.
Medulloblastoma/PNET's are l~nown to recur anywhere in the CNS after resection, and can even metastasize to bone. Pretreatment evaluation should therefore include an examination of the spinal cord to exclude the possibility of "dropped metastases". Gadolinium-enhanced MRI has largely replaced myelography for this purpose, and CSF cytology is obtained postoperatively as a routine procedure.
In other embodiments, the subject method is used as part of treatment program for ependymomas. Ependymomas account for approximately 10% of the pediatric brain tumors in children. Grossly, they are tumors that arise from the ependymal Bung of the ventricles and microscopically form rosettes, canals, acid perivascular rosettes. In the CHOP series of 51 children reported with ependymomas, 3/4 were histologically benign. Approximately 2/3 arose from the region of the 4th ventricle. One third presented in the supratentorial region.
Age at presentation peaks between birth and 4 years, as demonstrated by SEER data as well as data from CHOP. The median age is about 5 years. Because so many children with this disease are babies, they often require multimodal therapy.
Yet another aspect of the present invention concerns the observation in the art that ptc, hedgehog, and/or smoothened are involved in morphogenic signals involved in other vertebrate organogenic pathways in addition to neuronal differentiation as described above, having apparent roles in other endodermal patterning, as well as both mesodermal and endodermal differentiation processes.
Thus, it is contemplated by the invention that compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can also be utilized for both cell culture and therapeutic methods involving generation and maintenance of non-neuronal tissue.
In one embodiment, the present invention makes use of the discovery that ptc, hedgehog, and smoothened axe apparently involved in controlling the development of stem cells responsible for formation of the digestive tract, liver, lungs, and other organs which derive from the primitive gut. Shh serves as an inductive signal from the endoderm to the mesoderm, which is critical to gut morphogenesis. Therefore, for example, hedgehog antagonists of the instant method can be employed for regulating the development and maintenance of an artificial liver which can have multiple metabolic functions of a normal liver. In an exemplary embodiment, the subject method can be used to regulate the proliferation and differentiation of digestive tube stem cells to form hepatocyte cultures which can be used to populate extracellular matrices, or which can be encapsulated in biocompatible polymers, to form both implantable and extracorporeal artificial livers.
In another embodiment, therapeutic compositions of hedgehog antagonists can be utilized in conjunction with transplantation of such artificial livers, as well as embryonic liver structures, to regulate uptal~e of intraperitoneal implantation, vascularization, and ih vivo differentiation and maintenance of the engrafted liver tissue.
In yet another embodiment, the subject method can be employed therapeutically to regulate such organs after physical, chemical or pathological insult. For instance, therapeutic compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can be utilized in liver repair subsequent to a partial hepatectomy.
The generation of the pancreas and small intestine from the embryonic gut depends on intercellular signalling between the endodermal and mesodermal cells of the gut. In particular, the differentiation of intestinal mesoderm into smooth muscle has been suggested to depend on signals from adjacent endodermal cells. One candidate mediator of endodermally derived signals in the embryonic hindgut is Sonic hedgehog. See, for example, Apelqvist et al. (1997) Curr Biol 7:801-4.
The Shh gene is expressed throughout the embryonic gut endoderm with the exception of the pancreatic bud endoderm, which instead ~ expresses high levels of the homeodomain protein Ipfl/Pdxl (insulin promoter factor 1/pancreatic and duodenal homeobox 1), an essential regulator of early pancreatic development. Apelqvist et al., supra, have examined whether the differential expression of S1W in the embryonic gut tube controls the differentiation of the surrounding mesoderm into specialised mesoderm derivatives of the small intestine and pancreas. To test this, they used the promoter of the Ipfl/Pdxl gene to selectively express Shh in the developing pancreatic epithelium. In Ipfl/Pdxl- S1W transgenic mice, the pancreatic mesoderm developed into smooth muscle and interstitial cells of Cajal, characteristic of the intestine, rather than into pancreatic mesenchyme and spleen. Also, pancreatic explants exposed to Shh underwent a similar program of intestinal differentiation.
These results provide evidence that the differential expression of endodermally derived Shh controls the fate of adjacent mesoderm at different regions of the gut tube.
In the context of the present invention, it is contemplated therefore that the subject hedgehog antagonists can be used to control or regulate the proliferation and/or differentiation of pancreatic tissue both ih vivo and in vita°o.
There axe a wide variety of pathological cell proliferative and differentiative conditions for which the inhibitors of the present invention may provide therapeutic benefits, with the general strategy being, for example, the correction of aberrant insulin expression, or modulation of differentiation. More generally, however, the present invention relates to a method of inducing and/or maintaining a differentiated state, enhancing survival and/or affecting proliferation of pancreatic cells, by contacting the cells with the subject inhibitors. For instance, it is contemplated by the invention that, in light of the apparent involvement of ptc, hedgehog, and smoothehed in the formation of ordered spatial arrangements of pancreatic tissues, the subject method could be used as part of a technique to generate and/or maintain such tissue both i~ vitr o and ivy vivo. For instance, modulation of the function of hedgehog can be employed in both cell culture and therapeutic methods involving generation and maintenance [3-cells and possibly also for non-pancreatic tissue, such as in controlling the development and maintenance of tissue from the digestive tract, spleen, lungs, urogenital organs (e.g., bladder), and other organs which derive from the primitive gut.
In an exemplary embodiment, the present method can be used in the treatment of hyperplastic and neoplastic disorders effecting pancreatic tissue, particularly those characterized by aberrant proliferation of pancreatic .
cells. For instance, pancreatic cancers are marked by abnormal proliferation of pancreatic cells which can result in alterations of insulin secretory capacity of the pancreas.
For instance, certain pancreatic hyperplasias, such as pancreatic carcinomas, can result in hypoinsulinemia due to dysfunction of (3-cells or decreased islet cell mass.
To the extent that aberrant ptc, hedgehog, and smoothened signaling may be indicated in disease progression, the subject inhibitors, can be used to enhance regeneration of the tissue after anti-tumor therapy.
Moreover, manipulation of hedgehog signaling properties at different points may be useful as part of a strategy for reshaping/repairing pancreatic tissue both in vivo and in vitf°o. In one embodiment, the present invention malces use of the apparent involvement of ptc, hedgehog, and smootheized in regulating the development of pancreatic tissue. In general, the subject method can be employed therapeutically to regulate the pancreas after physical, chemical or pathological insult. In yet another embodiment, the subject method can be applied to to cell culture techniques, and in particular, may be employed to enhance the initial generation of prosthetic pancreatic tissue devices. Manipulation of proliferation and differentiation of pancreatic tissue, for example, by altering hedgehog activity, can provide a means for more carefully controlling the characteristics of a cultured tissue. In an exemplary embodiment, the subject method can be used to augment production of prosthetic devices which require (3-islet cells, such as may be used in the encapsulation devices described in, for example, the Aebischer et al. U.S.
Patent No. 4,892,538, the Aebischer et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,106,627, the Lim U.S.
Patent No. 4,391,909, and the Sefton U.S. Patent No. 4,353,888. Early progenitor cells to the pancreatic islets are multipotential, and apparently coactivate all the islet-specific genes from the time they first appear. As development proceeds,. expression of islet-specific hormones, such as insulin, becomes restricted to the pattern of expression characteristic of mature islet cells. The phenotype of mature islet cells, however, is not stable in culture, as reappearence of embryonal traits in matl~re (3-cells can be observed. By utilizing the subject hedgehog antagonists, the differentiation path or proliferative index of the cells can be regulated.
Furthermore, manipulation of the differentiative state of pancreatic tissue can be utilized in conjunction with transplantation of aa-tificial pancreas so as to promote implantation, vascularization, and in vivo differentiation and maintenance of the engrafted tissue. For instance, manipulation of hedgehog function to affect tissue differentiation can be utilized as a means of maintainng graft viability.
Bellusci et al. (1997) Development 124:53 report that Sonic hedgehog regulates lung mesenchymal cell proliferation in vivo. Accordingly, the present method can be used to regulate regeneration of lung tissue, e.g., in the treatment of emphysema.
Fujita et al. (1997) Biochem Biophys Res Co~z~rzuv~ 238:658 reported that Sonic hedgehog is expressed in human lung squamous carcinoma and adenocarcinoma cells. The expression of Sonic hedgehog was also detected in the human lung squamous carcinoma tissues, but not in the normal lung tissue of the same patient. They also observed that Sonic hedgehog stimulates the incorporation of BrdU into the carcinoma cells and stimulates their cell growth, while anti-Shh-N
inhibited their cell growth. These results suggest that a ptc, Izedgehog, and/or smoothef2ed is involved in the cell growth of such transformed lung tissue and therefore indicates that the subject method can be used as part of a treatment of lung carcinoma and adenocarcinomas, and other proliferative disorders involving the lung epithelia. .
Many other tumors may, based on evidence such as involvement of the hedgehog pathway in these tumors, or detected expression of hedgehog or its receptor in these tissues during development, be affected by treatment with the subject compounds. Such tumors include, but are by no means limited to, tumors related to Gorlin's syndrome (e.g., basal cell carcinoma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, etc.), tumors evidenced in pct laioclc-out mice (e.g., hemangioma, rhabdomyosarcoma, etc.), tumors resulting fiom gli-1 amplification (e.g., glioblastoma, sarcoma, etc.), tumors connected with TRCB, a ptc homolog (e.g., renal carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, etc.), Ext-1-related tumors (e.g., bone cancer, etc.), S1W -induced tumors (e.g., lung cancer, chondrosarcomas, etc.), and other tumors (e.g., breast cancer, urogenital cancer (e.g., lcidney, bladder, ureter, prostate, etc.), adrenal cancer, gastrointestinal cancer (e.g., stomach, intestine, etc.), etc.).
In still another embodiment of the present invention, compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can be used in the isz vitro generation of skeletal tissue, such as from slceletogenic stem cells, as well as the ivy vivo treatment of slceletal tissue deficiencies. The present invention particularly contemplates the use of hedgehog antagonists to regulate the rate of chondrogenesis and/or osteogenesis.
By "skeletal tissue deficiency", it is meant a deficiency in bone or other slceletal connective tissue at any site where it is desired to restore the bone or connective tissue, no matter how the deficiency originated, e.g. whether as a result of surgical intervention, removal of tumor, ulceration, implant, fracture, or other traumatic or degenerative conditions.
For instance, the method of the present invention can be used as part of a regimen for restoring cartilage function to a connective tissue. Such methods are useful in, for example, the repair of defects or lesions in cartilage tissue which is the result of degenerative wear such as that which results in arthritis, as well as other mechanical derangements which may be caused by trauma to the tissue, such as a displacement of torn meniscus tissue, meniscectomy, a Taxation of a joint by a torn ligament, malignment of joints, bone fracture, or by hereditary disease. The present reparative method is also useful for remodeling cartilage matrix, such as in plastic or reconstructive surgery, as well as periodontal surgery. The present method may also be applied to improving a previous reparative procedure, for example, following surgical repair of a meniscus, ligament, or cartilage. Furthermore, it may prevent the onset or exacerbation of degenerative disease if applied early enough after trauma.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the subject method comprises treating the afflicted connective tissue with a therapeutically su~cient amount of a hedgehog antagonist, particularly an antagonist selective for Indian Izedgelaog signal transduction, to regulate a cartilage repair response in the comlective tissue by managing the rate of differentiation and/or proliferation of chondrocytes embedded in the tissue. Such connective tissues as articular cartilage, interarticular cartilage (menisci), costal cartilage (connecting the true ribs and the sternum), ligaments, and tendons are particularly amenable to treatment in reconstructive and/or regenerative therapies using the subject method. As used herein, regenerative therapies include treatment of degenerative states which have progressed to the point of which impairment of the tissue is obviously manifest, as well as preventive treatments of tissue where degeneration is in its earliest stages or imminent.
In an illustrative embodiment, the subject method can be used as part of a therapeutic intervention in the treatment of cartilage of a diarthroidal joint, such as a l~nee, an anlde, an elbow, a hip, a wrist, a l~nuclcle of either a finger or toe, or a tempomandibular joint. The treatment can be directed to the meniscus of the joint, to the articular cartilage of the joint, or both. To further illustrate, the subject method can be used to treat a degenerative disorder of a knee, such as which might be the result of traumatic injury (e.g., a sports injury or excessive wear) or osteoarthritis.
The subject antagonists may be administered as an injection into the joint with, for instance, an arthroscopic needle. In some instances, the injected agent can be in the form of a hydrogel or other slow release velv.cle described above in order to permit a more extended and regular contact of the agent with the treated tissue.
The present invention further contemplates the use of the subject method in the field of cartilage transplantation and prosthetic device therapies.
However, problems arise, for instance, because the characteristics of cartilage acid fibrocartilage varies between different tissue: such as between aoticular, meniscal cartilage, ligaments, and tendons, between the two ends of the same ligament or tendon, and between the superficial and deep pax-ts of the tissue. The zonal arrangement of these tissues may reflect a gradual change in mechanical properties, and failure occurs when implanted tissue, which has not differentiated under those conditions, lacks the ability to appropriately respond. For instance, when meniscal cartilage is used to repair anterior cruciate ligaments, the tissue undergoes a metaplasia to pure fibrous tissue. By regulating the rate of chondrogenesis, the subject method can be used to particularly address this problem, by helping to adaptively control the implanted cells in the new environment and effectively resemble hypertrophic chondrocytes of an earlier developmental stage of the tissue.
In similar fashion, the subject method can be applied to enhancing both the generation of prosthetic cartilage devices and to their implantation. The need for improved treatment has motivated research aimed at creating new cartilage that is based on collagen-glycosaminoglycan templates (Stone et al. (1990) C'lih O~thop Relat Red 252:129), isolated chondrocytes (Grande et al. (1989) J O~thop Res 7:208;
and Takigawa et al. (1987) Bohe Minef° 2:449), and chondrocytes attached to natural or synthetic polymers (Walitani et al. (1989) JBoue Jt Suing 71B:74; Vacanti et al.
(1991) Plast Reco~cstr Surg 88:753; von Schroeder et al. (1991) JBiomed Mate~° Res 25:329; Freed et al. (1993) J Biomed Mater Res 27:11; and the Vacanti et al.
U.S.
Patent No. 5,041,138). For example, chondrocytes can be grown in culture on biodegradable, biocompatible highly porous scaffolds formed from polymers such as polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, agarose gel, or other polymers which degrade over time as function of hydrolysis of the polymer backbone into innocuous monomers.
The matrices are designed to allow adequate nutrient and gas exchange to the cells until engraftment occurs. The cells can be cultured In Vitl"O 1111tH adequate cell volume and density has developed for the cells to be implanted. One advantage of the matrices is that they can be cast or molded into a desired shape on an individual basis, so that the final product closely resembles the patient's own ear or nose (by way of example), or flexible matrices can be used which allow for manipulation at the time of implantation, as in a joint.
In one embodiment of the subject method, the implants are contacted with a hedgehog antagonist during certain stages of the culturing process in order to manage the rate of differentiation of chondrocytes and the formation of hypertrophic chrondrocytes in the culture.
In another embodiment, the implanted device is treated with a hedgehog antagonist in order to actively remodel the implanted matrix and to make it more suitable for its intended function. As set out above with respect to tissue transplants, the artificial transplants suffer from the same deficiency of not being derived in a setting which is comparable to the actual mechanical environment in which the matrix is implanted. The ability to regulate the chondrocytes in the matrix by the subject method can allow the implant to acquire characteristics similar to the tissue for which it is intended to replace.
In yet another embodiment, the subject method is used to enhance attachment of prosthetic devices. To illustrate, the subject method can be used in the implantation of a periodontal prosthesis, wherein the treatment of the surrolmding connective tissue stimulates formation of periodontal ligament about the prosthesis.
In still further embodiments, the subject method can be employed as part of a regimen for the generation of bone (osteogenesis) at a site in the animal where such skeletal tissue is deficient. Indian hedgehog is particularly associated with the hypertrophic chondrocytes that are ultimately replaced by osteoblasts. For instance, administration of a hedgehog antagonists of the present invention can be employed as part of a method for regulating the rate of bone loss in a subject. For example, preparations comprising hedgehog antagonists can be employed, for example, to control endochondral ossification in the formation of a "model" for ossification.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a hedgehog antagonist can be used to regulate spermatogenesis. The hedgehog proteins, particularly Dhh, have been shown to be involved in the differentiation and/or proliferation and maintenance of testicular germ cells. Dhh expression is initiated in Seutoli cell precursors shortly after the activation of Sry (testicular determining gene) and persists in the testis into the. adult. Males are viable but infertile, owing to a complete absence of mature sperm. Examination of the developing testis in different genetic backgrounds suggests that Dhh regulates both early and late stages of spermatogenesis. Bitgoad et al. (1996) Curr Biol 6:298. In a preferred embodiment, the hedgehog antagonist can be used as a contraceptive. In similar fashion, hedgehog antagonists of the subject method are potentially useful for modulating normal ovarian function.
The subject method also has wide applicability to the treatment or prophylaxis of disorders afflicting epithelial tissue, as well as in cosmetic uses. In general, the method can be characterized as including a step of administering to an animal an amount of a hedgehog antagonist effective to alter the growth state of a treated epithelial tissue. The mode of administration and dosage regimens will vary depending on the epithelial tissues) which is to be treated. For example, topical formulations will be preferred where the treated tissue is epidermal tissue, such as dermal or mucosal tissues.
A method which "promotes the healing of a wound" results in the wound healing more quiclcly as a result of the treatment than a similar wound heals in the absence of the treatment. "Promotion of wound healing" can also mean that the method regulates the proliferation and/or growth of, inter alia, lceratinocytes, or that the wound heals with less scarring, less wound contraction, less collagen deposition and more superficial surface area. In certain instances, "promotion of wound healing" can also mean that certain methods of wound healing have improved success rates, (e.g., the take rates of skin grafts,) when used together with the method of the present invention.
Despite significant progress in reconstructive surgical techniques, scarring can be an important obstacle in regaining normal function and appearance of healed skin. This is particularly true when pathologic scarring such as lceloids or hypertrophic scars of the hands or face causes functional disability or physical deformity. In the severest circumstances, such scarring may precipitate psychosocial distress and a life of economic deprivation. Wound repair includes the stages of hemostasis, inflammation, proliferation, and remodeling. The proliferative stage involves multiplication of fibroblasts and. endothelial and epithelial cells.
Through the use of the subject method, the rate of proliferation of epithelial cells in and proximal to the wound can be controlled in order to accelerate closure of the wound and/or minimize the formation of scar tissue.
The present treatment can also be effective as part of a therapeutic regimen for treating oral and paraoral ulcers, e.g. resulting from radiation and/or chemotherapy. Such ulcers commonly develop within days after chemotherapy or radiation therapy. These ulcers usually begin as small, painful irregularly shaped lesions usually covered by a delicate gray necrotic membrane and sunowlded by inflammatory tissue. In many instances, laclc of treatment results in proliferation of tissue around the periphery of the lesion on an inflammatory basis. For instance, the epithelium bordering the ulcer usually demonstrates proliferative activity, resulting in loss of continuity of surface epithelium. These lesions, because of their size and loss of epithelial integrity, dispose the body to potential secondary infection. Routine ingestion of food and water becomes a very painful event and, if the ulcers proliferate throughout the alimentary canal, diarrhea usually is evident with all its complicating factors. According to the present invention, a treatment for such ulcers which includes application of an hedgehog antagoust can reduce the abnormal proliferation and differentiation of the affected epithelium, helping to reduce the severity of subsequent inflammatory events.
The subject method and compositions can also be used to treat womlds resulting from dermatological diseases, such as lesions resulting from autoimmune disorders such as psoriasis. Atopic dermititis refers to slcin trauma resulting from allergies associated with an immune response caused by allergens such as pollens, foods, dander, insect venoms and plant toxins.
In other embodiments, antiproliferative preparations of hedgehog antagonists can be used to inhibit lens epithelial cell proliferation to prevent post-operative complications of extracapsular cataract extraction. Cataract is am intractable eye disease and various studies on a treatment of cataract have been made. But at present, the treatment of cataract is attained by surgical operations.
Cataract surgery has been applied for a long time and various operative methods have been examined.
Extracapsular lens extraction has become the method of choice for removing cataracts. The major medical advantages of this technique over intracapsular extraction are lower incidence of aphalcic cystoid macular edema and retinal detachment. Extracapsular extraction is also required for implantation of posterior chamber type intraocular lenses which are now considered to be the lenses of choice in most cases.
However, a disadvantage of extracapsular cataract extraction is the high incidence of posterior lens capsule opacification, often called after-cataract, which can occur in up to 50% of cases within three years after surgery. After-cataract is caused by proliferation of equatorial and anterior capsule lens epithelial cells which remain after extracapsular lens extraction. These cells proliferate to cause Sommerling rings, and along with fibroblasts which also deposit and occur on the posterior capsule, cause opacification of the posterior capsule, which interferes with vision. Prevention of after-cataract would be preferable to treatment. To inhibit secondary cataract formation, the subject method provides a means for inhibiting proliferation of the remaining lens epithelial cells. For example, such cells can be induced to remain quiescent by instilling a solution containing an hedgehog antagonist preparation into the anterior chamber of the eye after lens removal.
Furthermore, the solution can be osmotically balanced to provide minimal effective dosage when instilled into the anterior chamber of the eye, thereby inhibiting subcapsular epithelial growth with some specificity.
The subject method can also be used in the treatment of corneopathies maxlced by corneal epithelial cell proliferation, as for exaanple in ocular epithelial disorders such as epithelial downgrowth or squamous cell carcinomas of the ocular surface.
Levine et aI. (1997) J Neurosci 17:6277 show that hedgehog proteins can regulate mitogenesis and photoreceptor differentiation in the vertebrate retina, and Ihh is a candidate factor from the pigmented epithelium to promote retinal progenitor proliferation ' and photoreceptor differentiation. Likewise, Jensen et al.
(1997) Development 124:363 demonstrated that treatment of cultures of perinatal mouse retinal cells with the amino-terminal fragment of Sonic hedgehog protein results in an increase in the proportion of cells that incorporate bromodeoxuridine, in total cell numbers, and in rod photoreceptors, amacrine cells and Muller glial cells, suggesting that Sonic hedgehog promotes the proliferation of retinal precursor cells.
Thus, the subject method can be used in the treatment of proliferative diseases of retinal cells and regulate photoreceptor differentiation.
Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to the use of the subject method to control hair growth. Hair is basically composed of keratin, a tough and insoluble protein; its chief strength lies in its disulphide bond of cystine.
Each individual hair comprises a cylindrical shaft and a root, and is contained in a follicle, a flask-lilce depression in the skin. The bottom of the follicle contains a finger-life projection termed the papilla, which consists of connective tissue from which hair grows, and through which blood vessels supply the cells with nourishment. The shaft is the part that extends outwards from the skin surface, whilst the root has been described as the buried part of the hair. The base of the root expands into the hair bulb, which rests upon the papilla. Cells from which the hair is produced grow in the bulb of the follicle; they are extruded in the form of fibers as the cells proliferate in the follicle. Hair "growth" refers to the formation and elongation of the hair fiber by the dividing cells.
As is well known in the ai-t, the common hair cycle is divided into three stages: anagen, catagen and telogen. During the active phase (anagen), the epidermal stem cells of the dermal papilla divide rapidly. Daughter cells move upward and differentiate to form the concentric layers of the hair itself. The transitional stage, catagen, is marked by the cessation of mitosis of the stem cells in the follicle. The resting stage is known as telogen, where the hair is retained within the scalp for several weeks before an emerging new hair developing below it dislodges the telogen-phase shaft from its follicle. From this model it has become clear that the larger the pool of dividing stem cells that differentiate into hair cells, the more hair growth occurs. Accordingly, methods for increasing or reducing hair growth can be carried out by potentiating or inhibiting, respectively, the proliferation of these stem cells.
In certain embodiments, the subject method can be employed as a way of reducing the growth of human hair as opposed to its conventional removal by cutting, shaving, or depilation. For instance, the present method can be used in the treatment of trichosis characterized by abnormally rapid or dense growth of hair, e.g.
hypertrichosis. In an exemplary embodiment, hedgehog ailtagonists can be used to manage hirsutism, a disorder marked by abnormal hairiness. The subject method can also provide a process for extending the duration of depilation.
Moreover, because a hedgehog antagonist will often be cytostatic to epithelial cells, rather than cytotoxic, such agents can be used to protect hair follicle cells from cytotoxic agents which require progression into S-phase of the cell-cycle for efficacy, e.g. radiation-induced death. Treatment by the subject method can provide protection by causing the hair follicle cells to become quiescent, e.g., by inhibiting the cells from entering S phase, and thereby preventing the follicle cells from undergoing mitotic catastrophe or programmed cell death. For instance, hedgehog antagonists can be used for patients undergoing chemo- or radiation-therapies which ordinarily result in hair loss. By inhibiting cell-cycle progression during such therapies, the subject treatment can protect hair follicle cells from death which might otherwise result from activation of cell death programs. After the therapy has concluded, the instant method can also be removed with concommitant relief of the inhibition of follicle cell proliferation. , The subject method can also be used in the treatment of folliculitis, such as folliculitis decalvans, folliculitis ulerythematosa reticulata or lceloid folliculitis. For example, a cosmetic prepration of an hedgehog antagonist can be applied topically in the treatment of pseudofolliculitis, a chronic disorder occurring most often in the submandibular region of the neck and associated with shaving, the characteristic lesions of which are erythematous papules and pustules containing buried hairs.
In another aspect of the invention, the subject method can be used to induce differentiation and/or inhibit proliferation of epithelially derived tissue.
Such forms of these molecules can provide a basis fox differentiation therapy for the treatment of hyperplastic and/or neoplastic conditions involving epithelial tissue. For example, such preparations can be used for the treatment of cutaneous diseases in which there is abnormal proliferation or growth of cells of the skin.
For instance, the pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are intended for the treatment of hyperplastic epidermal conditions, such as lceratosis, as well as for the treatment of neoplastic epidermal conditions such as those characterized by a high proliferation rate for various skin cancers, as for example basal cell carcinoma or squamous cell carcinoma. The subject method can also be used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases affecting the skin, in particular, of dermatological diseases involving morbid proliferation and/or lceratinization of the epidermis, as for example, caused by psoriasis or atopic dermatosis.
Many common diseases of the skin, such as psoriasis, ~ squamous cell carcinoma, lceratoacanthoma ~ and actinic lceratosis are characterized by localized abnormal proliferation and growth. For example, in psoriasis, which is characterized by scaly, red, elevated plaques on the skin, the lceratinocytes aie known to proliferate much more rapidly than normal and to differentiate less completely.
In one embodiment, the preparations of the present invention are suitable for the treatment of dermatological ailments linlced to lceratinization disorders causing abnormal proliferation of skin cells, which disorders may be marlced by either inflaanmatory or non-inflammatory components. To illustrate, therapeutic preparations of a hedgehog antagonist, e.g., which promotes quiescence or differentiation can be used to treat varying forms of psoriasis, be they cutaneous, mucosal or ungual. Psoriasis, as described above, is typically characterized by epidermal lceratinocytes which display marked proliferative activation and differentiation along a "regenerative" pathway. Treatment with an antiproliferative embodiment of the subject method can be used to reverse the pathological epidermal activiation and can provide a basis for sustained remission of the disease.
A variety of other lceratotic lesions are also candidates for treatment with the subject method. Actinic lceratoses, for example, are superficial inflammatory premalignant tumors arising on sun-exposed and irradiated slcin. The lesions are erythematous to brown with variable scaling. Current therapies include excisional and cryosurgery. These treatments are painful, however, and often produce cosmetically unacceptable scarring. Accordingly, treatment of lceratosis, such as actinic keratosis, can include application, preferably topical, of a hedgehog antagonist composition in amounts sufficient to inhibit hyperproliferation of epidermal/epidermoid cells of the lesion.
Acne represents yet another dermatologic ailment which may be treated by the subject method. Acne vulgaris, for instance, is a multifactorial disease most commonly occurring in teenagers and young adults, and is characterized by the appearance of inflammatory and noninflammatory lesions on the face and upper trunk. The basic defect which gives rise to acne vulgaris is hypercornification of the duct of a hyperactive sebaceous gland. Hypercornification blocks the normal mobility of slcin and follicle microorganisms, and in so doing, stimulates the release of lipases by Pj°opinobacte~ium aches and Staphylococcus epidef°midis bacteria and Pit~ospo~um ovale, a yeast. Treatment with an antiproliferative hedgelTOg antagonist, particularly topical preparations, may be useful for preventing the transitional features of the ducts, e.g. hypercornification, which lead to lesion formation. The subject treatment may further include, for example, antibiotics, retinoids and antiandrogens.
The present invention also provides a method for treating various forms of dermatitis. Dermatitis is a descriptive term referring to poorly demarcated lesions which are either pruritic, erythematous, scaley, blistered, weeping, fissured or crusted. These lesions arise from any of a wide variety of causes. The most common types of dermatitis are atopic, contact and diaper dermatitis. For instance, seborrheic dermatitis is a chronic, usually pruritic, dermatitis with erythema, dry, moist, or greasy scaling, and yellow crusted patches on various areas, especially the scalp, with exfoliation of an excessive amount of dry scales. The subject method can also be used in the treatment of stasis dermatitis, an often chronic, usually eczematous dermatitis. Actinic dermatitis is dermatitis that due to exposure to actinic radiation _ 15 such as that from the sun, ultraviolet waves or x- or gamma-radiation.
According to the present invention, the subject method can be used in the treatment and/or prevention of certain symptoms of dermatitis caused by unwanted proliferation of epithelial cells. Such therapies for these various forms of dermatitis can also include topical and systemic corticosteroids, antipuritics, and antibiotics.
For example, it is contemplated that the subject method could be used to inhibit angiogenesis. Hedgehog is known to stimulate angiogenesis. MATRIGEL"
plugs impregnated with hedgehog protein and inserted into mice evince substantial neovascularization, whereas MATRIGEL° plugs not carrying hedgehog show comparatively little vascularization. Hedgehog protein is also capable of increasing vascularization of the normally avascular mouse cornea. The ptc-1 gene is expressed in normal vascular tissues, including the endothelial cells of the aorta, vascular smooth muscle cells, adventitial fbroblasts of the aorta, the coronary vasculature and cardiomyocytes of the atria and ventricles. These tissues are also sensitive to A
hedgehog protein. Treatment with exogenous hedgehog causes upregulation of ptc-expression. In addition, hedgehog proteins stimulate proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells in vivo. Hedgehog proteins also cause fibroblasts to increase expression of angiogenic growth factors such as VEGF, bFGF, Ang-1 and Ang-2. Lastly, hedgehog proteins are known to stimulate recovery fiom ischemic injury and S stimulate formation of collateral vessels.
Given that hedgehog promotes angiogenesis, hedgehog antagonists are expected to act as angiogenesis inhibitors, particularly in situations where some level of hedgehog signaling is necessary for angiogenesis.
Angiogenesis is fundamental to many disorders. Persistent, unregulated angiogenesis occurs in a range of disease states, tumor metastases and abnormal growths by endothelial cells. The vasculature created as a result of angiogenic processes supports the pathological damage seen in these conditions. The diverse pathological states created due to unregulated angiogenesis have been grouped together as angiogenic dependent or angiogenic associated diseases. Therapies directed at control of the angiogenic processes could lead to the abrogation or mitigation of these diseases.
Diseases caused by, supported by or associated with angiogenesis include ocular neovascular disease, age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, epidemic lceratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic lceratitis, superior limbic lceratitis, pteiygium l~eratitis sicca, Sjogren's, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical burns, bacterial ulcers, ftmgal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, I~aposi sarcoma, Mooren ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, marginal lceratolysis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus, polyarteritis, trauma, Wegeners sarcoidosis, Scleritis, Stevens Johnson disease, periphigoid radial lceratotomy, corneal graph rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis chronic inflammation (eg., ulcerative colitis or Crohn's disease), hemangioma, Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, and hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia.
In addition, angiogenesis plays a critical role in cancer. A tumor cannot expand without a blood supply to provide nutrients and remove cellular wastes.
Tumors in which angiogenesis is important include solid tumors such as rhabdomyosarcomas, retinoblastoma, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, and osteosarcoma, and benign tumors such as acoustic neuroma, neurofibroma, trachoma and pyogenic granulomas. Angiogenic factors have been found associated with several solid tumors. Prevention of angiogenesis could halt the growth of these tumors and the resultant damage to the animal due to the presence of the tumor.
A~zgiogenesis is also associated with blood-born tumors such as leulcemias, any of various acute or chronic neoplastic diseases of the bone marrow in which unrestrained proliferation of white blood cells occurs, usually accompanied by anemia, impaired blood clotting, and enlargement of the lymph nodes, liver, and spleen. It is believed that angiogenesis plays a role in the abnormalities in the bone marrow that give rise to leul~emia-lilce tumors.
In addition to tumor growth, angiogenesis is important in metastasis.
Initially, angiogenesis is important is in the vascularization of the tumor which allows cancerous cells to eater the blood stream and to circulate throughout the body. After the tumor cells have left the primary site, and have settled into the secondary, metastasis site, angiogenesis must occur before the new tumor can grow and expand. Therefore, prevention of angiogenesis could lead to the prevention of metastasis of tumors and possibly contain the neoplastic growth at the primary site.
Angiogenesis is also involved in normal physiological processes such as reproduction and wound healing. Angiogenesis is an important step in ovulation and also in implantation of the blastula after fertilization. Prevention of angiogenesis could be used to induce amenorrhea, to block ovulation or to prevent implantation by the blastula. ' It is anticipated that the invention will be useful for the treatment andlor prevention of respiratory distress syndrome or other disorders resulting from inappropriate lung surface tension. Respiratory distress syndrome results from insufficient surfactant in the alveolae of the lungs. The lungs of vertebrates contain surfactant, a complex mixture of lipids and protein which causes surface tension to rise during lung inflation and decrease during lung deflation. During burg deflation, surfactant decreases such that there axe no surface forces that would otherwise promote alveolar collapse. Aerated alveoli that have not collapsed during expiration permit continuous oxygen and carbon dioxide transport between blood and alveolar gas and require much less force to inflate during the subsequent inspiration.
During inflation, lung surfactant increases surface tension as the alveolar surface area increases. A rising surface tension in expanding alveoli opposes over-inflation in those airspaces and tends to divert inspired air to less well-aerated alveoli, thereby facilitating even lung aeration.
Respiratory distress syndrome is particularly prevalent among premature infants. Lung surfactant is normally synthesized at a very low rate until the last six weeks of fetal life. Human infants born more than six weeks before the normal term of a pregnancy have a high risk of being born with inadequate amounts of lung surfactant and inadequate rates of surfactant synthesis. The more prematurely an infant is born, the more severe the surfactant deficiency is lil~ely to be.
Severe surfactant deficiency can lead to respiratory failure within a few minutes or hours of birth. The surfactant deficiency produces progressive collapse of alveoli (atelectasis) because of the decreasing ability of the lung to expand despite maximum inspiratory effort. As a result, inadequate amounts of oxygen reach the infant's blood.
RDS can occur in adults as well, typically as a consequence of failure in surfactant biosynthesis.
Lung tissue of premature infants shows high activity of the hedgehog signaling pathway. Inhibition of this pathway using hedgehog antagonists increases the formation of lamellar bodies and increases the expression of genes involved in surfactant biosynthesis. Lamellar bodies are subcellular structures associated with ~2 surfactant biosynthesis. For these reasons, treatment of premature infaazts with a hedgehog antagonist should stimulate surfactant biosynthesis and ameliorate RDS.
In cases where adult RDS is associated with hedgehog pathway activation, treatment with hedgehog antagonists should also be effective.
It is further contemplated that the use of hedgehog antagonists may be specifically targeted to disorders where the affected tissue and/or cells evince high hedgehog pathway activation. Expression of gli genes is activated by the hedgehog signaling pathway, including gli-1, gli-2 and gli-3. gli-1 expression is most consistently correlated with hedgehog signaling activity across a wide range of tissues and disorders, while gli-3 is somewhat less so. The gli genes encode transcription factors that activate expression of many genes needed to elicit the full effects of hedgehog signaling. However, the Gli-3 transcription factor can also act as a repressor of hedgehog effector genes, and therefore, expression of gli-3 can cause a decreased effect of the hedgehog signaling pathway. Whether Gli-3 acts as a transcriptional activator or repressor depends on post-translational events, and therefore it is expected that methods for detecting the activating form (versus the repressing form) of Gli-3 protein would also be a reliable measure of hedgehog pathway activation. gli-~ gene expression is expected to provide a reliable marker for hedgehog pathway activation. The gli-1 gene is strongly expressed in a wide array of cancers, hyperplasias and immature lungs, and serves as a marker for the relative activation of the hedgehog pathway. In addition, tissues, such as immature lung, that have high gli gene expression are strongly affected by hedgehog inhibitors.
Accordingly, it is contemplated that the detection of gli gene expression may be used as a powerful predictive tool to identify tissues and disorders that will particularly benefit from treatment with a hedgehog antagonist.
In preferred embodiments, gli-1 expression levels are detected, either by direct detection of the transcript or by detection of protein levels or activity.
Transcripts may be detected using any of a wide range of techniques that depend primarily on hybridization of probes to the gli-1 transcripts or to cDNAs synthesized therefrom. Well l~nown techniques include northern blotting, reverse-transcriptase PCR and microarray analysis of transcript levels. Methods for detecting Gli protein levels include western blotting, immunoprecipitation, two-dimensional polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (2D SDS-PAGE)(preferably compared against a standard wherein the position of the Gli proteins has been determined), and mass spectroscopy. Mass spectroscopy may be coupled with a series of purification steps to allow high-throughput identification of many different protein levels in a particular sample. Mass spectroscopy and 2D SDS-PAGE can also be used to identify post-transcriptional modifications to proteins including proteolytic events, ubiquitination, phosphorylation, lipid modification etc. Gli activity may also be assessed by analyzing binding to substrate DNA or in vitro transcriptional activation of target promoters. Gel shift assays, DNA footprinting assays and DNA-protein crosslinl~ing assays are all methods that may be used to assess the presence of a protein capable of binding to Gli binding sites on DNA.
In preferred embodiments, gli transcript levels are measured and diseased or disordered tissues showing abnormally high gli levels are treated with a hedgehog antagonist. Premature lung tissue, lung cancers (e.g., adenocarcinomas, broncho-alveolar adenocarcinomas, small cell carcinomas), breast cancers (e.g., inferior ductal carcinomas, inferior lobular carcinomas, tubular carcinomas), prostate caazcers (e.g., adenocarcinomas), and benign prostatic hyperplasias all show strongly elevated gli-1 expression levels in certain cases. Accordingly, gli-1 expxession levels are a powerful diagnostic device to determine which of these tissues should be treated with a hedgehog antagonist. In addition, there is substantial correlative evidence that cancers of urothelial cells (e.g., bladder cancer, other urogenital cancers) will also have elevated gli-1 levels in certain cases. For example, it is lcnown that loss of heterozygosity on chromosome 9q22 is common in bladder cancers. The ptc-I gene is located at this position and ptc-I loss of function is probably a partial cause of hyperproliferation, as in many other cancer types. Accordingly, such cancers would also show high gli expression and would be particularly amenable to treatment with a hedgehog antagonist.
Expression of ptc-1 and ptc-2 is also activated by the hedgehog signaling pathway, but these genes are inferior to the gli genes as marlcexs of hedgehog pathway activation. In certain tissues only one of ptc-1 or ptc-2 is expressed although the hedgehog pathway is highly active. For example, in testicular development, Indian hedgehog plays an important role and the hedgehog pathway is activated, but only ptc-2 is expressed. Accordingly, these genes are individually unreliable as markers for hedgehog pathway activation, although simultaneous measurement of both genes are contemplated as a useful indicator for tissues to be treated with a hedgehog antagonist.
Ailments which may be treated by the subject method are disorders specific to non-humans, such as mange.
In still another embodiment, the subject method can be used in the treatment of human cancers, particularly basal cell carcinomas and other tumors of epithelial tissues such as the skin. For example, hedgehog antagonists can be employed, in the subject method, as part of a treatment for basal cell nevus syndrome (BCNS), and other other human carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas and the like.
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method is used as part of a treatment of prophylaxis regimen for treating (or preventing) basal cell carcinoma. The deregulation of the hedgehog signaling pathway may be a general feature of basal cell carcinomas caused by ptc mutations. Consistent overexpression of human ptc mRNA has been described in tumors of familial and sporadic BCCs, determined by in situ hybridization. Mutations that inactivate ptc may be expected to result in overexpression of mutant Ptc, because ptc displays negative autoregulation.
Prior research demonstrates that overexpression of hedgehog proteins can also lead to tumorigenesis. That sonic hedgehog (Shh) has a role in tumorigenesis in the mouse has been suggested by research in which transgenic mice overexpressing Shh in the skin developed features of BCNS, including multiple BCC-like epidermal proliferations over the entire skin surface, after only a few days of skin development.
A mutation in the Shh human gene from a BCC was also described; it was suggested ~5 that Shh or other Hh genes in humans could act as dominant oncogenes in humans.
Sporadic ptc mutations have also been observed in BCCs from otherwise normal individuals, some of which are UV-signature mutations. In one recent study of sporadic BCCs, five UV-signature type mutations, either CT or CCTT changes, were found out of fifteen tumors determined to contain ptc mutations. Another recent analysis of sporadic ptc mutations in BCCs and neuroectodermal tumors revealed one CT change in one of three ptc mutations found in.the BCCs. See, for example, Goodrich et al. (1997) Science 277:1109-13; Xie et al. (1997) Cancer Res 57:2369-72; Oro et al. (1997) Science 276:817-21; Xie et al. (1997) Genes Chromosomes Cancer 18:305-9; Stone et al. (1996) Nature 384:129-34; and Johnson et al.
(1996) Science 272:1668-71.
The subject method can also be used to treatment patients with BCNS, e.g., to prevent BCC or other effects of the disease which may be the result of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function. Basal cell nevus syndrome is a rare autosomal dominant disorder characterized by multiple BCCs that appear at a young age. BCNS patients are very susceptible to the development of these tumors; in the second decade of life, large nmnbers appear, mainly on sun-exposed areas of the skin. This disease also causes a number of developmental abnormalities, including rib, head and face alterations, and sometimes polydactyly, syndactyly, and spina bifida. They also develop a number of tumor types in addition to BCCs: fibromas of the ovaries and heart, cysts of the shin and jaws, and in the central nervous system, medulloblastomas and meningiomas.
The subject method can be used to prevent or treat such tumor types in BCNS
and non-BCNS patients. Studies of BCNS patients show that they have both genomic and sporadic mutations in the ptc gene, suggesting that these mutations are the ultimate cause of this disease.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical preparations comprising hedgehog antagonists. The hedgehog antagonists for use in the subject method may be conveniently formulated for administration with a biologically acceptable medium, such as water, buffered saline, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol and the like) or suitable mixtures thereof. The optimum concentration of the active ingredients) in the chosen medium can be determined empirically, according to procedures well known to medicinal chemists. As used herein, "biologically acceptable medium" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, and the like which may be appropriate for the desired route of administration of the pharmaceutical preparation. The use of such media for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the activity of the hedgehog antagonist, its use in the pharmaceutical preparation of the invention is contemplated. Suitable vehicles and their formulation inclusive of other proteins are described, for example, in the boolc Remihgton's Phaf°maceutical Sciences (Remington°s Pharmaceutical Sciences. Maclc Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., USA 1985). These vehicles include injectable "deposit formulations".
Pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention can also include veterinary compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical preparations of the hedgehog antagonists suitable for veterinary uses, e.g., for the treatment of live stoclc or domestic animals, e.g., dogs.
Methods of introduction may also be provided by rechargeable or biodegradable devices. Various slow release polymeric devices have been developed and tested in vivo in recent years for the controlled delivery of drugs, including proteinacious biopharmaceuticals. A variety of biocompatible polymers (including hydrogels), including both biodegradable and non-degradable polymers, can be used to form an implant for the sustained release of a hedgehog antagonist at a particular target site.
The preparations of the present invention may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given by forms suitable for each administration route. For example, they axe administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, controlled release patch, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment;
and rectal by suppositories. Oral and topical administrations are preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intralnuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and 111fLlSioll.
The phrases "systemic , administration," "administered systemically,"
"peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as described below or by other conventional methods lcrlown to those of skill in the al-t.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular hedgehog antagonist employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and lilce factor s well known in the medical arts.
A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. Generally, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient will range from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
The term "treatment" is intended to encompass also prophylaxis, therapy and cure.
The patient receiving this . treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, aald other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
The compound of the invention can be administered as such or in admixtures with pharmaceutically acceptable and/or sterile carriers and can also be administered in conjunction with other antimicrobial agents such as penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides and glycopeptides. Conjunctive therapy, thus includes sequential, simultaneous and separate administration of the active compound in a way that the therapeutical effects of the first administered one is not entirely disappeared when the subsequent is administered.
Tl Pharmaceutical Comzaositiohs While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition). The hedgehog antagonists according to the invention may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine. In certain embodiments, the compound included in the pharmaceutical preparation may be active itself, or may be a prodrug, e.g., capable of being converted to an active compound in a physiological setting.
Thus, another aspect of the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the slcin; or (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam. However, in certain embodiments the subject compounds may be simply dissolved or suspended in sterile water. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical preparation is non-pyrogenic, i.e., does not elevate the body temperature of a patient.
The phrase "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound of the present invention which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by overcoming a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or s~raoother~ed gain of function in at least a sub-population of cells in an animal and thereby blocl~ing the biological consequences of that pathway in the treated cells, at a reasonable benefit/rislc ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, andlor dosage forms Which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risl~
ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject antagonists from one organ, or portion of the body, to a~lother organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose;
(2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mamiitol and polyethylene glycol;
(12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol;
(20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
As set out above, certain embodiments of the present hedgehog a~.ltagonists may contain a basic functional group, such as amino or allcylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the lilce. (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pha~~a. Sci. 66:1-19) The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the subject compowds include the conventional nontoxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds, e.g., from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids. For example, such conventional nontoxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, malefic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the lilce.
In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and pl~rification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal ration, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al., suy°a) Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricaazts, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a caxrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will ra~zge from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid caa.Tiers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inept base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient. A compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
In solid dosage forms of the invention for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, acid sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compowids; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as lcaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calciwn stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. W the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or mills sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredients) only, or preferentially, in a ceutain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, ahuninum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active hedgehog antagonist.
Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are lcnov~m in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, aald with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates a~ld polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the hedgehog antagonists in the proper medium.
Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the 7zedgehog antagonists across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the life, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral achninistration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the lilce), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the lilce into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in a~1 oil vehicle.
lnjectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide.
Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carver.
The addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
Alternatively, an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed. The way in which such feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as "Applied Animal Nutrition", W.H. Freedman and CO., San Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or "Livestock Feeds and Feeding" O and B boobs, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
Tn certain embodiments, a subject compound, such as compound D or a salt thereof, may be formulated in an aqueous solution, e.g., for topical application.
Suitable salts include salts of subject compounds with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, methanesulfonic acid, malefic acid, or any other suitable acid, such as one that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable anion in the presence of an amine base.
In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, such as a salt including a canon selected from sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium, and an anion selected from acetate, citrate, phosphate, chloride, any other suitable ions, or combinations thereof In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution may, additionally or alternatively, include dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carbohydrate, such as a mono-or di-saccharide, or polyol.
In certain embodiments, an aqueous solution may contain solutes to result in an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm, preferably between 250 and 350 Osm, even more preferably between 280 and 300 mOsm, such as 290 mOsm.
In certain embodiments, the pH of the solution will be in the range of 3 to 6, preferably 3.5 to 5, even more preferably between 4 and 4.5.
Thus, generally, an aqueous solution may comprise up to about 7% of a carbohydrate or polyol such as mannitol, lactose, or dextrose, e.g., up to about 6%, or about 3% to about 6%, or about 4 to about 5%, up to about 50 mM of a salt selected from sodium acetate and sodium citrate, e.g., up to about 20 mM, or about 2 mM to about 20 mM, or about 5 mM to about 15 mM, and sufficient pharmaceutically acceptable solutes, such as sodium chloride, to result in an osmolarity between about 200 and 400 mOsm, preferably between 250 and 350 Osm, even more preferably between 280 and 300 mOsm. In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution is substantially free of a carbohydrate or polyol, substantially free of sodium acetate and sodium citrate, or both, e.g., may consist essentially of physiological saline and a salt of a subject compound, or is substantially free of salts such as sodium chloride, sodium acetate, and sodium citrate and consists essentially of an aqueous solution of a carbohydrate or polyol and a salt of a subject compound.
Thus, for example, an aqueous solution of a subject compound, such as compound D, may comprise 10 mM sodium acetate in physiological saline at a pH
of 4.2. Alternatively, an aqueous solution may comprise 10 mM sodium acetate in a 5% dextrose solution, or simply a 5% dextrose solution.
Tjl. Synthetic Schemes aid Ide~tificatio~c ofActive Anta~o~ists The subject antagonists, and congeners thereof, can be prepared readily by employing the cross-coupling technologies of Suzulci, Stille, and the like.
These coupling reactions are carried out under relatively mild conditions and tolerate a wide range of "spectator" functionality.
a. Conzbi~atorial Lib~a~ies The compounds of the present invention, particularly libraries of variants having various representative classes of substituents, are amenable to combinatorial chemistry and other parallel synthesis schemes (see, for example, PCT WO
94/08051). The result is that large libraries of related compounds, e.g. a variegated library of compounds represented above, can be screened rapidly in high throughput assays in order to identify potential hedgehog antagonist lead compounds, as well as to refine the specificity, toxicity, and/or cytotoxic-kinetic profile of a lead compound. For instance, ptc, hedgehog, or smoothe~zed bioactivity assays, such as may be developed using cells with either a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, can be used to screen a library of the subject compounds for those having agonist activity toward ptc or antagonist activity towards hedgehog or smoothened.
Simply for illustration, a combinatorial library for the purposes of the present invention is a mixture of chemically related compounds which may be screened together for a desired property. The preparation of many related compounds in a single reaction greatly reduces and simplifies the number of screening processes which need to be carried out. Screening for the appropriate physical properties can be done by conventional methods.
Diversity in the library can be created at a variety of different levels. For instance, the substrate aryl groups used in the combinatorial reactions can be diverse in terms of the core aryl moiety, e.g., a variegation in terms of the ring structure, and/or can be varied with respect to the other substituents.
A variety of techniques are available in the art for generating combinatorial libraries of small organic molecules such as the subject hedgehog antagonists.
See, for example, Blondelle et al. (1995) Trends Anal. Chem. 14:83; the Affymax U.S.
Patents 5,359,115 and 5,362,899: the Ellman U.S. Patent 5,288,514: the Still et al.
PCT publication WO 94/08051; the ArQule U.S. Patents 5,736,412 and 5,712,171;
Chen et al. (1994) JACS 116:2661: I~err et al. (1993) JACS 115:252; PCT
publications W092/10092, W093/09668 and WO91/07087; and the f,erner et al.
PCT publication W093/20242). Accordingly, a variety of libraries on the order of about 100 to 1,000,000 or more diversomers of the subject hedgehog antagonists can be synthesized and screened for particular activity or property.
In an exemplary embodiment, a library of candidate hedgehog antagonists diversomers can be synthesized utilizing a scheme adapted to the techniques described in the Still et al. PCT publication WO 94/08051, e.g., being linked to a polymer bead by a hydrolyzable or photolyzable group, optionally located at one of the positions of the candidate antagonists or a substituent of a synthetic intermediate.
According to the Still et al. technique, the library is synthesized on a set of beads, each bead including a set of tags identifying the particular diversomer on that bead.
The bead library can then be "plated" with ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function cells for which an 7zedgehog antagonist is sought. The diversomers can be released from the bead, e.g. by hydrolysis.
The structures of the compounds useful in the present invention lend themselves readily to efficient synthesis. The nature of the structures, as generally described by formulas I to VI, allows the assembly of such compounds using some combination of Rl, R2, R3, and R4 moieties, as set forth above. For example, these subunits can be attached to the core ring through common acylation or allcylation reactions. The vast majority of such reactions, including those depicted in Figures 11, 12, 15, and 16 are both extremely mild and extremely reliable, and are thus perfectly suited for combinatorial chemistry. The facile nature of such a combinatorial approach towards the generation of a library of test compounds is apparent in the exemplary scheme below (P = protecting group), wherein the various groups of a compound according to the above formulae are linked combinatorially (e.g., using one of the methods described above). Even greater diversity may be attained by, for example, utilizing a range of reactive fimctionalities when appending a subunit, e.g., using a range of R-L-C(O)Cl, PO-Ar-L-NCO, PO-Ar-L-S02C1, etc.
when appending an Rl subunit.
t2LCH0/NaBHq or RZLCHZX RtLCOX
alkylate acylate Q n o_ RqLXH
E
couple Bead 0 N
X
~N~
RZL ~LRt Many variations on the above and related pathways permit the synthesis of widely diverse libraries of compounds which may be tested as inhibitors of hedgel2og function.
Preparation of Exemplary Compounds of the Present Invention A series of compounds conforming to the general structures disclosed herein were prepared and tested for biological activity (vide ihft~a). A suitable core structure can be readily prepared from commercially available ti~ans-4-hydroxy-L-proline as sLUinnarized in the scheme below:
acylate or I ~ deprotect alkylate 2. R3LCOX or HO~~~ MsO,~ ' OFi 1. MeOH, H+ OMe 1. NaN3 OMe H~~ 2' (BOC)ZO ' Ni~ 2. H+
\'\' 3. MsCI, bas \\e O O I O
BOC
Ti~ans-4-h, day-L-proline methyl ester hydrochloride:
Acetyl chloride (249 mL, 3.47 mol) was added dropwise to methanol (2090 mL) with stirring and cooling to maintain the temperature below 30 °C.
After complete addition, stirring was continued for a further 60 min. before addition of tT°aTZS-4-hydroxy-L-proline (325 g, 2.48 mol) as a solid. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled to 0 °C, and test-butyl methyl ether (TBME, 5220 mL) was added slowly over 30 min. The precipitated solid was collected on a filter and washed with ice-cold TMBE (2 x 1 L). The product was dried at 40 °C
overnight in a vacuum to yield 424 g of the desired ester.
Ty~ans-1-(test-butoxycarbon~)-4-h day-L-proline methyl ester:
The product ester of the previous reaction (423 g, 2.32 mol) was suspended in dichloromethane (6.5 L). Under stirring and cooling, triethylamine (1019 mL, 7.32 mol) was added over 30 min., followed by di-test-butyl dicarbonate (588 g, 2.70 mol) over 30 min. to maintain the internal temperature below 15 °C.
After complete addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, followed by addition of 1 M aqueous citric acid solution (650 mL). The mixture was stirred hour, and the organic layer was separated, washed with 1 M aqueous KHC03 (920 mL), water (2 x 1 L), and dried over MgS04 in the presence of activated charcoal (15 g). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2x1800 g silica gel, 3:1 to 2:1 hexane:EtOAc eluent) to give the desired carbamate (489 g).
(4R)-1- test-butoxycarbon~)-4-[(methylsulfon~)oxy]-L-proline methyl ester:
The carbamate above (478 g, 1.95 mol), N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA, 373 mL, 2.15 mol), and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 23.8 g, 0.195 mol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (7650 mL). Methanesulfonyl chloride (167 mL, 2.15 mol) in dichloromethane (950 mL) was added dropwise over 50 min. with cooling to maintain a temperature below 10 °C. The mixture was stirred at -6 °C for 2 h, water (750 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred 15 min. more, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with 1 M aqueous KHC03 (950 mL), 1 M
aq. citric acid (2 x 950 mL), and water (750 mL) and dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized with hexane (1.9 L). The crystalline mesylate was collected on a filter, washed with hexane (2 x 500 mL), and dried at 40 °C in vacuo to give 624 g of the product.
~4S)-1-(test-butoxycarbonyl)-4-azido-L-proline meth 1 A solution of the above mesylate (624 g, 1.93 mol) and sodium azide (716 g, 11.01 mol) in dimethylformamide (DMF, 3120 mL) was stirred for 22 h at 60 °C, the solution was cooled to 0 °C, water (3 L) was added over 40 min. to lceep the temperature below 20 °C, and EtOAC (3 L) was added. The mixture was stirred vigorously 20 min, the layers were separated, and the aqueous phase extracted with EtOAc (3 L). The combined organic layers were washed with water (750 mL), 0.1 M
aq. HCl (400 mL), and water (750 mL), then dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2x1800 g silica gel, 2:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give the desired azide (516 g).
(4S)-4-azido-L-nroline methyl ester hydrochloride:
A saturated solution of HCl in dioxane (1940 mL) was prepared at 10-16 °C, and a solution of the azide (523 g, 1.94 mmol) in dioxane (480 mL) was added dropwise with stirring and cooling over 30 min. to beep the temperature below °C. After complete addition, the "reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, TBME (2 L) was added, and the resulting mixture stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour.
The precipitated solid was collected on filter paper, washed with TBME (4x500 mL), and dried at 40 °C in vacuo to give the desired hydrochloride salt (348 g).
Subject compounds can be prepared from the above core, or from related compounds or derivatives, using solution-phase or solid-phase techniques, as shown in the schemes below:
Scheme 1: Solution-Phase Route 1 BOC
H ~ ~N~
BOC-piperazine, N
couple FMOC
1. base, deprotect 2. allcylate BOC
~BOC ~ N
H~ ~ N 1. mesylate 2. sodium azide N 3. reduce R
R
allrylate BOC acyl ~N/ ~NH
1. acylate 2. deprotect Scheme 2: Solution-Phase Route 2 .acyl 1. reduce 2. allcylate 3. acylate BOC BOC
1. saponify 2. amidation R~
Scheme 3: Solid-Phase Route I. deprotect 2. allcylate solid solid support support N ~ N
couple NH
~C
reductive amination acyl\
solid 1. acylate support HN ~ E N
2. deprotect N 3. allcylate N
4. cleave p K~ 7C
These routes, together with the exemplary solid-phase route, provide access to a wide range of compounds having different substituents and stereochemical relationships. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the use of piperazine in the above schemes is exemplary ouy, and other amines caai be employed to obtain an even more diverse array of subject compounds. Similarly, the use of BOC, FMOC, and other protecting groups is exemplary only, and one of shill in the art can select other protecting groups suitable for the functional group and the subsequent reaction conditions without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention. Furthermore, although the above schemes typically begin with the trans-hydroxy-L-proline compound, all isomers of this compound are commercially available, including cis/trans and D/L compounds, providing access to a wide range of diastereomerically pure intermediates and subject compounds. A
t~°avrs-aminoproline core can be obtained from a tr~ans-hydroxyproline starting material by forming an intermediate czs-bromoproline (by forming, for example, a triflate or mesylate of the hydroxyl acid displacing the sulfonate with bromide ion), followed by a second displacement with azide, to provide net retention of the t~a~cs stereochemical relationship, as is well known in the art. Alternatively, diastereomeric mixtures may be prepared, as in the above Scheme 3, followed by an optional separation of the isomers.
b. Sc~ee~ihg Assays There are a variety of assays available for determining the ability of a compound to agonize ptc function or antagonize smoothened or hedgehog function, many of which can be disposed in high-tluoughput formats. In many drug screening programs which test libraries of compounds and natural extracts, high throughput assays are desirable in order to maximize the number of compounds surveyed in a given period of time. Thus, libraries of synthetic and natural products can be sampled for other compounds which are hedgehog antagonists.
In addition to cell-free assays, test compounds can also be tested in cell-based assays. In one embodiment, cell which have a ptc loss-of function, hedgelzog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function phenotype can be contacted with a test agent of interest, with the assay scoring for, e.g., inhibition of proliferation of the cell in the presence of the test agent.
A number of gene products have been implicated in patched mediated signal transduction, including patched, transcription factors of the cubitus ihtef°~uptus (ci) family, the serine/threonine lcinase fused (fu) and the gene products of costal-2, smoothened and supp~~esso~ of fused.
The induction of cells by hedgehog proteins sets in motion a cascade involving the activation and inhibition of downstream effectors, the ultimate consequence of which is, in some instances, a detectable change in the transcription or translation of a gene. Potential transcriptional targets of hedgehog-mediated signaling are the patched gene (Hidalgo and Ingham, 1990 Development 110, 291-301; Marigo et al., 1996 ) and the vertebrate homologs of the drosophila cubitus interruptus gene, the GLI genes (Hui et al. (1994) Dev Biol 162:402-413).
Patched gene expression has been shown to be induced in cells of the limb bud and the neural plate that are responsive to Shh. (Maxigo et al. (1996) PNAS 93:9346-51;
Marigo et al. (1996) Development 122:1225-1233). The Gli genes encode putative transcription factors having zinc finger DNA binding domains (Orenic et al.
(1990) Genes & Dev 4:1053-1067; Kinzler et al. (1990) Mol Cell Biol 10:634-642).
Transcription of the Gli gene has been reported to be upregulated in response to hedgehog in limb buds, while transcription of the Gli3 gene is domzregulated in response to hedgehog induction (Maxigo et al. (1996) Development 122:1225-1233).
By selecting transcriptional regulatory sequences from such target genes, e.g., from hatched or Gli genes, that are responsible for the up- or dorm-regulation of these genes in response to hedgehog signalling, and operatively linl~ing such promoters to a reporter gene, one can derive a transcription based assay which is sensitive to the ability of a specific test compound to modify hedgehog-mediated signalling pathways. Expression of the reporter gene, thus, provides a valuable screening tool for the development of compounds that act as antagonists of hedgehog.
Reporter gene based assays of this invention measure the end stage of the above described cascade of events, e.g., transcriptional modulation.
Accordingly, in practicing one embodiment of the assay, a reporter gene construct is inserted into the reagent cell in order to generate a detection signal dependent on ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, snzoothe~ed gain-of fwction, or stimulation by SHH
itself. The amount of transcription from the reporter gene may be measured using any method known to those of shill in the art to be suitable. For example, mRNA
expression from the reporter gene may be detected using RNAse protection or RNA-based PCR, or the protein product of the reporter gene may be identified by a characteristic stain or an intrinsic biological activity. The amount of expression from the reporter gene is then compared to the amount of expression in either the same cell in the absence of the test compound or it may be compared with the amomt of transcription in a substantially identical cell that laclcs the target receptor protein.
Any statistically or otherwise significant decrease in the amount of transcription indicates that the test compound has in some mariner agonized the normal ptc signal (or antagonized the gain-of function hedgehog or smoothefzed signal), e.g., the test compound is a potential hedgehog antagonist.
Exemplification The invention now being generally described, it will be more readily understood by reference to the following examples which are included merely for purposes of illustration of certain aspects and embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the invention.
Syhtlzesis of Exemplafw Ifihibitors N 1-((3R,5.5~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] N 1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide. "Ti°av~s-aminoproline"
HO HO HO Br '/~OH ~ ,I~~OMe - 'I~OMe --~ home (1) O (2) OO boc 0 boc 0 OMe (3) (4) OMe . .~ 1 HN HZN~ NCI N
~N,, O ~~OMe ~ '/home ~ ~~OMe ~ I~~OMe Nboc ~O' boc rOI Nboc ~O Nboc ~O
i$) (~) (s> (5) OMe -r IVp .OH
(11 ) (9a) TFA Salt (9b) Free Base 113 Trans Amino Proline (13a) TFA Salt a (13b) Free. Base 1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-bromotetrahydro-1H 1, 2-pyrroledicarboxylate (4) 1-(tey~t-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-hydroxytetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (3) (2.0 g, 8.15 mmol) was weighed into an oven-dried flaslc and azeotropically dried using toluene. Dichloromethane (16 mL) and carbon tetrabromide (10.81 g, 8.15 rninol) were added and the solution was stirred, cooled to 0 °C and treated with triphenylphosphine (8.5 g, 32.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at 0 °C, then methanol (1.8 mL) was added and stirring was continued overnight at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (80 ml) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with diethyl ether (30 ml). The solvents were combined and evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate (19:1 to 4:1, v/v) to give the title bromide (4) (1.0 g, 40 %) as a colourless oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.41 and 1.46 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.07 (m, 1H) and 4.24-4.42 (m, 2H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 210 (100).
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H l, 2-pyrroledicarboxylate A dispersion of sodium azide (0.90 g, 13.84 mmol) and 1-(test-butyl)-2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-bromotetrahydro-1111,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (4) (1.0 g, 3.24 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylformamide (32 mL) was heated for 64 h under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into ice-cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The orgailic extracts were combined, washed with water and brine, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (3:1 to 1:l, v/v) to give the title azide (5) (0.88 g, 93 %) as a pale yellow oil:
~H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.41 and 1.46 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.13-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.27-2. 38 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.49 and 3.57-3.60 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 3.68-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.75 (2xs, 3H, rotamers), 4.15-4.23 (m, 1H) and 4.30-4.35 and 4.39-4.43 (2xm, 1H, rotamers); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 171 [(M+H)+ - CSH902] (100).
1-(tent-Sutyl) 2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (6) Palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) was added to a solution of 1-(tef°t-butyl)-2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (5) (0.81 g, 3.0 mmol) in 2% v/v hydrochloric acid in ethanol (8 mL). The reaction mixture was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (three times), then placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen and vigorously stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE'° and evaporated under reduced pressuxe to give the crude product. This was triturated with diethyl ether at 0 °C and the resulting slung was filtered, washed with ice-cold diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
The title salt (6) was obtained in quantitative yield:
bH (360 MHz; CD30D) 1.46 and 1.51 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.35-2.47 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.86 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.79 and 3.80 (2xs, 3H, rotamers)}], 3.89-3.95 (m, 1H) and 4.46-4.50 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 210 (100).
1-(tart-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (7) A solution of 1-(tent-butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (6) (0.83 g, 2.96 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.38 g, 2.8 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (8 mL) was stirred for 45 min at room temperature. The solution was treated slowly with sodium cyanoborohydride (0.28 g, 4.46 mmol) and the course of the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis. Once completed (~1.5 h), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous potassium hydrogensulfate solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The pH value of the aqueous phase was adjusted to 9 and baclc-extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title amine (7) in quantitative yield:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.40 and 1.45 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.07-2.19 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.23 and 3.32-3.36 (2xm, 1H), 3.43-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.74 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.72 and 3.73 (2xs, 3H, rotamers)~] 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.36 and 4.40-4.44 (2xm, 1H), 6.79-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 2H) and 7.24 (t, 1H); LRMS
(from LC-MS) (ES+) mlz 265 [(M+H)+ - CSH902] (100).
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-Methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) A solution of 1-(test-butyl)-2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (7) (0.3 g, 0.82 mmol) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (0.106 g, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (0.8 mL) was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The solution was treated dropwise with test-butylacetyl chloride (0.133 g, 0.99 mmol) and stirred overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate, 2:1, v/v) to give the title amide (8) (1.0 g, 40 %) as a colourless oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.01 and 1.05 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.37 and 1.41 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.87-2.56 [m, 4H (containing at 2.16 (s, 2H)], 3.17-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.85 [m, 7H, containing at 3.70 and 3.79 (2 x s, 6H))] 4.21-4.24 and 4.28-4.35 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 4.40-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.95 and 5.03-5.21 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 6.54-6.88 (m, 3H) and 7.19-7.31 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 363 (100).
(2S, 4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxyanilino)]-2-(methoxycarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (9a) 1-(test-Butyl) 2-methyl(2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) (0.01 g, 21.6 ~mol) was added to a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane(0.5 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the title pyrrolimn salt (9a) in quantitative yield:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.05 (s, 9H), 2.38-2.57 (m, 4H), 3.59-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.63 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.86-6.88 (dd, 1H) and 7.31 (t, 1H).
Methyl (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (10) 1-(teT~t-Butyl) 2-methyl(2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) (0.15 g, 0.32 mmol) was added to a solution of 30% v/v trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and shaken vigorously for 5 mins. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressuxe to give 140 mg of crude methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro 1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (9b) which was used in the following reaction without further purification.
A solution of the crude amine (9b) ( 140 mg) prepared above, piperonal (74 mg, 0.49 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2 drops) in 1,2-dichloroethane (0.5 mL) was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. 95% Sodium cyanoborohydride (32 mg, 0.48 mmol) was added in small portions and stirring was continued for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 mL), extracted with dichloromethane, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-ethyl acetate (90:10-75:25) to give the title pynole (10) (115 mg, 71.4 %) as a pale yellow oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.98-1.08 (m, 9H), 2.09-2.59 [m, 4H, {containing at 2.13 (s, 2H)~], 2.96-3.07 (m. 1H), 3.47-3.85 (m, 11H), 4.46-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.83-4.94 (m, 1H), 5.92-5.95 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.89 (m, 6H) and 7.15-7.34 (m, 1H); LRMS
(from LC-MS) (ES+) f~2~z 497 [(M+H)+] (100).
(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (11) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (17 mg, 0.405 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate
Brief Description of the Drawings Figuxes 1-31 depict reactions useful for synthesizing compounds according to the present invention.
Figure 32a-o illustrates representative compounds according to the present invention.
Figure 33A shows gli-1 mRNA expression in cells treated with vehicle (Lane 1); 5 ~,M jervine, the positive control compound (Lane 2); and 1 ~.M D
(Lane 3). Compared with vehicle, D and jervine significantly decreased the expression of gli-1 mRNA.
Figure 33B demonstrates that D and jemine inhibited the gli-1 mRNA levels as measured by quantitative real-time PCR.
Figure 34A shows that adding Shh protein to cultured skin explants resulted in ptc activation as indicated by the blue staining of these cultures (X-gal).
Histology samples show intensely stained cells with basophilic nuclei and a high nucleus to cytoplasm ratio (H&E [10x] and H&E [40x]). These structures resemble BCCs in that they are arranged in clusters throughout the dermal layer and are separated by palisades of normal appearing dermal cells. Blue staining indicates that the Patched pathway was active in cells within the BCC-lilce structures (Eosin+X-gal).
Figure 34B illustrates that BCC-life clusters, one of which is indicated by the arrow, in the mouse skin punch expressed keratin-14 (brown reaction product), a marlcer of undifferentiated lceratinocytes. Undifferentiated basal cells in the epidermis were also keratin-14-positive. Human BCCs are reported to express keratin-14.
Figure 35A demonstrates that increasing concentrations of D are associated with a dose-dependent decrease in the amount of lacZ reporter enzyme activity.
Lower levels of lacZ activity are indicative of decreased Patched pathway activity in the presence of Shh protein.
Figure 35B shows staining of D-treated explants and demonstrates that 0.2 ~.M D decreased X-gal staining compared with the intense X-gal staining of skin punches treated with Shh protein alone, indicating the downregulation of the expression of the ptc gene.
Figure 35C portrays histology samples of slcin punches treated with D
(bottom row), suggesting that treatment inhibited the appearance of Shh-induced BCC-like structures.
Figure 36 depicts that slcin punches treated for 6 days with exogenous Shh protein alone showed intense X-gal staining compared with those treated with vehicle alone (top row). Slcin punches pretreated with D at 10, 20 aald 50 ~.M
for 5 hours before being exposed to exogenous Shh protein demonstrated complete inhibition of Shh protein-induced upregulation of the Patched pathway (bottom row-3 slides on the right). No inhibition was seen when the skin punches pretreated with vehicle were exposed to exogenous Shh protein, as shown by intense X-gal staining (bottom row on the left). The short period of pretreatment was essentially equivalent to 6-day exposure to D in terms of the level of ptc inhibition (compare top and bottom rows).
Figure 37A shows that D, at either 1 or 5 ~M, significantly reduced the size and number of Shh-induced BCC-lilce structures in treated skin punches, as compared with vehicle treated explants.
Figure 37B illustrates that after 2 days of exposure to 5 ~.M D (right) or vehicle (left), apoptotic nuclei, indicated by the brown color in the slides on the right, appeared within the BCC-like structures.
Figure 38A demonstrates that short-term treatment with D reduced the amount of X-gal staining, suggesting a downregulation of pathway activity, compared with vehicle.
Figure 38B shows that even at a concentration of 1 ~,M, D induced the regression of X-gal-positive BCC-life structures compared with vehicle.
Figure 38C portratys that shout-term treatment with D completely downregulated gli-1 transcription (left). This effect appeared to be specific to the Patched pathway and was not due simply to general cytotoxicity, as shown by the fairly constant mRNA levels of a housekeeping enzyme, GAPDH (right).
Figure 39A: X-gal staining of the treated explants showed that skin punches cultured in the presence of vehicle alone developed intensely stained blue foci indicative of an upregulation of the Patched pathway and BCC structures.
Compared with vehicle, 5 ~.M D, lilce the jervine positive control, greatly decreased the number and size of BCC structures (blue spots).
, Figure 39B: Histology samples showed that 5 ~M D reduced the number of ultraviolet-induced BCC structures, as compared with the vehicle control.
Figure 39C: In skin punches from transgenic mice D, at concentrations of 1 and 5 ~,M, siguficantly inhibited the level of gli-1 mRNA compared with skin punches from mice treated with vehicle alone (left). This inhibition did not appear to be caused by non-specific cytotoxicity, as statistical comparison (using ANOVA) of the mRNA levels of the gene that encodes the housekeeping GAPDH enzyme among groups showed no significant difference in general cellular metabolic activity (right).
Figure 40A: The morphological features characteristic of BCCs, such as islands of undifferentiated basal cells, and in some cases, palisading of peripheral cells and stromal clefting were maintained when cultures were stained with H&E.
Figure 40B: The GLII gene, a pivotal indicator of Patched signaling, remained active at high levels, as indicated in red.
Figure 41: Quantitative in situ hybridization shows that the level of GLI 1 expression is reduced in the D-treated samples as compared to vehicle-treated controls.
Detailed Description of the Invention I. Overview The present invention relates to the discovery that signal transduction pathways regulated by hedgehog, patched (ptc), gli and/or sf~2oothehed can be inhibited, at least in part, by small molecules. While not wishing to bound by any particular theory, the activation of a receptor may be the mechanism by which these agents act. For example, the ability of these agents to inhibit proliferation of patched loss-of function (ptclof) cells may be due to the ability of such molecules to interact with hedgehog, patched, or smoothened, or at least to interfere with the ability of those proteins to activate a hedgehog, ptc, and/or stnoothehed-mediated signal transduction pathway.
It is, therefore, specifically contemplated that these small molecules which intefere with aspects of hedgehog, ptc, or sf~2oothened signal transduction activity will likewise be capable of inhibiting proliferation (or other biological consequences) in normal cells and/or cells having a patched loss-of function phenotype, a hedgehog gain-of function phenotype, or a smoothened gain-of function phenotype. Thus, it is contemplated that in certain embodiments, these compounds may be useful for inhibiting hedgehog activity in normal cells, e.g., which do not have a genetic mutation that activates the hedgehog pathway. In preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors are organic molecules having a molecular weight less than 2500 amu, more preferably less thaxi 1500 amu, and even more preferably less than 750 amu, and are capable of inhibiting at least some of the biological activities of hedgehog proteins, preferably specifically in target cells.
Thus, the methods of the present invention include the use of small molecules which agonize ptc inhibition of hedgehog signalling, such as by inhibiting activation of smoothev~ed or downstream components of the signal pathway, in the regulation of repair and/or functional performance of a wide range of cells, tissues and organs, including normal cells, tissues, and organs, as well as those having the phenotype of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or sozzoothe~ed gain-of function. For instance, the subject method has therapeutic and cosmetic applications ranging from regulation of neural tissues, bone and cartilage formation and repair, regulation of spermatogenesis, regulation of smooth muscle, regulation of lung, liver and other organs arising from the primative gut, regulation of hematopoietic function, regulation- of skin and hair growth, etc. Moreover, the subject methods can be performed on cells which axe provided in culture (in vita°o), or on cells in a whole animal (ire vivo). See, for example, PCT publications WO
95/18856 and WO 96/17924 (the specifications of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein).
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method can be to treat epithelial cells having a phenotype of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothexzed gain-of function. For instance, the subject method can be used in treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma or other hedgehog pathway-related disorders.
In certain embodiments, a subject antagonist may inhibit activation of a hedgehog pathway by binding to srzzoothehed. In certain embodiments, a subject antagonist may inhibit activation of a hedgehog pathway by binding to patched.
In another preferred embodiment, the subject method can be used as part of a treatment regimen for malignant medulloblastoma and other primary CNS
malignant neuroectodermal tumors.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical preparations comprising, as an active ingredient, a hedgehog antagonist, ptc agonist, or smoothened antagonist such as described herein, formulated in an amount sufficient to inhibit, izz vivo, proliferation or other biological consequences of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function.
The subject treatments using hedgehog antagonists, patched agonists, or szzzoothezzed antagonists can be effective for both human and animal subjects.
Animal subjects to which the invention is applicable extend to both domestic animals and livestoclc, raised either as pets or for commercial purposes.
Examples are dogs, cats, cattle, horses, sheep, hogs, and goats.
II. Definitions For convenience, certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here.
The phrase "aberrant modification or mutation" of a gene refers to such genetic lesions as, for example, deletions, substitution or addition of nucleotides to a gene, as well as gross chromosomal rearrangements of the gene and/or abnormal methylation of the gene. Lilcewise, mis-expression of a gene refers to aberrant levels of transcription of the gene relative to those levels in a normal cell under similar conditions, as well as non-wild-type splicing of mRNA transcribed from the gene.
"Basal cell carcinomas" exist in a variety of clinical and histological forms such as nodular-ulcerative, superficial, pigmented, morphealilce, fibroepithelioma and nevoid syndrome. Basal cell carcinomas are the most common cutaneous neoplasms found in humans. The majority of new cases of nonmelanoma shin cancers fall into this category.
"Burn wounds" refer to cases where large surface areas of skin have been removed or lost from an individual due to heat and/or chemical agents.
The term "carcinoma" refers to a malignant new growth made up of epithelial cells tending to infiltrate surrounding tissues and to give rise to metastases.
Exemplary carcinomas include: "basal cell carcinoma", which is an epithelial tumor of the skin that, while seldom metastasizing, has potentialities for local invasion and destruction; "squamous cell carcinoma", which refers to carcinomas arising from squamous epithelium and having cuboid cells; "carcinosaxcoma", which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues;
"adenocystic carcinoma", carcinoma marked by cylinders or bands of hyaline or mucinous stroma separated or surrounded by nests or cords of small epithelial cells, occurring in the mammary and salivary glands, and mucous glands of the respiratory tract;
"epidermoid carcinoma", which refers to cancerous cells which tend to differentiate in the same way as those of the epidermis; i.e., they tend to form priclde cells and undergo cornification; "nasopharyngeal carcinoma", which refers to a malignant tumor arising in the epithelial lining of the space behind the nose; and "renal cell carcinoma", which pertains to carcinoma of the renal parenchyma composed of tubular cells in varying arrangements. Other carcinomatous epithelial growths are "papillomas", which refers to benign tumors derived from epithelium and having a papillomavirus as a causative agent; and "epidermoidomas", which refers to a cerebral or meningeal tumor formed by inclusion of ectodermal elements at the time of closure of the neural groove.
The "corium" or "dermis" refers to the layer of the shin deep to the epidermis, consisting of a dense bed of vascular connective tissue, and containing the nerves and terminal organs of sensation. The hair roots, and sebaceous and sweat glands are structures of the epidermis which are deeply embedded in the dermis.
"Dental tissue" refers to tissue in the mouth which is similar to epithelial tissue, for example gum tissue. The method of the present invention is useful for treating periodontal disease.
"Dermal skin ulcers" refer to lesions on the skin caused by superficial loss of tissue, usually with inflammation. Dermal shin ulcers which can be treated by the method of the present invention include decubitus ulcers, diabetic ulcers, venous stasis ulcers and arterial ulcers. Decubitus wounds refer to chronic ulcers that result from pressure applied to areas of the skin for extended periods of time.
Wounds of this type are often called bedsores or pressure sores. Venous stasis ulcers result from the stagnation of blood or other fluids from defective veins. Auterial ulcers refer to necrotic shin in the area around arteries having poor blood flow.
The term "EDsp" means the dose of a drug which produces 50% of its maximum response or effect.
An "effective amount" of, e.g., a hedgehog antagonist, with respect to the subject method of treatment, refers to an amount of the antagonist in a preparation which, when applied as part of a desired dosage regimen brings about, e.g., a change in the rate of cell proliferation and/or the state of differentiation of a cell and/or rate of survival of a cell according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder to be treated or the cosmetic purpose.
The terms "epithelia", "epithelial" and "epithelium" refer to the cellular covering of internal and external body surfaces (cutaneous, mucous and serous), including the glands and other structures derived therefrom, e.g., corneal, esophegeal, epidermal, and hair follicle epithelial cells. Other exemplary epithelial tissue includes: olfactory epithelium, which is the pseudostratified epithelium lining the olfactory region of the nasal cavity, and containing the receptors for the sense of smell; glandular epithelium, which refers to epithelium composed of secreting cells;
squamous epithelium, which refers to epithelium composed of flattened plate-lilce cells. The term epithelium can also refer to transitional epithelium, like that which is characteristically found lining hollow organs that are subject to great mechanical change due to contraction and distention, e.g., tissue which represents a transition between stratified squamous and columnar epithelium.
The term "epithelialization" refers to healing by the growth of epithelial tissue over a denuded surface.
The term "epidermal gland" refers to an aggregation of cells associated with the epidermis and specialized to secrete or excrete materials not related to their ordinary metabolic needs. For example, "sebaceous glands" are holocrine glands in the corium that secrete an oily substance and sebmn. The term "sweat glands"
refers to glands that secrete sweat, situated in the corium or subcutaneous tissue, opening by a duct on the body surface.
The term "epidermis" refers to the outermost and nonvascular layer of the skin, derived from the embryonic ectoderm, varying in thickness from 0.07-1.4 mm.
On the palmar and plantar surfaces it comprises, from within outward, five layers:
basal layer composed of columnar cells arranged perpendicularly; prickle-cell or spinous layer composed of flattened polyhedral cells with short processes or spines;
granular layer composed of flattened granular cells; clear layer composed of several layers of clear, transparent cells in which the nuclei are indistinct or absent; a~zd horny layer composed of flattened, cornified non-nucleated cells. In the epidermis of the general body surface, the clear layer is usually absent.
"Excisional wounds" include tears, abrasions, cuts, punctures or lacerations in the epithelial layer of the skin and may extend into the dermal layer and even into subcutaneous fat and beyond. Excisional wounds can result from surgical procedures or from accidental penetration of the shin.
The "growth state" of a cell refers to the rate of proliferation of the cell and/or the state of differentiation of the cell. An "altered growth state" is a growth state characterized by an abnormal rate of proliferation, e.g., a cell exhibiting an increased or decreased rate of proliferation relative to a normal cell.
The term "hair" refers to a threadlike structure, especially the specialized epidermal structure composed of keratin and developing from a papilla sunk in the corium, produced only by mammals and characteristic of 'that group of animals.
Also, "hair" may refer to the aggregate of such hairs. A "hair follicle"
refers to one of the tubular-invaginations of the epidermis enclosing the hairs, and from which the hairs grow. "Hair follicle epithelial cells" refers to epithelial cells which surrouaid the dermal papilla in the hair follicle, e.g., stem cells, outer root sheath cells, matrix cells, and inner root sheath cells. Such cells may be normal non-malignant cells, or transformed/immortalized cells.
The term "hedgehog antagonist" refers to an agent which potentiates or recapitulates the bioactivity of patched, such as to repress transcription of target genes. Preferred hedgehog antagonists can be used to overcome a ptc loss-of function and/or a szzzoothezzed gain-of function, the latter also being refered to as szzzootlZezzed antagonists. The term 'hedgehog antagonist' as used herein refers not only to any agent that may act by directly inhibiting the normal function of the hedgehog protein, but also to any agent that inhibits the hedgehog signalling pathway, and thus recapitulates the function of ptc.
The term "hedgehog gain-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a ptc gene, hedgehog gene, or smoothened gene, or a decrease (or loss) in the level of expression of such a gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. The gain-of function may include a loss of the ability of the ptc gene product to regulate the level of expression of Ci genes, e.g., Glil, Gli2, and Gli3. The term 'hedgehog gain-of function' is also used herein to refer to any similar cellular phenotype (e.g., exhibiting excess proliferation) which occurs due to an alteration anywhere in the hedgehog signal transduction pathway, including, but not limited to, a modification or mutation of hedgehog itself. For example, a tumor cell with an abnormally high proliferation rate due to activation of the hedgehog signalling pathway would have a 'hedgehog gain-of function' phenotype, even if hedgehog is not mutated in that cell.
As used herein, "immortalized cells" refers to cells which have been altered via chemical and/or recombinant means such that the cells have the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture.
"Internal epithelial tissue" refers to tissue inside the body which has characteristics similar to the epidermal layer in the shin. Examples include the lining of the intestine. The method of the present invention is useful for promoting the healing of certain internal wounds, for example wounds resulting from surgery.
The term "lceratosis" refers to proliferative shin disorder characterized by hyperplasia of the horny layer of the epidermis. Exemplary lceratotic disorders include l~eratosis follicularis, lceratosis palmaris et plantaris, lceratosis pharyngea, lceratosis pilaris, and actinic lceratosis.
The term "LDsp" means the dose of a drug which is lethal in 50% of test subj ects.
The term "nail" refers to the horny cutaneous plate on the dorsal surface of the distal end of a finger or toe.
The term "patched loss-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a ptc gene, or a decreased level of expression of the gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. The loss-of function may include a loss of the ability of the ptc gene product to regulate the level of expression of Ci genes, e.g., Glil, Gli2 and Gli3. The term 'ptc loss-of function' is also used herein to refer to any similar cellular phenotype (e.g., exhibiting excess proliferation) which occurs due to an alteration anywhere in the hedgehog signal transduction pathway, including, but not limited to, a modification or mutation of ptc itself. For example, a tumor cell with an abnormally high proliferation rate due to activation of the hedgehog signalling pathway would have a 'ptc loss-of function' phenotype, even if ptc is not mutated in that cell.
A "patient" or "subject" to be treated by the subject method can mean either a human or non-human animal.
The term "prodrug" is intended to encompass compounds which, under physiological conditions, are converted into the therapeutically active agents of the present invention. A common method for malting a prodrug is to include selected moieties which are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions to reveal the desired molecule. In other embodiments, the prodrug is converted by an enzymatic activity of the host animal.
As used herein, "proliferating" and "proliferation" refer to cells undergoing mitosis.
Throughout this application, the term "proliferative shin disorder" refers to any disease/disorder of the skin marked by unwanted or aberrant proliferation of cutaneous tissue. These conditions are typically characterized by epidermal cell proliferation or incomplete cell differentiation, and include, for example, X-linced ichthyosis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, epidermolytic hyperlceratosis, and seborrheic dermatitis. For example, epidennodysplasia is a form of faulty development of the epidermis. Another example is "epidennolysis", which refers to a loosened state of the epidermis with formation of blebs and bullae either spontaneously or at the site of trauma.
As used herein, the term "psoriasis" refers to a hyperproliferative shin disorder which alters the shin's regulatory mechanisms. In particular, lesions axe formed which involve primary and secondary alterations in epidermal proliferation, inflammatory responses of the skin, and an expression of regulatory molecules such as lympholcines and inflammatory factors. Psoriatic shin is morphologically characterized by an increased turnover of epidermal cells, thiclcened epidermis, abnormal lceratinization, inflammatory cell infiltrates into the dermis layer and polymorphonucleax leulcocyte infiltration into the epidermis layer resulting in an increase in the basal cell cycle. Additionally, hyperl~eratotic and paralceratotic cells axe present.
The term "slcin" refers to the outer protective covering of the body, consisting of the corium and the epidermis, and is understood to include sweat and sebaceous glands, as well as hair follicle structures. Throughout the present application, the adjective "cutaneous" may be used, and should be understood to refer generally to attributes of the slcin, as appropriate to the context in which they are used.
The term "s~rzoothened gain-of function" refers to an aberrant modification or mutation of a s~rzo gene, or an increased level of expression of the gene, which results in a phenotype which resembles contacting a cell with a hedgehog protein, e.g., aberrant activation of a hedgehog pathway. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is noted that ptc may not signal directly into the cell, but rather interact with s~zoothehed, another membrane-bound protein located downstream of ptc in hedgehog signaling (Marigo et al., (1996) Nature 384: 177-179). The gene smo is a segment-polarity gene required for the coiTect patterning of every segment in Drosophila (Alcedo et al., (1996) Cell 86: 221-232). Human homologs of smo have been identified. See, for example, Stone et al. (1996) Nature 384:129-134, and GenBanlc accession U84401. The smoot7zefZed gene encodes an integral membrane protein with characteristics of heterotrimeric G-protein-coupled receptors; i.e., 7-transmembrane regions. This protein shows homology to the Drosoplula F~~izzled (Fz) protein, a member of the wif~gless pathway. It was originally thought that smo encodes a receptor of the Hh signal. However, this suggestion was subsequently disproved, as evidence for ptc being the Hh receptor was obtained. Cells that express Smo fail to bind Hh, indicating that snzo does not interact directly with Hh (Nusse, (1996) Nature 384: 119-120). Rather, the binding of Sohie hedgehog (SHH) to its receptor, PTCH, is thought to prevent normal inhibition by PTCH of smoothened (SMO), a seven-span transmembrane protein.
Recently, it has been reported that activating smoothehed mutations occur in sporadic basal cell carcinoma, Xie et al. (1998) Nature 391: 90-2, and primitive neuroectodermal tumors of the central nervous system, Reifenberger et al.
(1998) Cancer Res 58: 1798-803.
The term "therapeutic index" refers to the therapeutic index of a drug defined as LDso/EDso.
As used herein, "transformed cells" refers to cells which have spontaneously converted to a state of unrestrained growth, i.e., they have acquired the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture. Transformed cells may be characterized by such terms as neoplastic, anaplastic and/or hyperplastic, with respect to their loss of growth control.
The term "acylamino" is art-recognized and refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
wherein R9 is as defined above, and R'l l represents a hydrogen, an allcyl, an allcenyl or -(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are as defined above.
Herein, the term "aliphatic group" refers to a straight-chain, branched-chain, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and includes saturated and unsaturated aliphatic groups, such as an alkyl group, an allcenyl group, and an allcynyl group.
The terms "allcenyl" and "allcynyl" refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
The terms "allcoxyl" or "allcoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative allcoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tent-butoxy and the like. An "ether" is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accor dingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an allcoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-allcenyl, -O-allcynyl, -O-(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are described above.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloallcyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloallcyl groups, and cycloallcyl-substituted alkyl groups.
In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C3p for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloallcyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
Moreover, the term "alkyl" (or "lower alkyl") as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls", the latter of wluch refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon baclcbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an allcoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an allcoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amide, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitre, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an allcylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamide, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an arallcyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amide, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamide, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including lcetones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -GN and the like.
Exemplary substituted alkyls are described below. Cycloallcyls can be furtlier substituted with alkyls, allcenyls, allcoxys, alkylthios, aminoallcyls, carbonyl substituted alkyls, -CF3, -CN, and the lilce.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an allcyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure.
Likewise, "lower allcenyl" and "lower allcynyl" have similar chain lengths. Throughout the application, preferred allcyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
The term "allcylthio" refers to a~i alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the "allcylthio"
moiety is represented by one of -S-allcyl, -S-allcenyl, -S-allcynyl, and -S-(CH2)m-Rg, wherein m and Rg are defined above. Representative allcylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
The terms "amine" and "amino" are art-recognized and refer to both mlsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
R' io ~RZO ~ +
-i'-Rlo wherein R9, Rl p and R' l0 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-Rg, or Rg and Rlp taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
Rg represents an aryl, a cycloallcyl, a cycloallcenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8. In preferred embodiments, only one of R9 or Rl0 can be a carbonyl, e.g., Rg, Rl0 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In even more preferred embodiments, R9 and R10 (and optionally R' l0) each independently represent a hydrogen, an allcyl, an alkenyl, or -(CH2)m-Rg.
Thus, the term "alkylamine" as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted all~yl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R9 and Rl p is an allcyl group.
The term "amido" is art-recognized as an amino-substituted carbonyl and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
N
Rio wherein R9, Rl p are as defined above. Preferred embodiments of the amide will not include imides which may be unstable.
The term "arallcyl", as used herein, refers to an allcyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
The term "aryl" as used herein includes 5-, 6-, and 7-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles" or "heteroaromatics." The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, arallcyl, alkenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, hydroxyl, allcoxyl, amino, nitre, sulfhydryl, imino, amide, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamide, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF3, -CN, or the like. The term "aryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the rings are "fused rings") wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloallcenyls, cycloallcynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
The term "carbocycle", as used herein, refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
The term "carbonyl" is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
~X-Ri1 ~ or-X~R, wherein X~ is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an allcenyl, -(CH2)m Rg or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, R' 11 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an allcenyl or -(CH2)m-Rg, where m and Rg are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and Rl 1 or R' 11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester". Where X is an oxygen, and Rl1 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when Rl1 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid". Where X is an oxygen, and R'11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate". In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfiu, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group. Where X is a sulfur and Rll or R'11 is not hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioester." Where X is a sulfur and R11 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiocarboxylic acid." Where X is a sulfur and Rll' is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiolformate." On the other hand, where X
is a bond, and Rll is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a "l~etone" group.
Where X is a bond, and Rll is hydrogen, the above formula represents an "aldehyde" group.
The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are boron, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur and selenium.
The terms "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic group" refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles.
Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, fiuan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isotluazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyTOlidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, sultones, and the like. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, allcyl, arallcyl, allcenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allsylthio, sulfonyl, lcetone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
As used herein, the term "nitro" means -N02; the term "halogen" designates -F, -Cl, -Br or -l; the term "sulfhydryl" means -SH; the term "hydroxyl" means -OH;
and the term "sulfonyl" means -S02-.
A "phosphonamidite" can be represented in the general formula:
R4s Rne I I
-~2 I -O- O.r ~2 I - OR46 N ~ R9 ~ Rlo N ~ R9 ~ Rio wherein R9 and Rlp are as defined above, Q2 represents O, S or N, and Rq.g represents a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q~ represents O, S or N.
A "phosphoramidite" can be represented in the general formula:
n n -QZ p-0- -Q2 p- 0846 or I
N ~ R91 Rio N ~ R9 ~ Rio wherein R9 and Rlp are as defined above, and Q2 represents O, S or N.
A "phosphoryl" can in general be represented by the formula:
Qz -p I
wherein Q1 represented S or O, and Rq.6 represents hydrogen, a lower allcyl or an aryl. When used to substitute, for example, an alltyl, the phosphoryl group of the phosphorylallcyl can be represented by the general formula:
y y -Q2 i -p- or-Q~ i - OR4s OR46 ' ORQs wherein Q1 represented S or O, and each Rq.6 independently represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or an aryl, Q~ represents O, S or N. When Q 1 is a~1 S, the phosphoryl moiety is a "phosphorothioate".
The terms "polycyclyl" or "polycyclic group" refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloallcyls, cycloallcenyls, cycloallcynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings".
Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed "bridged" rings.
Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, allcyl, arallcyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, lcetone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
The phrase "protecting group" as used herein means temporary substituents which protect a potentially reactive functional group from undesired chemical transformations. Examples of such protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids, silyl ethers of alcohols, and acetals and lcetals of aldehydes and ketones, respectively. The field of protecting group chemistry has been reviewed (Greene, T.W.; Wuts, P.G.M. Protective Groups irc O~gahic Syv~thesis, 2"d ed.; Wiley:
New York, 1991 ).
A "selenoallcyl" refers to an alkyl group having a substituted seleno group attached thereto. Exemplary "selenoethers" which may be substituted on the alkyl are selected from one of -Se-alkyl, -Se-allcenyl, -Se-allcynyl, and -Se-(CH2)m-Rg, m and Rg being defined above.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein above.
The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents andlor any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
The ternz "sulfamoyl" is art-recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
Rio -S-N
II \
in which R9 and R10 are as defined above.
The term "sulfate" is art recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
I I
-0- ~-OR41 in which Rq.l is as defined above.
The term "sulfonamido" is art recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
~I R~ m R O
in which R9 and R'11 axe as defined above.
The term "sulfonate" is axt-recognized and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
I I
- i-OR4i in which Rq.l is an electron pair, hydrogen, all~yl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
The terms "sulfoxido" or "sulfinyl", as used herein, refers to a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
O
I I
-s-R44 in which Rq.q. is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, allcyl, allcenyl, allcynyl, cycloallcyl, heterocyclyl, arallcyl, or aryl.
Analogous substitutions can be made to allcenyl and allcynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoallcenyls, aminoallcynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoallcynyls, iminoallcenyls, iminoallcynyls, thioallcenyls, thioall~yryls, carbonyl-substituted allcenyls or allcynyls.
As used herein, the definition of each expression, e.g., alkyl, m, n, etc., when it occurs more than once in airy structure, is intended to be independent of its definition elsewhere in the same structure.
The terms triflyl, tosyl, mesyl, and nonaflyl are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and nonafluorobutanesulfonyl groups, respectively. The terms triflate, tosylate, mesylate, and nonaflate are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonate ester, p-toluenesulfonate ester, methanesulfonate ester, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate ester functional groups and molecules that contain said groups, respectively.
The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Tf, Nf, Ts, Ms represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethanesulfonyl, nonafluorobutanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl and methanesulfonyl, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the au appears in the first issue of each volume of the Jou~hal of O~ga~ic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations. The abbreviations contained in said list, and all abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art are hereby incorporated by reference.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and traps-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, annd other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asynunetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired ena~ltiomers.
Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well lcnovm in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Contemplated equivalents of the compounds described above include compounds which otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof (e.g., the ability to inhibit hedgehog signaling), wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound. In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available stauting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover. Also for purposes of this invention, the term "hydrocarbon" is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic organic compounds which can be substituted or unsubstituted.
III. Exemplary Compounds of the Ihve~ctio~.
As described in further detail below, it is contemplated that the subject methods can be carried out using a variety of different small molecules which can be readily identified, for example, by such drug screening assays as described herein.
For example, compounds useful in the subject methods include compounds may be represented by general formula (I):
LR~
Formula I
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rt, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH~)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, allcenyl-, -allcynyl-, -(CH~)nallcenyl-, -(CH~)nallcynyl-, -(CH2)n0(CH~)p-, (CH2)nNRs(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)nS(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)nallcenyl(CH2)p-, _ (CH~,)nallcynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)11-, -NRg(CH2)n-, or -S(CH~)n-;
X and D, independently, can be selected from -N(Rg)-, -O-, -S-, -(Rg)N-N(Rg)-, -ON(Rg)-, or a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, can be selected from O or S;
E represents O, S, or NRS, wherein RS represents LR8 or -(C=O)LRB.
Rg, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or two Rg talcen together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p' represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0-2.
In certain embodiments, D does not represent N-lower alkyl. In certain embodiments, D represents an arallcyl- or heteroaralkyl-substituted amine.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylallcyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, ~ and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4, e.g., is 2 or 3.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, R1 is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, E is NRB. In certain embodiments, E represents an arallcyl- or heteroarallcyl-substituted amine, e.g., including polycyclic R8.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(='S~-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (II):
Z
LR~
Formula II
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rg, L, X, Y, Z, n, p, q, and r are as defined above;
M is absent or represents L, -S02L-, or -(C=O)L-; and s represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0-2.
In certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower allcyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q, r, and s is less than 5, e.g., is 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, a~.ld R3 includes an aryl or heteroaxyl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of RI, R2, and include an aryl or heteroasyl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (III):
Formula III
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R~, R3, R4, Rg, L, M, X, Y, Z, n, p, q, and r are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, preferably a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4, e.g., is 2 or 3.
re2t LR1 In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, Ra, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of R~, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, Rl is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents Q, S, or NRB, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=~-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (IV):
Formula IV
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rg, L, M, X, n, and p are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, preferably a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylalkyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, Rl is lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl repxesents O, S, or NRg, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments L represents a direct bond for all occurrences.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (V):
'r N Z' R~ vR5 Formula V
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y, n, p, q, and r are as defined above;
Z' represents -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -C(=NH)-, 502, or SO, preferably -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NRs;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -S02-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or allcylene, such as methyl, ethyl, methylene, ethylene, etc., attached to NC(=~, such that both occurrences of N adjacent to J axe linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower allcyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
RS represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcenyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcynyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallryl;
R~ represents substituted or unsubstituted axyl, arallcyl, heteroatyl, heteroarallcyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylallcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaiyl, or heteroarallcyl.
In certain embodiments, Y is O. In certain embodiments, Z' represents 502, -C(=O)-, or -C(=S)-. a In certain embodiments, the sum of q and r is less than 4.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, tal~en together, represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower allcyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower allcyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occmTence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched allcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloalkylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF2CFZO), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower allcyl, preferably H.
In certain embodiments, compounds useful in the present invention may be represented by general formula (VI):
(R9)NJ2 Formula VI
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R5, R6, R7, Rg, R9, Rlo, G, J, V, Y, Z', n, and p are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, Y is O. In certain embodiments, Z' represents SOz, -C(=O)-, or -C(=S)-.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, talcen together, represent a heterocyclic ring, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower alkyl, lower allcyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJa or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched alkyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloalkylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF~,CF20), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower alkyl, preferably H.
In certain embodiments, the subject compound is selected from the compounds depicted in Figure 32.
In certain embodiments, the subject antagonists can be chosen on the basis of their selectively for the hedgehog pathway. This selectivity can be for the hedgehog pathway versus other pathways, or for selectivity between particular hedgehog pathways, e.g., ptc-l, ptc-2, etc.
In certain preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors inhibit ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function mediated signal transduction with an EDsp of 1 mM or less, more preferably of 1 ~,M or less, and even more preferably of 1 nM or less. Similarly, in certain preferred embodiments, the subject inhibitors inhibit activity of the hedgehog pathway with a K; less than 10 nM, preferably less than 1 nM, even more preferably less than 0.1 nM.
In particular embodiments, the small molecule is chosen for use because it is more selective for one patched isoform over the next, e.g., 10-fold, and more preferably at least 100- or even 1000-fold more selective for one hatched pathway (ptc-l,~te-2) over another.
In certain embodiments, a compound which is an antagonist of the hedgehog pathway is chosen to selectively antagonize hedgehog activity over protein l~inases other than PISA, such as PI~C, e.g., the compound modulates the activity of the hedgehog pathway at least an order of magnitude more strongly than it modulates the activity of a~.a.other protein lunase, preferably at least two orders of magnitude more strongly, even more preferably at least three orders of magnitude more strongly.
Thus, for example, a preferred inhibitor of the hedgehog pathway may inhibit hedgehog activity with a I~; at least an order of magnitude lower than its I~;
for inhibition of PI~C, preferably at least two orders of magnitude lower, even more preferably at least three orders of magnitude lower. In certain embodiments, the K;
for PKA inlubition is less than 10 nM, preferably less than 1 nM, even more preferably less than 0.1 nM.
Methods of Preparation of Subject Compounds The present invention further provides methods for preparing the subject compounds, as set forth above. For example, in one embodiment, a compound of Formula X may be transformed according to the following scheme:
Y Y
B B
A s N/ A A 7s N/
9 ,. 9 r X GH XI LG
B
y Y
B B
~N/ C A s N/
E
XIII XII
NHS Ns wherein q, s, and r each represent, independently, an integer in the range of-0 to 2, such that the sum of q+s+r is an integer in the range of 2-4;
LG represents a leaving group, such as a halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, or I) or a sulfonate ester (e.g., tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.);
A represents an oxygen or sulfur bound to an acid-protecting group or a group having the formula XLRq;
B represents a nitrogen-protecting group or a group having the formula MR3;
R3 and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)na~yl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH~)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
Y can be selected from O and S;
X is be selected from -N(Rg)-, -O-, -S-, or a direct bond;
M is absent or represents L, -S02L-, or -(C=O)L-;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent ~or represents -(CH~)nallcyl-, -allcenyl-, -allcynyl-, -(CH~)"all~enyl-, -(CH2)nall~ynyl-, -(CH2)n0(CH2)p-, -(CH2)nNRs(CH2)p-~ -(CH2)ns(CH?)p-, -(CH2)nallcenyl(CH2)p-, _ (CH2)nallcynyl(CH~)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NRg(CH~)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
Rg, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)naryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), -(CH~)"heteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or two Rg taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 3; and n, individually for each occmTence, represents an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 5, and wherein step A includes converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group, step B includes displacing the leaving group with an azide, and step C includes reducing the azide to an amine.
In certain embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with a sulfonyl halide to generate a sulfonate ester, e.g., using tosyl chloride or tosyl anhydride to generate a tosylate, mesyl chloride or mesyl anhydride to generate a mesylate, or triflyl chloride or triflyl anhydride to generate a triflate, etc. In certain other embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with an halogenating reagent such as a thionyl halide, a phosphorous trihalide, phosphorous pentahalide, phosphorous oxyhalide, etc. Other techniques for converting a hydroxyl group to a leaving group are well known in the art and may be used in step A.
In certain embodiments, step A further includes displacing a first leaving group with a second leaving group and inverting the stereochemistry of the leaving group-bearing carbon. Thus, for example, if the hydroxyl of the compound of Formula X has a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A, reaction of this compound with mesyl chloride will generate a mesylate in a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A. Reaction of this mesylate with a nucleophilic halide reagent, such as NaI, will result in displacement of the mesylate with iodide, generating a compound of Formula XI wherein the leaving group, iodine, and the group bearing Y and A have a tocrhs stereochemical relationship. Use of this technique permits compounds having either cis or t~a~s stereochemistry, selectively, from a diastereomerically pure starting material, e.g., a pure compound having a cis stereochemical relationship between the hydroxyl and the group bearing Y and A.
In certain embodiments, displacing the leaving group with an azide may be performed using an allcali or alkaline earth metal salt of azide anion, such as sodium azide, using a silyl azide reagent, such as trimethylsilyl azide, or using any other azide reagent, e.g., a nucleophilic azide source, as is well known in the art.
In certain embodiments, reducing the azide to an amine may be performed using a hydride reagent, such as lithium aluminum hydride, lithium triallcylborohydride, etc., using a reducing metal and an acid source, such as zinc metal or samarium diiodide with acetic acid, using catalytic hydrogenation, such as hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium, or by any other suitable means.
In certain embodiments, q+s+r is an integer from 2 to 3. In certain embodiments, s is 0. In certain embodiments, q and r each represent 1.
In certain embodiments, A represents an oxygen bound to an acid-protecting group. For example, the acid protecting group may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, trimethylsilylethyl, methylthiomethyl, allyl, benzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, tetrahydropyranyl (THP), t-butyl, or any other suitable group. A wide variety of acid-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. In other embodiments, A
represents an allcylthio group.
In certain embodiments, B represents a nitrogen-protecting group, such as a substituted or unsubstituted acyl, alkyl, allcenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group, or a group which, when taken together with N, forms a carbamate. Common nitrogen-protecting groups include benzyl, allyl, p-methoxybenzyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, etc. A wide variety of nitrogen-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention.
In certain embodiments, Y is O.
In certain embodiments, A represents XLR4, which may, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, R3 includes an aryl or heteroa~yl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is NRB, and preferably is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, taken together with-C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XIII is enriched for the isomer wherein the amine and the substituent including Y and A have a eis relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis isomer. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XIII is enriched for the isomer wherein the two substituents have a t~a~s relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the t~~aszs isomer. Preferably, such enrichment results from employing an isomerically enriched starting material, e.g., the compound of Formula X is enriched for, >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis or tnahs isomer prior to beginning step A.
Similarly, in another embodiment, a compound of Formula XIV may be transformed according to the following scheme:
l A N A p N
'r ~ ~ 'r XIV 9 XV ~1 OH LG
O O
B B
A N A N
E C
~r ~ 'r XVII 9 NHZ XVI ~ Ns wherein q and r each represent, independently, an integer in the range of 0 to 2, such that the sum of q+r is an integer in the range of 2-4;
LG represents a leaving group, such as a halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, or I) or a sulfonate ester (e.g., tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.);
A represents an oxygen or sulfur bound to an acid-protecting group or a group having the formula NJ2N(R9)2;
B represents a nitrogen-protecting group or a group having the formula GR~;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, or -S02-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or allcylene, such as methyl, ethyl, etc., attached to NC(=~, such that both occurrences of N adjacent to 3 are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J talcen together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from S to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arallcyl, heteroa~.yl, heteroarallcyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylallcyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl, including polycyclic groups; and Y can be selected from O and S;
and wherein step A includes converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group, step B includes displacing the leaving group with an azide, and step C includes reducing the azide to an amine.
In certain embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with a sulfonyl halide to generate a sulfonate ester, e.g., using tosyl chloride or tosyl anhydride to generate a tosylate, mesyl chloride or mesyl anhydride to generate a mesylate, or triflyl chloride or triflyl anhydride to generate a triflate, etc. In certain other embodiments, converting the hydroxyl to a leaving group may be performed by reacting the hydroxyl with an halogenating reagent such as a thionyl halide, a phosphorous trihalide, phosphorous pentahalide, phosphorous oxyhalide, etc. Other techniques for converting a hydroxyl group to a leaving group are well known in the art and may be used in step A.
In certain embodiments, step A further includes displacing a first leaving group with a second leaving group and inverting the stereochemistry of the leaving group-bearing carbon. Thus, for example, if the hydroxyl of the compound of Formula XIV has a cis stereochemical relationship with the group beaxing Y and A, reaction of this compound with mesyl chloride will generate a mesylate in a cis stereochemical relationship with the group bearing Y and A. Reaction of this mesylate with a nucleophilic halide reagent, such as NaI, will result in displacement of the mesylate with iodide, generating a compound of Formula XV wherein the leaving group, iodine, and the group bearing Y and A have a t~a~s stereochemical relationship. Use of this technique permits compounds having either cis or tans stereochemistry, selectively, from a diastereomerically pure starting material, e.g., a pw-e compound having a cis stereachemical relationship between the hydroxyl and the group bearing Y and A.
In certain embodiments, displacing the leaving group with an azide may be performed using an alkali or allcaline earth metal salt of azide anion, such as sodium azide, using a silyl azide reagent, such as trimethylsilyl azide, or using any other azide reagent, e.g., a nucleoplulic azide source, as is well known in the art.
In certain embodiments, reducing the azide to an aanine may be performed using a hydride reagent, such as lithium aluminum hydride, lithium triallcylborohydride, etc., using a reducing metal and an acid source, such as zinc metal or samarium diiodide with acetic acid, using catalytic hydrogenation, such as hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium, or by any other suitable means.
In certain embodiments, q+r is an integer from 2 to 3. In certain embodiments, q and r each represent 1.
In certain embodiments, A represents an oxygen bound to an acid-protecting group. For example, the acid protecting group may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, allcenyl, alleynyl, aryl, or arallcyl group. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, trimethylsilylethyl, methylthiomethyl, allyl, benzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, tetrahydropyranyl (THP), t-butyl, or any other suitable group. A wide variety of acid-protecting groups are known in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. In other embodiments, A
represents an allcylthio group.
In certain embodiments, B represents a nitrogen-protecting group, such as a substituted or unsubstituted acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, allcynyl, aryl, or aralkyl group, or a group which, when taken together with N, forms a carbamate. Common nitrogen protecting groups include benzyl, allyl, p-methoxybenzyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, etc. A wide variety of nitrogen-protecting groups are lcnown in the art and may be employed in this method without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention.
In certain embodiments, Y is O.
In certain embodiments, B is GR~, wherein R~ includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, furan, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, A represents NJ2N, which, talcen together, may represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower allcyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. W certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR~ taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc.
hl certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J
has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XVII is enriched for the isomer wherein the amine and the substituent including Y and A have a eas relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis isomer. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XVII is enriched for the isomer wherein the two substituents have a t~ahs relationship, e.g., >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the t~°a~s isomer. Preferably, such enriclunent results from employing an isomerically enriched starting material, e.g., the compound of Formula XIV is enriched for, >75%, >85%, or even >95% of the cis or t~aas isomer prior to beginning step A.
In certain embodiments, an amine having a structure of Formula XIII or XVII
may be further transformed, e.g., by performing additional steps towards generating a compound of at least one of Formulae I-VI. Thus, for example, a method according to the present invention might include one or more of the following steps:
D) coupling to the exocyclic amine a group -C(=Z)LRl or -Z' VRS;
E) coupling to the exocyclic amine a group -R~ or -LR2;
F) coupling to the group bearing Y a group NJ2N(R~)2 or -XLRa;
G) coupling to the nitrogen in the ring a group -MR3 or -GR~;
H) removing a protecting group from the nitrogen in the ring;
I) removing a protecting group from the group bearing Y;
J) placing a ntrogen-protecting group on the exocyclic amine;
K) removing a protecting group from the exocyclic amine, wherein L, J, R~, M, R3, and R~ are as defined above, Rl, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower allcyl, -(CH2)na~.yl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted), or -(CH2)nheteroaryl (e.g., substituted or unsubstituted);
Z is O or S;
Z' absent or represents -SO2-, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NRB;
RS represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.; branched or unbranched), allcenyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), allcynyl (e.g., branched or unbranched), cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arallcyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarall~yl.
Any of steps D through I~, as may be selected, may be performed in any order, depending on the various reactions and protecting groups used, as is well understood in the art. Various protecting groups suitable for use in the present method have been outlined above, and are well known in the art, as are numerous techniques for attaching and removing such protecting groups, and any of these may be employed in the present method without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention.
5~, In certain embodiments, step D may be performed by reacting the exocyclic amine with an acylating agent, such as an acid halide, an isocyanate, an isothiocyanate, a haloformate, a halothioformate, aaz anhydride, a dicarbonate, a sulfonyl halide, a sulfmyl halide, a carbamyl chloride, a thiocarbamyl chloride, or an activated acylating moiety prepared ivy situ. An acylating agent may be prepared iyz situ, for example, by reacting a carboxylic acid with a~.z activating agent, such as a carbodiimide (e.g., diisopropylcarbodiimide, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, etc.), phosphorous-based reagents (such as~BOP-Cl, PyBROP, etc.), oxalyl chloride, phosgene, triphosgene, or any other reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid group resulting in a reactive intermediate having an increased susceptibility, relative to the carboxylic acid, towards coupling with an amine. A wide variety of such reagents are well lcnown in the art of orgaaiic synthesis, especially peptide coupling. Similarly, a primary amine or alcohol can be treated with a phosgene equivalent, such as carbonyl diimidazole, phosgene, triphosgene, diphosgene, etc., or a thiophosgene equivalent, such as thiophosgene, thiocarbonyldiimidazole, etc., to generate an acylating agent (e.g., an isocyanate, isothiocyanate, chloroformamide, or chlorothioformamide, for example) capable of reacting with an amine to form a urea or thiourea, without necessitating isolation or purification of the acylating agent.
In embodiments wherein M or G represents 502, C=O, or C=S, step G may be performed using reagents and techniques such as those described for step D, above. In embodiments wherein M or G is absent, step G may be performed by reacting the endocyclic amine with an electrophile, such as a~.z alkyl halide or sulfonate, an arallcyl halide or sulfonate, a heteroarallcyl halide or sulfonate, a cycloallcyl halide or sulfonate, a cycloallcylallcyl halide or sulfonate, a heterocyclyl halide or sulfonate, or a heterocyclylall~yl halide or sulfonate.
Alternatively, step G
may be performed by reductive allcylation, e.g., reacting the endocyclic amine with an appropriately substituted aldehyde in the presence of a reducing agent, such as sodium borohydride.
In certain embodiments, step E may be performed using reductive allcylation or by reacting the exocyclic amine with an electrophile, such as a halide or sulfonate.
In certain embodiments, step F may be performed by reacting an ester, thioester, or xanthate with a compound having the formula, for example, of S HNJZN(Rg)2 Or HXLR4, e.g., in the presence of a Lewis acid, at an elevated temperature,.etc. In other embodiments, step F may be performed by reacting a carboxylic acid with an activating agent, such as a carbodiimide (e.g., diisopropylcarbodiimide, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, etc.), a phosphorous-based reagent (such as BOP-Cl, PyBROP, etc.), oxalyl chloride, phosgene, triphosgene, or any other reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid group resulting in a reactive intermediate having an increased susceptibility, relative to the carboxylic acid, towards coupling with a nucleophile.
Other techniques for coupling a nucleophile with a carboxylic acid or derivative thereof (such as an ester, thioester, etc.) are well known in the a~.-t and may be substituted for those specifically enumerated here.
h1 certain embodiments, Y and Z are O.
In certain embodiments, Rl represents a lower alkyl group, such as a branched alkyl, a cycloallcyl, or a cycloallcylallcyl, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, neopentyl, cyclobutyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, cyclobutylmethyl, etc.
In certain embodiments, XLR4, taken together, include a cyclic amine, such as a piperazine, a morpholine, a piperidine, a pyrrolidine, etc.
In certain embodiments, L attached to Rl represents O, S, or NRg, such as NH.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rl, R2, and R3 includes an aryl or heteroaryl group. In certain related embodiments, at least two of Rl, R2, and include an aryl or heteroaryl group.
In certain embodiments, M is absent.
In certain embodiments, X is not NH. In certain embodiments, X is included in a ring, or, talcen together with -C(=Y)-, represents a tertiary amide.
In certain embodiments, NJ2N, taken together, represent a cyclic diamine, such as a piperazine, etc., which may be substituted or unsubstituted, e.g., with one or more substitutents such as oxo, lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, etc. In certain other embodiments, NJ2 or NJR9 taken together represent a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring to which the other occurrence of N is attached. In certain embodiments, one or both occurrences of J are substituted with one or more of lower alkyl, lower alkyl ether, lower alkyl thioether, amido, oxo, etc. In certain embodiments, a heterocyclic ring which comprises an occurrence of J has from 5 to 8 members.
In certain embodiments, RS represents a branched alkyl, cycloallcyl, or cycloallcylallcyl.
In certain embodiments, RG includes at least one heterocyclic ring, such as a thiophene, fitran, oxazole, benzodioxane, benzodioxole, pyrrole, indole, etc.
In certain embodiments, R7 represents a phenyl alkyl, such as a benzyl group, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, lower allcyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl ether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CHF2CF20), or lower alkyl thioether (e.g., optionally substituted, such as CF3S).
In certain embodiments, R8, when it occurs in V, represents H or lower alkyl, preferably H.
ITl Exe~zpla~y Applications of Method and Compositions Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of modulating a differentiated state, survival, andlor proliferation of a cell having a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, by contacting the cells with a hedgehog antagonist according to the subject method and as the circumstances may warrant.
For instance, it is contemplated by the invention that, in light of the findings of an apparently broad involvement of hedgehog, ptc, and smoothened in the formation of ordered spatial arrangements of differentiated tissues in vertebrates, the subject method could be used as part of a process for generating and/or maintaining an array of different vet-tebrate tissue both ih vitro and ih vivo. The hedgehog antagonist, whether inductive or anti-inductive with respect proliferation or differentiation of a given tissue, can be, as appropriate, any of the preparations described above.
For example, the present method is applicable to cell culture techniques wherein, whether for genetic or biochemical reasons, the cells have a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function phenotype.
In vitf~o neuronal culture systems have proved to be fundamental and indispensable tools for the study of neural development, as well as the identification of neurotrophic factors such as nerve growth factor (NGF), ciliary trophic factors (CNTF), and brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF). One use of the present method may be in cultures of neuronal stem cells, such as in the use of such cultures for the generation of new neurons and glia. In such embodiments of the subject method, the cultured cells can be contacted with a hedgehog antagonist of the present invention in order to alter the rate of proliferation of neuronal stem cells in the culture and/or alter the rate of differentiation, or to maintain the integrity of a culture of certain terminally differentiated neuronal cells. In an exemplaay embodiment, the subject method can be used to culture, for example, sensory neurons or, alternatively, motor neurons. Such neuronal cultures can be used as convenient assay systems as well as sources of implantable cells for therapeutic treatments.
According to the present invention, large numbers of non-tumorigenic neural progenitor cells can be perpetuated in vits°o and their rate of proliferation and/or differentiation can be affected by contact with hedgehog antagonists of the present invention. Generally, a method is provided comprising the steps of isolating neural progenitor cells fiom an animal, perpetuating these cells i~ vitro or i~ vivo, preferably in the presence of growth factors, and regulating the differentiation of these cells into particular neural phenotypes, e.g., neurons and glia, by contacting the cells with a hedgehog antagonist.
Progeutor cells are thought to be under an inhibitory influence which maintains the progenitors in a suppressed state until their differentiation is required.
However, recent techniques have been provided which permit these cells to be proliferated, and unlike neurons which are terminally differentiated and therefore non-dividing, they can be produced in unlimited number and are highly suitable for transplantation into heterologous and autologous hosts with neurodegenerative diseases.
By "progenitor" it is meant an oligopotent or multipotent stem cell which is able to divide without limit and, under specific conditions, can produce daughter cells which terminally differentiate such as into neurons and glia. These cells can be used for transplantation into a heterologous or autologous host. By heterologous is meant a host other than the animal from which the progenitor cells were originally derived. By autologous is meant the identical host from which the cells were originally derived.
Cells can be obtained from embryonic, post-natal, juvenile or adult neural tissue from any animal. By any animal is meant any multicellular animal which contains nervous tissue. More particularly, is meant any fish, reptile, bird, amphibian or mammal and the lilce. The most preferable donors are mammals, especially mice and humans.
In the case of a non-human heterologous donor animal, the animal may be euthanized, and the brain and specific area of interest removed using a sterile procedure. Brain areas of particular interest include any area from which progenitor cells can be obtained which will serve to restore function to a degenerated area of the host's brain. These regions include areas of the central nervous system (CNS) including the cerebral cortex, cerebellum, midbrain, brainstem, spinal cord and ventricular tissue, and areas of the peripheral nervous system (PNS) including the carotid body and the adrenal medulla. More particularly, these areas include regions in the basal ganglia, preferably the striatum which consists of the caudate a~zd putamen, or various cell groups such as the globus pallidus, the subthalamic nucleus, the nucleus basalis which is found to be degenerated in Alzheimer's Disease patients, or the substantia nigra gars compacta which is found to be degenerated in Parkinson's Disease patients.
Human heterologous neural progeW for cells may be derived from fetal tissue obtained from elective abortion, or from a post-natal, juvenile or adult organ donor.
Autologous neural tissue can be obtained by biopsy, or from patients undergoing neurosurgery in which neural tissue is removed, in particular during epilepsy surgery, and more particularly during temporal lobectomies and hippoca~.npalectomies.
Cells can be obtained from donor tissue by dissociation of individual cells from the connecting extracellular matrix of the tissue. Dissociation can be obtained using any knovm procedure, including treatment with enzymes such as trypsin, collagenase and the like, or by using physical methods of dissociation such as with a blunt instrument or by mincing with a scalpel to a allow outgrowth of specific cell types from a tissue. Dissociation of fetal cells can be carried out in tissue culture medium, while a preferable medium for dissociation of juvenile and adult cells is artificial cerebral spinal fluid (aCSF). Regular aCSF contains 124 mM NaCI, 5 mM
ICI, 1.3 mM MgCl2, 2 mM CaCl2, 26 mM NaHC03, and 10 mM D-glucose. Low Ca2+ aCSF contains the same ingredients except for MgCl2 at a concentration of 3.2 mM and CaCl2 at a concentration of 0.1 mM.
Dissociated cells can be placed into any known culture medium capable of supporting cell growth, including MEM, DMEM, RPMI, F-12, and the like, containing supplements which axe required for cellular metabolism such as glutamine and other amino acids, vitamins, minerals and useful proteins such as transferrin and the like. Medium may also contain antibiotics to prevent contamination with yeast, bacteria and fungi such as penicillin, streptomycin, gentamicin and the like. In some cases, the medium may contain serum derived from bovine, equine, chicken and the like. A particularly preferable medium for cells is a mixture of DMEM and F-12.
Conditions for culturing should be close to physiological conditions. The pH
of the culture media should be close to physiological pH, preferably between pH 6-8, more preferably close to pH 7, even more particularly about pH 7.4. Cells should be cultured at a temperature close to physiological temperature, preferably between 30 °C-40 °C, more preferably between 32 °C-38 °C, and most preferably between 35 °C-37 °C.
Cells can be grown in suspension or on a fixed substrate, but proliferation of the progenitors is preferably done in suspension to generate large numbers of cells by formation of "neurospheres" (see, for example, Reynolds et al. (1992) Science 255:1070-1709; and PCT Publications W093/01275, W094/09119, W094/10292, and WO94/16718). In the case of propagating (or splitting) suspension cells, flasks are shaken well and the neurospheres allowed to settle on the bottom corner of the flash. The spheres axe then transferred to a 50 ml centrifuge tube and centrifuged at low speed. The medium is aspirated, the cells resuspended in a small amount of medium with growth factor, and the cells mechanically dissociated and resuspended in separate aliquots of media.
Cell suspensions in culture medium are supplemented with any growth factor which allows for the proliferation of progenitor cells and seeded in any receptacle capable of sustaining cells, though as set out above, preferably in culture flaslcs or roller bottles. Cells typically proliferate within 3-4 days in a 37 °C
incubator, and proliferation can be reinitiated at any time after that by dissociation of the cells and resuspension in fresh medium containing growth factors.
In the absence of substrate, cells lift off the floor of the flaslc and continue to proliferate in suspension forming a hollow sphere of undifferentiated cells.
After approximately 3-10 days ih vitro, the proliferating clusters (neurospheres) are fed every 2-7 days, and more particularly every 2-4 days by gentle centrifugation and resuspension in medium containing growth factor.
After 6-7 days iu vitro, individual cells in the neurospheres can be separated by physical dissociation of the neurospheres with a blunt instrument, more pat-ticularly by triturating the neurospheres with a pipette. Single cells from the dissociated neurospheres are suspended in culture medium containing growth factors, and differentiation of the cells can be control in culture by plating (or resuspending) the cells in the presence of a hedgehog antagonist.
To further illustrate other uses of the subject hedgehog antagonists, it is noted that intracerebral grafting has emerged as an additional approach to central nervous system therapies. For example, one approach to repairing damaged brain tissues involves the transplantation of cells from fetal or neonatal animals into the adult brain (Dunnett et al. (1987) JExp Biol 123:265-2~9; and Freund et al.
(195) J
Neu~ ~sei 5:603-616). Fetal neurons from a variety of brain regions can be successfully incorporated into the adult brain, and such grafts can alleviate behavioral defects. For example, movement disorder induced by lesions of dopaminergic projections to the basal ganglia can be prevented by grafts of embryonic dopaminergic neurons. Complex cognitive functions that are impaired after lesions of the neocortex can also be partially restored by grafts of embryonic cortical cells. The subject method can be used to regulate the growth state in the culture, or where fetal tissue is used, especially neuronal stem cells, can be used to regulate the rate of differentiation of the stem cells.
Stem cells useful in the present invention are generally known. For example, several neural crest cells have been identified, some of which are multipotent and likely represent uncommitted neural crest cells, and others of which can generate only one type of cell, such as sensory neurons, and likely represent committed progenitor cells. The role of hedgehog antagonists employed in the present method to culture such stem cells can be to regulate differentiation of the uncommitted progenitor, or to regulate further restriction of the developmental fate of a committed progenitor cell towards becoming a terminally difFerentiated neuronal cell.
For example, the present method can be used ivy uit~o to regulate the differentiation of neural crest cells into glial cells, schwann cells, chromaffm cells, cholinergic sympathetic or parasympathetic neurons, as well as peptidergic and serotonergic neurons. The hedgehog antagonists can be used alone, or can be used in combination with other neurotrophic factors which act to more particularly enhance a pa~~ticular differentiation fate of the neuronal progenitor cell.
In addition to the implantation of cells cultured in the presence of the subject hedgehog antagonists, yet another aspect of the present invention concerns the therapeutic application of a hedgehog antagonist to regulate the growth state of neurons and other neuronal cells in both the central nervous system and the peripheral nervous system. The ability of ptc, hedgehog, and s~zoothefzed to regulate neuronal differentiation during development of the nervous system and also presumably in the adult state indicates that, in certain instances, the subject hedgehog antagonists can be expected to facilitate control of adult neurons with regard to maintenance, functional performance, and aging of normal cells;
repair and regeneration processes in chemically or mechanically lesioned cells; and treatment of degeneration in certain pathological conditions. In light of this understanding, the present invention specifically contemplates applications of the subj ect method to the treatment protocol of (prevention andlor reduction of the severity ofj neurological conditions deriving from: (i) acute, subacute, or chronic injury to the nervous system, including traumatic injury, chemical injury, vascular injury and deficits (such as the ischemia resulting from stroke), together with infectious/inflammatory and tumor-induced injury; (ii) aging of the nervous system including Alzheimer's disease; (iii) chronic neurodegenerative diseases of the nervous system, including Parl~inson's disease, Huntington's chorea, amylotrophic lateral sclerosis and the like, as well as spinocerebellar degenerations; and (iv) chronic immunological diseases of the nervous system or affecting the nervous system, including multiple sclerosis.
As appropriate, the subject method can also be used in generating nerve prostheses for the repair of central and peripheral nerve damage. In particular, where a crushed or severed axon is intubulated by use of a prosthetic device, hedgehog antagonists can be added to the prosthetic device to regulate the rate of growth and regeneration of the dendridic processes. Exemplary nerve guidance chamlels are described in U.S. patents 5,092,71 and 4,955,892.
liz another embodiment, the subject method can be used in the treatment of neoplastic or hyperplastic transformations such as may occur in the central nervous system. For instance, the hedgehog antagonists can be utilized to cause such transformed cells to become either post-mitotic or apoptotic. The present method may, therefore, be used as part of a treatment for, e.g., malignant gliomas, meningiomas, medulloblastomas, neuroectodermal tumors, and ependymomas.
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method can be used as pa~.-t of a treatment regimen for malignant medulloblastoma and other primary CNS
malignant neuroectodermal tumors.
In certain embodiments, the subject method is used as part of treatment program for medulloblastoma. Medulloblastoma, a primary brain tumor, is the most common brain tumor in children. A medulloblastoma is a primitive neuroectodermal tumor arising in the posterior fossa. They account for approximately 25% of all pediatric brain tumors (Miller). Histologically, they are small round cell tumors commonly arranged in true rosettes, but may display some differentiation to astrocytes, ependymal cells or neurons (Rorlee; I~leihues). PNET's may arise in other areas of the brain including the pineal gland (pineoblastoma) and cerebrum.
Those arising in the supratentorial region generally fare worse than their PF
counterparts.
Medulloblastoma/PNET's are l~nown to recur anywhere in the CNS after resection, and can even metastasize to bone. Pretreatment evaluation should therefore include an examination of the spinal cord to exclude the possibility of "dropped metastases". Gadolinium-enhanced MRI has largely replaced myelography for this purpose, and CSF cytology is obtained postoperatively as a routine procedure.
In other embodiments, the subject method is used as part of treatment program for ependymomas. Ependymomas account for approximately 10% of the pediatric brain tumors in children. Grossly, they are tumors that arise from the ependymal Bung of the ventricles and microscopically form rosettes, canals, acid perivascular rosettes. In the CHOP series of 51 children reported with ependymomas, 3/4 were histologically benign. Approximately 2/3 arose from the region of the 4th ventricle. One third presented in the supratentorial region.
Age at presentation peaks between birth and 4 years, as demonstrated by SEER data as well as data from CHOP. The median age is about 5 years. Because so many children with this disease are babies, they often require multimodal therapy.
Yet another aspect of the present invention concerns the observation in the art that ptc, hedgehog, and/or smoothened are involved in morphogenic signals involved in other vertebrate organogenic pathways in addition to neuronal differentiation as described above, having apparent roles in other endodermal patterning, as well as both mesodermal and endodermal differentiation processes.
Thus, it is contemplated by the invention that compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can also be utilized for both cell culture and therapeutic methods involving generation and maintenance of non-neuronal tissue.
In one embodiment, the present invention makes use of the discovery that ptc, hedgehog, and smoothened axe apparently involved in controlling the development of stem cells responsible for formation of the digestive tract, liver, lungs, and other organs which derive from the primitive gut. Shh serves as an inductive signal from the endoderm to the mesoderm, which is critical to gut morphogenesis. Therefore, for example, hedgehog antagonists of the instant method can be employed for regulating the development and maintenance of an artificial liver which can have multiple metabolic functions of a normal liver. In an exemplary embodiment, the subject method can be used to regulate the proliferation and differentiation of digestive tube stem cells to form hepatocyte cultures which can be used to populate extracellular matrices, or which can be encapsulated in biocompatible polymers, to form both implantable and extracorporeal artificial livers.
In another embodiment, therapeutic compositions of hedgehog antagonists can be utilized in conjunction with transplantation of such artificial livers, as well as embryonic liver structures, to regulate uptal~e of intraperitoneal implantation, vascularization, and ih vivo differentiation and maintenance of the engrafted liver tissue.
In yet another embodiment, the subject method can be employed therapeutically to regulate such organs after physical, chemical or pathological insult. For instance, therapeutic compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can be utilized in liver repair subsequent to a partial hepatectomy.
The generation of the pancreas and small intestine from the embryonic gut depends on intercellular signalling between the endodermal and mesodermal cells of the gut. In particular, the differentiation of intestinal mesoderm into smooth muscle has been suggested to depend on signals from adjacent endodermal cells. One candidate mediator of endodermally derived signals in the embryonic hindgut is Sonic hedgehog. See, for example, Apelqvist et al. (1997) Curr Biol 7:801-4.
The Shh gene is expressed throughout the embryonic gut endoderm with the exception of the pancreatic bud endoderm, which instead ~ expresses high levels of the homeodomain protein Ipfl/Pdxl (insulin promoter factor 1/pancreatic and duodenal homeobox 1), an essential regulator of early pancreatic development. Apelqvist et al., supra, have examined whether the differential expression of S1W in the embryonic gut tube controls the differentiation of the surrounding mesoderm into specialised mesoderm derivatives of the small intestine and pancreas. To test this, they used the promoter of the Ipfl/Pdxl gene to selectively express Shh in the developing pancreatic epithelium. In Ipfl/Pdxl- S1W transgenic mice, the pancreatic mesoderm developed into smooth muscle and interstitial cells of Cajal, characteristic of the intestine, rather than into pancreatic mesenchyme and spleen. Also, pancreatic explants exposed to Shh underwent a similar program of intestinal differentiation.
These results provide evidence that the differential expression of endodermally derived Shh controls the fate of adjacent mesoderm at different regions of the gut tube.
In the context of the present invention, it is contemplated therefore that the subject hedgehog antagonists can be used to control or regulate the proliferation and/or differentiation of pancreatic tissue both ih vivo and in vita°o.
There axe a wide variety of pathological cell proliferative and differentiative conditions for which the inhibitors of the present invention may provide therapeutic benefits, with the general strategy being, for example, the correction of aberrant insulin expression, or modulation of differentiation. More generally, however, the present invention relates to a method of inducing and/or maintaining a differentiated state, enhancing survival and/or affecting proliferation of pancreatic cells, by contacting the cells with the subject inhibitors. For instance, it is contemplated by the invention that, in light of the apparent involvement of ptc, hedgehog, and smoothehed in the formation of ordered spatial arrangements of pancreatic tissues, the subject method could be used as part of a technique to generate and/or maintain such tissue both i~ vitr o and ivy vivo. For instance, modulation of the function of hedgehog can be employed in both cell culture and therapeutic methods involving generation and maintenance [3-cells and possibly also for non-pancreatic tissue, such as in controlling the development and maintenance of tissue from the digestive tract, spleen, lungs, urogenital organs (e.g., bladder), and other organs which derive from the primitive gut.
In an exemplary embodiment, the present method can be used in the treatment of hyperplastic and neoplastic disorders effecting pancreatic tissue, particularly those characterized by aberrant proliferation of pancreatic .
cells. For instance, pancreatic cancers are marked by abnormal proliferation of pancreatic cells which can result in alterations of insulin secretory capacity of the pancreas.
For instance, certain pancreatic hyperplasias, such as pancreatic carcinomas, can result in hypoinsulinemia due to dysfunction of (3-cells or decreased islet cell mass.
To the extent that aberrant ptc, hedgehog, and smoothened signaling may be indicated in disease progression, the subject inhibitors, can be used to enhance regeneration of the tissue after anti-tumor therapy.
Moreover, manipulation of hedgehog signaling properties at different points may be useful as part of a strategy for reshaping/repairing pancreatic tissue both in vivo and in vitf°o. In one embodiment, the present invention malces use of the apparent involvement of ptc, hedgehog, and smootheized in regulating the development of pancreatic tissue. In general, the subject method can be employed therapeutically to regulate the pancreas after physical, chemical or pathological insult. In yet another embodiment, the subject method can be applied to to cell culture techniques, and in particular, may be employed to enhance the initial generation of prosthetic pancreatic tissue devices. Manipulation of proliferation and differentiation of pancreatic tissue, for example, by altering hedgehog activity, can provide a means for more carefully controlling the characteristics of a cultured tissue. In an exemplary embodiment, the subject method can be used to augment production of prosthetic devices which require (3-islet cells, such as may be used in the encapsulation devices described in, for example, the Aebischer et al. U.S.
Patent No. 4,892,538, the Aebischer et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,106,627, the Lim U.S.
Patent No. 4,391,909, and the Sefton U.S. Patent No. 4,353,888. Early progenitor cells to the pancreatic islets are multipotential, and apparently coactivate all the islet-specific genes from the time they first appear. As development proceeds,. expression of islet-specific hormones, such as insulin, becomes restricted to the pattern of expression characteristic of mature islet cells. The phenotype of mature islet cells, however, is not stable in culture, as reappearence of embryonal traits in matl~re (3-cells can be observed. By utilizing the subject hedgehog antagonists, the differentiation path or proliferative index of the cells can be regulated.
Furthermore, manipulation of the differentiative state of pancreatic tissue can be utilized in conjunction with transplantation of aa-tificial pancreas so as to promote implantation, vascularization, and in vivo differentiation and maintenance of the engrafted tissue. For instance, manipulation of hedgehog function to affect tissue differentiation can be utilized as a means of maintainng graft viability.
Bellusci et al. (1997) Development 124:53 report that Sonic hedgehog regulates lung mesenchymal cell proliferation in vivo. Accordingly, the present method can be used to regulate regeneration of lung tissue, e.g., in the treatment of emphysema.
Fujita et al. (1997) Biochem Biophys Res Co~z~rzuv~ 238:658 reported that Sonic hedgehog is expressed in human lung squamous carcinoma and adenocarcinoma cells. The expression of Sonic hedgehog was also detected in the human lung squamous carcinoma tissues, but not in the normal lung tissue of the same patient. They also observed that Sonic hedgehog stimulates the incorporation of BrdU into the carcinoma cells and stimulates their cell growth, while anti-Shh-N
inhibited their cell growth. These results suggest that a ptc, Izedgehog, and/or smoothef2ed is involved in the cell growth of such transformed lung tissue and therefore indicates that the subject method can be used as part of a treatment of lung carcinoma and adenocarcinomas, and other proliferative disorders involving the lung epithelia. .
Many other tumors may, based on evidence such as involvement of the hedgehog pathway in these tumors, or detected expression of hedgehog or its receptor in these tissues during development, be affected by treatment with the subject compounds. Such tumors include, but are by no means limited to, tumors related to Gorlin's syndrome (e.g., basal cell carcinoma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, etc.), tumors evidenced in pct laioclc-out mice (e.g., hemangioma, rhabdomyosarcoma, etc.), tumors resulting fiom gli-1 amplification (e.g., glioblastoma, sarcoma, etc.), tumors connected with TRCB, a ptc homolog (e.g., renal carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, etc.), Ext-1-related tumors (e.g., bone cancer, etc.), S1W -induced tumors (e.g., lung cancer, chondrosarcomas, etc.), and other tumors (e.g., breast cancer, urogenital cancer (e.g., lcidney, bladder, ureter, prostate, etc.), adrenal cancer, gastrointestinal cancer (e.g., stomach, intestine, etc.), etc.).
In still another embodiment of the present invention, compositions comprising hedgehog antagonists can be used in the isz vitro generation of skeletal tissue, such as from slceletogenic stem cells, as well as the ivy vivo treatment of slceletal tissue deficiencies. The present invention particularly contemplates the use of hedgehog antagonists to regulate the rate of chondrogenesis and/or osteogenesis.
By "skeletal tissue deficiency", it is meant a deficiency in bone or other slceletal connective tissue at any site where it is desired to restore the bone or connective tissue, no matter how the deficiency originated, e.g. whether as a result of surgical intervention, removal of tumor, ulceration, implant, fracture, or other traumatic or degenerative conditions.
For instance, the method of the present invention can be used as part of a regimen for restoring cartilage function to a connective tissue. Such methods are useful in, for example, the repair of defects or lesions in cartilage tissue which is the result of degenerative wear such as that which results in arthritis, as well as other mechanical derangements which may be caused by trauma to the tissue, such as a displacement of torn meniscus tissue, meniscectomy, a Taxation of a joint by a torn ligament, malignment of joints, bone fracture, or by hereditary disease. The present reparative method is also useful for remodeling cartilage matrix, such as in plastic or reconstructive surgery, as well as periodontal surgery. The present method may also be applied to improving a previous reparative procedure, for example, following surgical repair of a meniscus, ligament, or cartilage. Furthermore, it may prevent the onset or exacerbation of degenerative disease if applied early enough after trauma.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the subject method comprises treating the afflicted connective tissue with a therapeutically su~cient amount of a hedgehog antagonist, particularly an antagonist selective for Indian Izedgelaog signal transduction, to regulate a cartilage repair response in the comlective tissue by managing the rate of differentiation and/or proliferation of chondrocytes embedded in the tissue. Such connective tissues as articular cartilage, interarticular cartilage (menisci), costal cartilage (connecting the true ribs and the sternum), ligaments, and tendons are particularly amenable to treatment in reconstructive and/or regenerative therapies using the subject method. As used herein, regenerative therapies include treatment of degenerative states which have progressed to the point of which impairment of the tissue is obviously manifest, as well as preventive treatments of tissue where degeneration is in its earliest stages or imminent.
In an illustrative embodiment, the subject method can be used as part of a therapeutic intervention in the treatment of cartilage of a diarthroidal joint, such as a l~nee, an anlde, an elbow, a hip, a wrist, a l~nuclcle of either a finger or toe, or a tempomandibular joint. The treatment can be directed to the meniscus of the joint, to the articular cartilage of the joint, or both. To further illustrate, the subject method can be used to treat a degenerative disorder of a knee, such as which might be the result of traumatic injury (e.g., a sports injury or excessive wear) or osteoarthritis.
The subject antagonists may be administered as an injection into the joint with, for instance, an arthroscopic needle. In some instances, the injected agent can be in the form of a hydrogel or other slow release velv.cle described above in order to permit a more extended and regular contact of the agent with the treated tissue.
The present invention further contemplates the use of the subject method in the field of cartilage transplantation and prosthetic device therapies.
However, problems arise, for instance, because the characteristics of cartilage acid fibrocartilage varies between different tissue: such as between aoticular, meniscal cartilage, ligaments, and tendons, between the two ends of the same ligament or tendon, and between the superficial and deep pax-ts of the tissue. The zonal arrangement of these tissues may reflect a gradual change in mechanical properties, and failure occurs when implanted tissue, which has not differentiated under those conditions, lacks the ability to appropriately respond. For instance, when meniscal cartilage is used to repair anterior cruciate ligaments, the tissue undergoes a metaplasia to pure fibrous tissue. By regulating the rate of chondrogenesis, the subject method can be used to particularly address this problem, by helping to adaptively control the implanted cells in the new environment and effectively resemble hypertrophic chondrocytes of an earlier developmental stage of the tissue.
In similar fashion, the subject method can be applied to enhancing both the generation of prosthetic cartilage devices and to their implantation. The need for improved treatment has motivated research aimed at creating new cartilage that is based on collagen-glycosaminoglycan templates (Stone et al. (1990) C'lih O~thop Relat Red 252:129), isolated chondrocytes (Grande et al. (1989) J O~thop Res 7:208;
and Takigawa et al. (1987) Bohe Minef° 2:449), and chondrocytes attached to natural or synthetic polymers (Walitani et al. (1989) JBoue Jt Suing 71B:74; Vacanti et al.
(1991) Plast Reco~cstr Surg 88:753; von Schroeder et al. (1991) JBiomed Mate~° Res 25:329; Freed et al. (1993) J Biomed Mater Res 27:11; and the Vacanti et al.
U.S.
Patent No. 5,041,138). For example, chondrocytes can be grown in culture on biodegradable, biocompatible highly porous scaffolds formed from polymers such as polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, agarose gel, or other polymers which degrade over time as function of hydrolysis of the polymer backbone into innocuous monomers.
The matrices are designed to allow adequate nutrient and gas exchange to the cells until engraftment occurs. The cells can be cultured In Vitl"O 1111tH adequate cell volume and density has developed for the cells to be implanted. One advantage of the matrices is that they can be cast or molded into a desired shape on an individual basis, so that the final product closely resembles the patient's own ear or nose (by way of example), or flexible matrices can be used which allow for manipulation at the time of implantation, as in a joint.
In one embodiment of the subject method, the implants are contacted with a hedgehog antagonist during certain stages of the culturing process in order to manage the rate of differentiation of chondrocytes and the formation of hypertrophic chrondrocytes in the culture.
In another embodiment, the implanted device is treated with a hedgehog antagonist in order to actively remodel the implanted matrix and to make it more suitable for its intended function. As set out above with respect to tissue transplants, the artificial transplants suffer from the same deficiency of not being derived in a setting which is comparable to the actual mechanical environment in which the matrix is implanted. The ability to regulate the chondrocytes in the matrix by the subject method can allow the implant to acquire characteristics similar to the tissue for which it is intended to replace.
In yet another embodiment, the subject method is used to enhance attachment of prosthetic devices. To illustrate, the subject method can be used in the implantation of a periodontal prosthesis, wherein the treatment of the surrolmding connective tissue stimulates formation of periodontal ligament about the prosthesis.
In still further embodiments, the subject method can be employed as part of a regimen for the generation of bone (osteogenesis) at a site in the animal where such skeletal tissue is deficient. Indian hedgehog is particularly associated with the hypertrophic chondrocytes that are ultimately replaced by osteoblasts. For instance, administration of a hedgehog antagonists of the present invention can be employed as part of a method for regulating the rate of bone loss in a subject. For example, preparations comprising hedgehog antagonists can be employed, for example, to control endochondral ossification in the formation of a "model" for ossification.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a hedgehog antagonist can be used to regulate spermatogenesis. The hedgehog proteins, particularly Dhh, have been shown to be involved in the differentiation and/or proliferation and maintenance of testicular germ cells. Dhh expression is initiated in Seutoli cell precursors shortly after the activation of Sry (testicular determining gene) and persists in the testis into the. adult. Males are viable but infertile, owing to a complete absence of mature sperm. Examination of the developing testis in different genetic backgrounds suggests that Dhh regulates both early and late stages of spermatogenesis. Bitgoad et al. (1996) Curr Biol 6:298. In a preferred embodiment, the hedgehog antagonist can be used as a contraceptive. In similar fashion, hedgehog antagonists of the subject method are potentially useful for modulating normal ovarian function.
The subject method also has wide applicability to the treatment or prophylaxis of disorders afflicting epithelial tissue, as well as in cosmetic uses. In general, the method can be characterized as including a step of administering to an animal an amount of a hedgehog antagonist effective to alter the growth state of a treated epithelial tissue. The mode of administration and dosage regimens will vary depending on the epithelial tissues) which is to be treated. For example, topical formulations will be preferred where the treated tissue is epidermal tissue, such as dermal or mucosal tissues.
A method which "promotes the healing of a wound" results in the wound healing more quiclcly as a result of the treatment than a similar wound heals in the absence of the treatment. "Promotion of wound healing" can also mean that the method regulates the proliferation and/or growth of, inter alia, lceratinocytes, or that the wound heals with less scarring, less wound contraction, less collagen deposition and more superficial surface area. In certain instances, "promotion of wound healing" can also mean that certain methods of wound healing have improved success rates, (e.g., the take rates of skin grafts,) when used together with the method of the present invention.
Despite significant progress in reconstructive surgical techniques, scarring can be an important obstacle in regaining normal function and appearance of healed skin. This is particularly true when pathologic scarring such as lceloids or hypertrophic scars of the hands or face causes functional disability or physical deformity. In the severest circumstances, such scarring may precipitate psychosocial distress and a life of economic deprivation. Wound repair includes the stages of hemostasis, inflammation, proliferation, and remodeling. The proliferative stage involves multiplication of fibroblasts and. endothelial and epithelial cells.
Through the use of the subject method, the rate of proliferation of epithelial cells in and proximal to the wound can be controlled in order to accelerate closure of the wound and/or minimize the formation of scar tissue.
The present treatment can also be effective as part of a therapeutic regimen for treating oral and paraoral ulcers, e.g. resulting from radiation and/or chemotherapy. Such ulcers commonly develop within days after chemotherapy or radiation therapy. These ulcers usually begin as small, painful irregularly shaped lesions usually covered by a delicate gray necrotic membrane and sunowlded by inflammatory tissue. In many instances, laclc of treatment results in proliferation of tissue around the periphery of the lesion on an inflammatory basis. For instance, the epithelium bordering the ulcer usually demonstrates proliferative activity, resulting in loss of continuity of surface epithelium. These lesions, because of their size and loss of epithelial integrity, dispose the body to potential secondary infection. Routine ingestion of food and water becomes a very painful event and, if the ulcers proliferate throughout the alimentary canal, diarrhea usually is evident with all its complicating factors. According to the present invention, a treatment for such ulcers which includes application of an hedgehog antagoust can reduce the abnormal proliferation and differentiation of the affected epithelium, helping to reduce the severity of subsequent inflammatory events.
The subject method and compositions can also be used to treat womlds resulting from dermatological diseases, such as lesions resulting from autoimmune disorders such as psoriasis. Atopic dermititis refers to slcin trauma resulting from allergies associated with an immune response caused by allergens such as pollens, foods, dander, insect venoms and plant toxins.
In other embodiments, antiproliferative preparations of hedgehog antagonists can be used to inhibit lens epithelial cell proliferation to prevent post-operative complications of extracapsular cataract extraction. Cataract is am intractable eye disease and various studies on a treatment of cataract have been made. But at present, the treatment of cataract is attained by surgical operations.
Cataract surgery has been applied for a long time and various operative methods have been examined.
Extracapsular lens extraction has become the method of choice for removing cataracts. The major medical advantages of this technique over intracapsular extraction are lower incidence of aphalcic cystoid macular edema and retinal detachment. Extracapsular extraction is also required for implantation of posterior chamber type intraocular lenses which are now considered to be the lenses of choice in most cases.
However, a disadvantage of extracapsular cataract extraction is the high incidence of posterior lens capsule opacification, often called after-cataract, which can occur in up to 50% of cases within three years after surgery. After-cataract is caused by proliferation of equatorial and anterior capsule lens epithelial cells which remain after extracapsular lens extraction. These cells proliferate to cause Sommerling rings, and along with fibroblasts which also deposit and occur on the posterior capsule, cause opacification of the posterior capsule, which interferes with vision. Prevention of after-cataract would be preferable to treatment. To inhibit secondary cataract formation, the subject method provides a means for inhibiting proliferation of the remaining lens epithelial cells. For example, such cells can be induced to remain quiescent by instilling a solution containing an hedgehog antagonist preparation into the anterior chamber of the eye after lens removal.
Furthermore, the solution can be osmotically balanced to provide minimal effective dosage when instilled into the anterior chamber of the eye, thereby inhibiting subcapsular epithelial growth with some specificity.
The subject method can also be used in the treatment of corneopathies maxlced by corneal epithelial cell proliferation, as for exaanple in ocular epithelial disorders such as epithelial downgrowth or squamous cell carcinomas of the ocular surface.
Levine et aI. (1997) J Neurosci 17:6277 show that hedgehog proteins can regulate mitogenesis and photoreceptor differentiation in the vertebrate retina, and Ihh is a candidate factor from the pigmented epithelium to promote retinal progenitor proliferation ' and photoreceptor differentiation. Likewise, Jensen et al.
(1997) Development 124:363 demonstrated that treatment of cultures of perinatal mouse retinal cells with the amino-terminal fragment of Sonic hedgehog protein results in an increase in the proportion of cells that incorporate bromodeoxuridine, in total cell numbers, and in rod photoreceptors, amacrine cells and Muller glial cells, suggesting that Sonic hedgehog promotes the proliferation of retinal precursor cells.
Thus, the subject method can be used in the treatment of proliferative diseases of retinal cells and regulate photoreceptor differentiation.
Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to the use of the subject method to control hair growth. Hair is basically composed of keratin, a tough and insoluble protein; its chief strength lies in its disulphide bond of cystine.
Each individual hair comprises a cylindrical shaft and a root, and is contained in a follicle, a flask-lilce depression in the skin. The bottom of the follicle contains a finger-life projection termed the papilla, which consists of connective tissue from which hair grows, and through which blood vessels supply the cells with nourishment. The shaft is the part that extends outwards from the skin surface, whilst the root has been described as the buried part of the hair. The base of the root expands into the hair bulb, which rests upon the papilla. Cells from which the hair is produced grow in the bulb of the follicle; they are extruded in the form of fibers as the cells proliferate in the follicle. Hair "growth" refers to the formation and elongation of the hair fiber by the dividing cells.
As is well known in the ai-t, the common hair cycle is divided into three stages: anagen, catagen and telogen. During the active phase (anagen), the epidermal stem cells of the dermal papilla divide rapidly. Daughter cells move upward and differentiate to form the concentric layers of the hair itself. The transitional stage, catagen, is marked by the cessation of mitosis of the stem cells in the follicle. The resting stage is known as telogen, where the hair is retained within the scalp for several weeks before an emerging new hair developing below it dislodges the telogen-phase shaft from its follicle. From this model it has become clear that the larger the pool of dividing stem cells that differentiate into hair cells, the more hair growth occurs. Accordingly, methods for increasing or reducing hair growth can be carried out by potentiating or inhibiting, respectively, the proliferation of these stem cells.
In certain embodiments, the subject method can be employed as a way of reducing the growth of human hair as opposed to its conventional removal by cutting, shaving, or depilation. For instance, the present method can be used in the treatment of trichosis characterized by abnormally rapid or dense growth of hair, e.g.
hypertrichosis. In an exemplary embodiment, hedgehog ailtagonists can be used to manage hirsutism, a disorder marked by abnormal hairiness. The subject method can also provide a process for extending the duration of depilation.
Moreover, because a hedgehog antagonist will often be cytostatic to epithelial cells, rather than cytotoxic, such agents can be used to protect hair follicle cells from cytotoxic agents which require progression into S-phase of the cell-cycle for efficacy, e.g. radiation-induced death. Treatment by the subject method can provide protection by causing the hair follicle cells to become quiescent, e.g., by inhibiting the cells from entering S phase, and thereby preventing the follicle cells from undergoing mitotic catastrophe or programmed cell death. For instance, hedgehog antagonists can be used for patients undergoing chemo- or radiation-therapies which ordinarily result in hair loss. By inhibiting cell-cycle progression during such therapies, the subject treatment can protect hair follicle cells from death which might otherwise result from activation of cell death programs. After the therapy has concluded, the instant method can also be removed with concommitant relief of the inhibition of follicle cell proliferation. , The subject method can also be used in the treatment of folliculitis, such as folliculitis decalvans, folliculitis ulerythematosa reticulata or lceloid folliculitis. For example, a cosmetic prepration of an hedgehog antagonist can be applied topically in the treatment of pseudofolliculitis, a chronic disorder occurring most often in the submandibular region of the neck and associated with shaving, the characteristic lesions of which are erythematous papules and pustules containing buried hairs.
In another aspect of the invention, the subject method can be used to induce differentiation and/or inhibit proliferation of epithelially derived tissue.
Such forms of these molecules can provide a basis fox differentiation therapy for the treatment of hyperplastic and/or neoplastic conditions involving epithelial tissue. For example, such preparations can be used for the treatment of cutaneous diseases in which there is abnormal proliferation or growth of cells of the skin.
For instance, the pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are intended for the treatment of hyperplastic epidermal conditions, such as lceratosis, as well as for the treatment of neoplastic epidermal conditions such as those characterized by a high proliferation rate for various skin cancers, as for example basal cell carcinoma or squamous cell carcinoma. The subject method can also be used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases affecting the skin, in particular, of dermatological diseases involving morbid proliferation and/or lceratinization of the epidermis, as for example, caused by psoriasis or atopic dermatosis.
Many common diseases of the skin, such as psoriasis, ~ squamous cell carcinoma, lceratoacanthoma ~ and actinic lceratosis are characterized by localized abnormal proliferation and growth. For example, in psoriasis, which is characterized by scaly, red, elevated plaques on the skin, the lceratinocytes aie known to proliferate much more rapidly than normal and to differentiate less completely.
In one embodiment, the preparations of the present invention are suitable for the treatment of dermatological ailments linlced to lceratinization disorders causing abnormal proliferation of skin cells, which disorders may be marlced by either inflaanmatory or non-inflammatory components. To illustrate, therapeutic preparations of a hedgehog antagonist, e.g., which promotes quiescence or differentiation can be used to treat varying forms of psoriasis, be they cutaneous, mucosal or ungual. Psoriasis, as described above, is typically characterized by epidermal lceratinocytes which display marked proliferative activation and differentiation along a "regenerative" pathway. Treatment with an antiproliferative embodiment of the subject method can be used to reverse the pathological epidermal activiation and can provide a basis for sustained remission of the disease.
A variety of other lceratotic lesions are also candidates for treatment with the subject method. Actinic lceratoses, for example, are superficial inflammatory premalignant tumors arising on sun-exposed and irradiated slcin. The lesions are erythematous to brown with variable scaling. Current therapies include excisional and cryosurgery. These treatments are painful, however, and often produce cosmetically unacceptable scarring. Accordingly, treatment of lceratosis, such as actinic keratosis, can include application, preferably topical, of a hedgehog antagonist composition in amounts sufficient to inhibit hyperproliferation of epidermal/epidermoid cells of the lesion.
Acne represents yet another dermatologic ailment which may be treated by the subject method. Acne vulgaris, for instance, is a multifactorial disease most commonly occurring in teenagers and young adults, and is characterized by the appearance of inflammatory and noninflammatory lesions on the face and upper trunk. The basic defect which gives rise to acne vulgaris is hypercornification of the duct of a hyperactive sebaceous gland. Hypercornification blocks the normal mobility of slcin and follicle microorganisms, and in so doing, stimulates the release of lipases by Pj°opinobacte~ium aches and Staphylococcus epidef°midis bacteria and Pit~ospo~um ovale, a yeast. Treatment with an antiproliferative hedgelTOg antagonist, particularly topical preparations, may be useful for preventing the transitional features of the ducts, e.g. hypercornification, which lead to lesion formation. The subject treatment may further include, for example, antibiotics, retinoids and antiandrogens.
The present invention also provides a method for treating various forms of dermatitis. Dermatitis is a descriptive term referring to poorly demarcated lesions which are either pruritic, erythematous, scaley, blistered, weeping, fissured or crusted. These lesions arise from any of a wide variety of causes. The most common types of dermatitis are atopic, contact and diaper dermatitis. For instance, seborrheic dermatitis is a chronic, usually pruritic, dermatitis with erythema, dry, moist, or greasy scaling, and yellow crusted patches on various areas, especially the scalp, with exfoliation of an excessive amount of dry scales. The subject method can also be used in the treatment of stasis dermatitis, an often chronic, usually eczematous dermatitis. Actinic dermatitis is dermatitis that due to exposure to actinic radiation _ 15 such as that from the sun, ultraviolet waves or x- or gamma-radiation.
According to the present invention, the subject method can be used in the treatment and/or prevention of certain symptoms of dermatitis caused by unwanted proliferation of epithelial cells. Such therapies for these various forms of dermatitis can also include topical and systemic corticosteroids, antipuritics, and antibiotics.
For example, it is contemplated that the subject method could be used to inhibit angiogenesis. Hedgehog is known to stimulate angiogenesis. MATRIGEL"
plugs impregnated with hedgehog protein and inserted into mice evince substantial neovascularization, whereas MATRIGEL° plugs not carrying hedgehog show comparatively little vascularization. Hedgehog protein is also capable of increasing vascularization of the normally avascular mouse cornea. The ptc-1 gene is expressed in normal vascular tissues, including the endothelial cells of the aorta, vascular smooth muscle cells, adventitial fbroblasts of the aorta, the coronary vasculature and cardiomyocytes of the atria and ventricles. These tissues are also sensitive to A
hedgehog protein. Treatment with exogenous hedgehog causes upregulation of ptc-expression. In addition, hedgehog proteins stimulate proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells in vivo. Hedgehog proteins also cause fibroblasts to increase expression of angiogenic growth factors such as VEGF, bFGF, Ang-1 and Ang-2. Lastly, hedgehog proteins are known to stimulate recovery fiom ischemic injury and S stimulate formation of collateral vessels.
Given that hedgehog promotes angiogenesis, hedgehog antagonists are expected to act as angiogenesis inhibitors, particularly in situations where some level of hedgehog signaling is necessary for angiogenesis.
Angiogenesis is fundamental to many disorders. Persistent, unregulated angiogenesis occurs in a range of disease states, tumor metastases and abnormal growths by endothelial cells. The vasculature created as a result of angiogenic processes supports the pathological damage seen in these conditions. The diverse pathological states created due to unregulated angiogenesis have been grouped together as angiogenic dependent or angiogenic associated diseases. Therapies directed at control of the angiogenic processes could lead to the abrogation or mitigation of these diseases.
Diseases caused by, supported by or associated with angiogenesis include ocular neovascular disease, age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, epidemic lceratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic lceratitis, superior limbic lceratitis, pteiygium l~eratitis sicca, Sjogren's, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical burns, bacterial ulcers, ftmgal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, I~aposi sarcoma, Mooren ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, marginal lceratolysis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus, polyarteritis, trauma, Wegeners sarcoidosis, Scleritis, Stevens Johnson disease, periphigoid radial lceratotomy, corneal graph rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis chronic inflammation (eg., ulcerative colitis or Crohn's disease), hemangioma, Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, and hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia.
In addition, angiogenesis plays a critical role in cancer. A tumor cannot expand without a blood supply to provide nutrients and remove cellular wastes.
Tumors in which angiogenesis is important include solid tumors such as rhabdomyosarcomas, retinoblastoma, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, and osteosarcoma, and benign tumors such as acoustic neuroma, neurofibroma, trachoma and pyogenic granulomas. Angiogenic factors have been found associated with several solid tumors. Prevention of angiogenesis could halt the growth of these tumors and the resultant damage to the animal due to the presence of the tumor.
A~zgiogenesis is also associated with blood-born tumors such as leulcemias, any of various acute or chronic neoplastic diseases of the bone marrow in which unrestrained proliferation of white blood cells occurs, usually accompanied by anemia, impaired blood clotting, and enlargement of the lymph nodes, liver, and spleen. It is believed that angiogenesis plays a role in the abnormalities in the bone marrow that give rise to leul~emia-lilce tumors.
In addition to tumor growth, angiogenesis is important in metastasis.
Initially, angiogenesis is important is in the vascularization of the tumor which allows cancerous cells to eater the blood stream and to circulate throughout the body. After the tumor cells have left the primary site, and have settled into the secondary, metastasis site, angiogenesis must occur before the new tumor can grow and expand. Therefore, prevention of angiogenesis could lead to the prevention of metastasis of tumors and possibly contain the neoplastic growth at the primary site.
Angiogenesis is also involved in normal physiological processes such as reproduction and wound healing. Angiogenesis is an important step in ovulation and also in implantation of the blastula after fertilization. Prevention of angiogenesis could be used to induce amenorrhea, to block ovulation or to prevent implantation by the blastula. ' It is anticipated that the invention will be useful for the treatment andlor prevention of respiratory distress syndrome or other disorders resulting from inappropriate lung surface tension. Respiratory distress syndrome results from insufficient surfactant in the alveolae of the lungs. The lungs of vertebrates contain surfactant, a complex mixture of lipids and protein which causes surface tension to rise during lung inflation and decrease during lung deflation. During burg deflation, surfactant decreases such that there axe no surface forces that would otherwise promote alveolar collapse. Aerated alveoli that have not collapsed during expiration permit continuous oxygen and carbon dioxide transport between blood and alveolar gas and require much less force to inflate during the subsequent inspiration.
During inflation, lung surfactant increases surface tension as the alveolar surface area increases. A rising surface tension in expanding alveoli opposes over-inflation in those airspaces and tends to divert inspired air to less well-aerated alveoli, thereby facilitating even lung aeration.
Respiratory distress syndrome is particularly prevalent among premature infants. Lung surfactant is normally synthesized at a very low rate until the last six weeks of fetal life. Human infants born more than six weeks before the normal term of a pregnancy have a high risk of being born with inadequate amounts of lung surfactant and inadequate rates of surfactant synthesis. The more prematurely an infant is born, the more severe the surfactant deficiency is lil~ely to be.
Severe surfactant deficiency can lead to respiratory failure within a few minutes or hours of birth. The surfactant deficiency produces progressive collapse of alveoli (atelectasis) because of the decreasing ability of the lung to expand despite maximum inspiratory effort. As a result, inadequate amounts of oxygen reach the infant's blood.
RDS can occur in adults as well, typically as a consequence of failure in surfactant biosynthesis.
Lung tissue of premature infants shows high activity of the hedgehog signaling pathway. Inhibition of this pathway using hedgehog antagonists increases the formation of lamellar bodies and increases the expression of genes involved in surfactant biosynthesis. Lamellar bodies are subcellular structures associated with ~2 surfactant biosynthesis. For these reasons, treatment of premature infaazts with a hedgehog antagonist should stimulate surfactant biosynthesis and ameliorate RDS.
In cases where adult RDS is associated with hedgehog pathway activation, treatment with hedgehog antagonists should also be effective.
It is further contemplated that the use of hedgehog antagonists may be specifically targeted to disorders where the affected tissue and/or cells evince high hedgehog pathway activation. Expression of gli genes is activated by the hedgehog signaling pathway, including gli-1, gli-2 and gli-3. gli-1 expression is most consistently correlated with hedgehog signaling activity across a wide range of tissues and disorders, while gli-3 is somewhat less so. The gli genes encode transcription factors that activate expression of many genes needed to elicit the full effects of hedgehog signaling. However, the Gli-3 transcription factor can also act as a repressor of hedgehog effector genes, and therefore, expression of gli-3 can cause a decreased effect of the hedgehog signaling pathway. Whether Gli-3 acts as a transcriptional activator or repressor depends on post-translational events, and therefore it is expected that methods for detecting the activating form (versus the repressing form) of Gli-3 protein would also be a reliable measure of hedgehog pathway activation. gli-~ gene expression is expected to provide a reliable marker for hedgehog pathway activation. The gli-1 gene is strongly expressed in a wide array of cancers, hyperplasias and immature lungs, and serves as a marker for the relative activation of the hedgehog pathway. In addition, tissues, such as immature lung, that have high gli gene expression are strongly affected by hedgehog inhibitors.
Accordingly, it is contemplated that the detection of gli gene expression may be used as a powerful predictive tool to identify tissues and disorders that will particularly benefit from treatment with a hedgehog antagonist.
In preferred embodiments, gli-1 expression levels are detected, either by direct detection of the transcript or by detection of protein levels or activity.
Transcripts may be detected using any of a wide range of techniques that depend primarily on hybridization of probes to the gli-1 transcripts or to cDNAs synthesized therefrom. Well l~nown techniques include northern blotting, reverse-transcriptase PCR and microarray analysis of transcript levels. Methods for detecting Gli protein levels include western blotting, immunoprecipitation, two-dimensional polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (2D SDS-PAGE)(preferably compared against a standard wherein the position of the Gli proteins has been determined), and mass spectroscopy. Mass spectroscopy may be coupled with a series of purification steps to allow high-throughput identification of many different protein levels in a particular sample. Mass spectroscopy and 2D SDS-PAGE can also be used to identify post-transcriptional modifications to proteins including proteolytic events, ubiquitination, phosphorylation, lipid modification etc. Gli activity may also be assessed by analyzing binding to substrate DNA or in vitro transcriptional activation of target promoters. Gel shift assays, DNA footprinting assays and DNA-protein crosslinl~ing assays are all methods that may be used to assess the presence of a protein capable of binding to Gli binding sites on DNA.
In preferred embodiments, gli transcript levels are measured and diseased or disordered tissues showing abnormally high gli levels are treated with a hedgehog antagonist. Premature lung tissue, lung cancers (e.g., adenocarcinomas, broncho-alveolar adenocarcinomas, small cell carcinomas), breast cancers (e.g., inferior ductal carcinomas, inferior lobular carcinomas, tubular carcinomas), prostate caazcers (e.g., adenocarcinomas), and benign prostatic hyperplasias all show strongly elevated gli-1 expression levels in certain cases. Accordingly, gli-1 expxession levels are a powerful diagnostic device to determine which of these tissues should be treated with a hedgehog antagonist. In addition, there is substantial correlative evidence that cancers of urothelial cells (e.g., bladder cancer, other urogenital cancers) will also have elevated gli-1 levels in certain cases. For example, it is lcnown that loss of heterozygosity on chromosome 9q22 is common in bladder cancers. The ptc-I gene is located at this position and ptc-I loss of function is probably a partial cause of hyperproliferation, as in many other cancer types. Accordingly, such cancers would also show high gli expression and would be particularly amenable to treatment with a hedgehog antagonist.
Expression of ptc-1 and ptc-2 is also activated by the hedgehog signaling pathway, but these genes are inferior to the gli genes as marlcexs of hedgehog pathway activation. In certain tissues only one of ptc-1 or ptc-2 is expressed although the hedgehog pathway is highly active. For example, in testicular development, Indian hedgehog plays an important role and the hedgehog pathway is activated, but only ptc-2 is expressed. Accordingly, these genes are individually unreliable as markers for hedgehog pathway activation, although simultaneous measurement of both genes are contemplated as a useful indicator for tissues to be treated with a hedgehog antagonist.
Ailments which may be treated by the subject method are disorders specific to non-humans, such as mange.
In still another embodiment, the subject method can be used in the treatment of human cancers, particularly basal cell carcinomas and other tumors of epithelial tissues such as the skin. For example, hedgehog antagonists can be employed, in the subject method, as part of a treatment for basal cell nevus syndrome (BCNS), and other other human carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas and the like.
In a preferred embodiment, the subject method is used as part of a treatment of prophylaxis regimen for treating (or preventing) basal cell carcinoma. The deregulation of the hedgehog signaling pathway may be a general feature of basal cell carcinomas caused by ptc mutations. Consistent overexpression of human ptc mRNA has been described in tumors of familial and sporadic BCCs, determined by in situ hybridization. Mutations that inactivate ptc may be expected to result in overexpression of mutant Ptc, because ptc displays negative autoregulation.
Prior research demonstrates that overexpression of hedgehog proteins can also lead to tumorigenesis. That sonic hedgehog (Shh) has a role in tumorigenesis in the mouse has been suggested by research in which transgenic mice overexpressing Shh in the skin developed features of BCNS, including multiple BCC-like epidermal proliferations over the entire skin surface, after only a few days of skin development.
A mutation in the Shh human gene from a BCC was also described; it was suggested ~5 that Shh or other Hh genes in humans could act as dominant oncogenes in humans.
Sporadic ptc mutations have also been observed in BCCs from otherwise normal individuals, some of which are UV-signature mutations. In one recent study of sporadic BCCs, five UV-signature type mutations, either CT or CCTT changes, were found out of fifteen tumors determined to contain ptc mutations. Another recent analysis of sporadic ptc mutations in BCCs and neuroectodermal tumors revealed one CT change in one of three ptc mutations found in.the BCCs. See, for example, Goodrich et al. (1997) Science 277:1109-13; Xie et al. (1997) Cancer Res 57:2369-72; Oro et al. (1997) Science 276:817-21; Xie et al. (1997) Genes Chromosomes Cancer 18:305-9; Stone et al. (1996) Nature 384:129-34; and Johnson et al.
(1996) Science 272:1668-71.
The subject method can also be used to treatment patients with BCNS, e.g., to prevent BCC or other effects of the disease which may be the result of ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function. Basal cell nevus syndrome is a rare autosomal dominant disorder characterized by multiple BCCs that appear at a young age. BCNS patients are very susceptible to the development of these tumors; in the second decade of life, large nmnbers appear, mainly on sun-exposed areas of the skin. This disease also causes a number of developmental abnormalities, including rib, head and face alterations, and sometimes polydactyly, syndactyly, and spina bifida. They also develop a number of tumor types in addition to BCCs: fibromas of the ovaries and heart, cysts of the shin and jaws, and in the central nervous system, medulloblastomas and meningiomas.
The subject method can be used to prevent or treat such tumor types in BCNS
and non-BCNS patients. Studies of BCNS patients show that they have both genomic and sporadic mutations in the ptc gene, suggesting that these mutations are the ultimate cause of this disease.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical preparations comprising hedgehog antagonists. The hedgehog antagonists for use in the subject method may be conveniently formulated for administration with a biologically acceptable medium, such as water, buffered saline, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol and the like) or suitable mixtures thereof. The optimum concentration of the active ingredients) in the chosen medium can be determined empirically, according to procedures well known to medicinal chemists. As used herein, "biologically acceptable medium" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, and the like which may be appropriate for the desired route of administration of the pharmaceutical preparation. The use of such media for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the activity of the hedgehog antagonist, its use in the pharmaceutical preparation of the invention is contemplated. Suitable vehicles and their formulation inclusive of other proteins are described, for example, in the boolc Remihgton's Phaf°maceutical Sciences (Remington°s Pharmaceutical Sciences. Maclc Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., USA 1985). These vehicles include injectable "deposit formulations".
Pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention can also include veterinary compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical preparations of the hedgehog antagonists suitable for veterinary uses, e.g., for the treatment of live stoclc or domestic animals, e.g., dogs.
Methods of introduction may also be provided by rechargeable or biodegradable devices. Various slow release polymeric devices have been developed and tested in vivo in recent years for the controlled delivery of drugs, including proteinacious biopharmaceuticals. A variety of biocompatible polymers (including hydrogels), including both biodegradable and non-degradable polymers, can be used to form an implant for the sustained release of a hedgehog antagonist at a particular target site.
The preparations of the present invention may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given by forms suitable for each administration route. For example, they axe administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, controlled release patch, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment;
and rectal by suppositories. Oral and topical administrations are preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intralnuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticulare, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and 111fLlSioll.
The phrases "systemic , administration," "administered systemically,"
"peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as described below or by other conventional methods lcrlown to those of skill in the al-t.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular hedgehog antagonist employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and lilce factor s well known in the medical arts.
A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. Generally, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient will range from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
The term "treatment" is intended to encompass also prophylaxis, therapy and cure.
The patient receiving this . treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, aald other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
The compound of the invention can be administered as such or in admixtures with pharmaceutically acceptable and/or sterile carriers and can also be administered in conjunction with other antimicrobial agents such as penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides and glycopeptides. Conjunctive therapy, thus includes sequential, simultaneous and separate administration of the active compound in a way that the therapeutical effects of the first administered one is not entirely disappeared when the subsequent is administered.
Tl Pharmaceutical Comzaositiohs While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition). The hedgehog antagonists according to the invention may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine. In certain embodiments, the compound included in the pharmaceutical preparation may be active itself, or may be a prodrug, e.g., capable of being converted to an active compound in a physiological setting.
Thus, another aspect of the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the slcin; or (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam. However, in certain embodiments the subject compounds may be simply dissolved or suspended in sterile water. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical preparation is non-pyrogenic, i.e., does not elevate the body temperature of a patient.
The phrase "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound of the present invention which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by overcoming a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or s~raoother~ed gain of function in at least a sub-population of cells in an animal and thereby blocl~ing the biological consequences of that pathway in the treated cells, at a reasonable benefit/rislc ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, andlor dosage forms Which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risl~
ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject antagonists from one organ, or portion of the body, to a~lother organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose;
(2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mamiitol and polyethylene glycol;
(12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol;
(20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
As set out above, certain embodiments of the present hedgehog a~.ltagonists may contain a basic functional group, such as amino or allcylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the lilce. (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pha~~a. Sci. 66:1-19) The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the subject compowds include the conventional nontoxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds, e.g., from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids. For example, such conventional nontoxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, malefic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the lilce.
In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and pl~rification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal ration, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al., suy°a) Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricaazts, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a caxrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will ra~zge from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid caa.Tiers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inept base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient. A compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
In solid dosage forms of the invention for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, acid sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compowids; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as lcaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calciwn stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. W the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or mills sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredients) only, or preferentially, in a ceutain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, ahuninum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active hedgehog antagonist.
Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are lcnov~m in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, aald with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates a~ld polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the hedgehog antagonists in the proper medium.
Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the 7zedgehog antagonists across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the life, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral achninistration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the lilce), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the lilce into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in a~1 oil vehicle.
lnjectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide.
Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carver.
The addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
Alternatively, an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed. The way in which such feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as "Applied Animal Nutrition", W.H. Freedman and CO., San Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or "Livestock Feeds and Feeding" O and B boobs, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
Tn certain embodiments, a subject compound, such as compound D or a salt thereof, may be formulated in an aqueous solution, e.g., for topical application.
Suitable salts include salts of subject compounds with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, methanesulfonic acid, malefic acid, or any other suitable acid, such as one that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable anion in the presence of an amine base.
In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, such as a salt including a canon selected from sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium, and an anion selected from acetate, citrate, phosphate, chloride, any other suitable ions, or combinations thereof In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution may, additionally or alternatively, include dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound, such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carbohydrate, such as a mono-or di-saccharide, or polyol.
In certain embodiments, an aqueous solution may contain solutes to result in an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm, preferably between 250 and 350 Osm, even more preferably between 280 and 300 mOsm, such as 290 mOsm.
In certain embodiments, the pH of the solution will be in the range of 3 to 6, preferably 3.5 to 5, even more preferably between 4 and 4.5.
Thus, generally, an aqueous solution may comprise up to about 7% of a carbohydrate or polyol such as mannitol, lactose, or dextrose, e.g., up to about 6%, or about 3% to about 6%, or about 4 to about 5%, up to about 50 mM of a salt selected from sodium acetate and sodium citrate, e.g., up to about 20 mM, or about 2 mM to about 20 mM, or about 5 mM to about 15 mM, and sufficient pharmaceutically acceptable solutes, such as sodium chloride, to result in an osmolarity between about 200 and 400 mOsm, preferably between 250 and 350 Osm, even more preferably between 280 and 300 mOsm. In certain embodiments, the aqueous solution is substantially free of a carbohydrate or polyol, substantially free of sodium acetate and sodium citrate, or both, e.g., may consist essentially of physiological saline and a salt of a subject compound, or is substantially free of salts such as sodium chloride, sodium acetate, and sodium citrate and consists essentially of an aqueous solution of a carbohydrate or polyol and a salt of a subject compound.
Thus, for example, an aqueous solution of a subject compound, such as compound D, may comprise 10 mM sodium acetate in physiological saline at a pH
of 4.2. Alternatively, an aqueous solution may comprise 10 mM sodium acetate in a 5% dextrose solution, or simply a 5% dextrose solution.
Tjl. Synthetic Schemes aid Ide~tificatio~c ofActive Anta~o~ists The subject antagonists, and congeners thereof, can be prepared readily by employing the cross-coupling technologies of Suzulci, Stille, and the like.
These coupling reactions are carried out under relatively mild conditions and tolerate a wide range of "spectator" functionality.
a. Conzbi~atorial Lib~a~ies The compounds of the present invention, particularly libraries of variants having various representative classes of substituents, are amenable to combinatorial chemistry and other parallel synthesis schemes (see, for example, PCT WO
94/08051). The result is that large libraries of related compounds, e.g. a variegated library of compounds represented above, can be screened rapidly in high throughput assays in order to identify potential hedgehog antagonist lead compounds, as well as to refine the specificity, toxicity, and/or cytotoxic-kinetic profile of a lead compound. For instance, ptc, hedgehog, or smoothe~zed bioactivity assays, such as may be developed using cells with either a ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function, can be used to screen a library of the subject compounds for those having agonist activity toward ptc or antagonist activity towards hedgehog or smoothened.
Simply for illustration, a combinatorial library for the purposes of the present invention is a mixture of chemically related compounds which may be screened together for a desired property. The preparation of many related compounds in a single reaction greatly reduces and simplifies the number of screening processes which need to be carried out. Screening for the appropriate physical properties can be done by conventional methods.
Diversity in the library can be created at a variety of different levels. For instance, the substrate aryl groups used in the combinatorial reactions can be diverse in terms of the core aryl moiety, e.g., a variegation in terms of the ring structure, and/or can be varied with respect to the other substituents.
A variety of techniques are available in the art for generating combinatorial libraries of small organic molecules such as the subject hedgehog antagonists.
See, for example, Blondelle et al. (1995) Trends Anal. Chem. 14:83; the Affymax U.S.
Patents 5,359,115 and 5,362,899: the Ellman U.S. Patent 5,288,514: the Still et al.
PCT publication WO 94/08051; the ArQule U.S. Patents 5,736,412 and 5,712,171;
Chen et al. (1994) JACS 116:2661: I~err et al. (1993) JACS 115:252; PCT
publications W092/10092, W093/09668 and WO91/07087; and the f,erner et al.
PCT publication W093/20242). Accordingly, a variety of libraries on the order of about 100 to 1,000,000 or more diversomers of the subject hedgehog antagonists can be synthesized and screened for particular activity or property.
In an exemplary embodiment, a library of candidate hedgehog antagonists diversomers can be synthesized utilizing a scheme adapted to the techniques described in the Still et al. PCT publication WO 94/08051, e.g., being linked to a polymer bead by a hydrolyzable or photolyzable group, optionally located at one of the positions of the candidate antagonists or a substituent of a synthetic intermediate.
According to the Still et al. technique, the library is synthesized on a set of beads, each bead including a set of tags identifying the particular diversomer on that bead.
The bead library can then be "plated" with ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function cells for which an 7zedgehog antagonist is sought. The diversomers can be released from the bead, e.g. by hydrolysis.
The structures of the compounds useful in the present invention lend themselves readily to efficient synthesis. The nature of the structures, as generally described by formulas I to VI, allows the assembly of such compounds using some combination of Rl, R2, R3, and R4 moieties, as set forth above. For example, these subunits can be attached to the core ring through common acylation or allcylation reactions. The vast majority of such reactions, including those depicted in Figures 11, 12, 15, and 16 are both extremely mild and extremely reliable, and are thus perfectly suited for combinatorial chemistry. The facile nature of such a combinatorial approach towards the generation of a library of test compounds is apparent in the exemplary scheme below (P = protecting group), wherein the various groups of a compound according to the above formulae are linked combinatorially (e.g., using one of the methods described above). Even greater diversity may be attained by, for example, utilizing a range of reactive fimctionalities when appending a subunit, e.g., using a range of R-L-C(O)Cl, PO-Ar-L-NCO, PO-Ar-L-S02C1, etc.
when appending an Rl subunit.
t2LCH0/NaBHq or RZLCHZX RtLCOX
alkylate acylate Q n o_ RqLXH
E
couple Bead 0 N
X
~N~
RZL ~LRt Many variations on the above and related pathways permit the synthesis of widely diverse libraries of compounds which may be tested as inhibitors of hedgel2og function.
Preparation of Exemplary Compounds of the Present Invention A series of compounds conforming to the general structures disclosed herein were prepared and tested for biological activity (vide ihft~a). A suitable core structure can be readily prepared from commercially available ti~ans-4-hydroxy-L-proline as sLUinnarized in the scheme below:
acylate or I ~ deprotect alkylate 2. R3LCOX or HO~~~ MsO,~ ' OFi 1. MeOH, H+ OMe 1. NaN3 OMe H~~ 2' (BOC)ZO ' Ni~ 2. H+
\'\' 3. MsCI, bas \\e O O I O
BOC
Ti~ans-4-h, day-L-proline methyl ester hydrochloride:
Acetyl chloride (249 mL, 3.47 mol) was added dropwise to methanol (2090 mL) with stirring and cooling to maintain the temperature below 30 °C.
After complete addition, stirring was continued for a further 60 min. before addition of tT°aTZS-4-hydroxy-L-proline (325 g, 2.48 mol) as a solid. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled to 0 °C, and test-butyl methyl ether (TBME, 5220 mL) was added slowly over 30 min. The precipitated solid was collected on a filter and washed with ice-cold TMBE (2 x 1 L). The product was dried at 40 °C
overnight in a vacuum to yield 424 g of the desired ester.
Ty~ans-1-(test-butoxycarbon~)-4-h day-L-proline methyl ester:
The product ester of the previous reaction (423 g, 2.32 mol) was suspended in dichloromethane (6.5 L). Under stirring and cooling, triethylamine (1019 mL, 7.32 mol) was added over 30 min., followed by di-test-butyl dicarbonate (588 g, 2.70 mol) over 30 min. to maintain the internal temperature below 15 °C.
After complete addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, followed by addition of 1 M aqueous citric acid solution (650 mL). The mixture was stirred hour, and the organic layer was separated, washed with 1 M aqueous KHC03 (920 mL), water (2 x 1 L), and dried over MgS04 in the presence of activated charcoal (15 g). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2x1800 g silica gel, 3:1 to 2:1 hexane:EtOAc eluent) to give the desired carbamate (489 g).
(4R)-1- test-butoxycarbon~)-4-[(methylsulfon~)oxy]-L-proline methyl ester:
The carbamate above (478 g, 1.95 mol), N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA, 373 mL, 2.15 mol), and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 23.8 g, 0.195 mol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (7650 mL). Methanesulfonyl chloride (167 mL, 2.15 mol) in dichloromethane (950 mL) was added dropwise over 50 min. with cooling to maintain a temperature below 10 °C. The mixture was stirred at -6 °C for 2 h, water (750 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred 15 min. more, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with 1 M aqueous KHC03 (950 mL), 1 M
aq. citric acid (2 x 950 mL), and water (750 mL) and dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized with hexane (1.9 L). The crystalline mesylate was collected on a filter, washed with hexane (2 x 500 mL), and dried at 40 °C in vacuo to give 624 g of the product.
~4S)-1-(test-butoxycarbonyl)-4-azido-L-proline meth 1 A solution of the above mesylate (624 g, 1.93 mol) and sodium azide (716 g, 11.01 mol) in dimethylformamide (DMF, 3120 mL) was stirred for 22 h at 60 °C, the solution was cooled to 0 °C, water (3 L) was added over 40 min. to lceep the temperature below 20 °C, and EtOAC (3 L) was added. The mixture was stirred vigorously 20 min, the layers were separated, and the aqueous phase extracted with EtOAc (3 L). The combined organic layers were washed with water (750 mL), 0.1 M
aq. HCl (400 mL), and water (750 mL), then dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (2x1800 g silica gel, 2:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give the desired azide (516 g).
(4S)-4-azido-L-nroline methyl ester hydrochloride:
A saturated solution of HCl in dioxane (1940 mL) was prepared at 10-16 °C, and a solution of the azide (523 g, 1.94 mmol) in dioxane (480 mL) was added dropwise with stirring and cooling over 30 min. to beep the temperature below °C. After complete addition, the "reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, TBME (2 L) was added, and the resulting mixture stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour.
The precipitated solid was collected on filter paper, washed with TBME (4x500 mL), and dried at 40 °C in vacuo to give the desired hydrochloride salt (348 g).
Subject compounds can be prepared from the above core, or from related compounds or derivatives, using solution-phase or solid-phase techniques, as shown in the schemes below:
Scheme 1: Solution-Phase Route 1 BOC
H ~ ~N~
BOC-piperazine, N
couple FMOC
1. base, deprotect 2. allcylate BOC
~BOC ~ N
H~ ~ N 1. mesylate 2. sodium azide N 3. reduce R
R
allrylate BOC acyl ~N/ ~NH
1. acylate 2. deprotect Scheme 2: Solution-Phase Route 2 .acyl 1. reduce 2. allcylate 3. acylate BOC BOC
1. saponify 2. amidation R~
Scheme 3: Solid-Phase Route I. deprotect 2. allcylate solid solid support support N ~ N
couple NH
~C
reductive amination acyl\
solid 1. acylate support HN ~ E N
2. deprotect N 3. allcylate N
4. cleave p K~ 7C
These routes, together with the exemplary solid-phase route, provide access to a wide range of compounds having different substituents and stereochemical relationships. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the use of piperazine in the above schemes is exemplary ouy, and other amines caai be employed to obtain an even more diverse array of subject compounds. Similarly, the use of BOC, FMOC, and other protecting groups is exemplary only, and one of shill in the art can select other protecting groups suitable for the functional group and the subsequent reaction conditions without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention. Furthermore, although the above schemes typically begin with the trans-hydroxy-L-proline compound, all isomers of this compound are commercially available, including cis/trans and D/L compounds, providing access to a wide range of diastereomerically pure intermediates and subject compounds. A
t~°avrs-aminoproline core can be obtained from a tr~ans-hydroxyproline starting material by forming an intermediate czs-bromoproline (by forming, for example, a triflate or mesylate of the hydroxyl acid displacing the sulfonate with bromide ion), followed by a second displacement with azide, to provide net retention of the t~a~cs stereochemical relationship, as is well known in the art. Alternatively, diastereomeric mixtures may be prepared, as in the above Scheme 3, followed by an optional separation of the isomers.
b. Sc~ee~ihg Assays There are a variety of assays available for determining the ability of a compound to agonize ptc function or antagonize smoothened or hedgehog function, many of which can be disposed in high-tluoughput formats. In many drug screening programs which test libraries of compounds and natural extracts, high throughput assays are desirable in order to maximize the number of compounds surveyed in a given period of time. Thus, libraries of synthetic and natural products can be sampled for other compounds which are hedgehog antagonists.
In addition to cell-free assays, test compounds can also be tested in cell-based assays. In one embodiment, cell which have a ptc loss-of function, hedgelzog gain-of function, or smoothened gain-of function phenotype can be contacted with a test agent of interest, with the assay scoring for, e.g., inhibition of proliferation of the cell in the presence of the test agent.
A number of gene products have been implicated in patched mediated signal transduction, including patched, transcription factors of the cubitus ihtef°~uptus (ci) family, the serine/threonine lcinase fused (fu) and the gene products of costal-2, smoothened and supp~~esso~ of fused.
The induction of cells by hedgehog proteins sets in motion a cascade involving the activation and inhibition of downstream effectors, the ultimate consequence of which is, in some instances, a detectable change in the transcription or translation of a gene. Potential transcriptional targets of hedgehog-mediated signaling are the patched gene (Hidalgo and Ingham, 1990 Development 110, 291-301; Marigo et al., 1996 ) and the vertebrate homologs of the drosophila cubitus interruptus gene, the GLI genes (Hui et al. (1994) Dev Biol 162:402-413).
Patched gene expression has been shown to be induced in cells of the limb bud and the neural plate that are responsive to Shh. (Maxigo et al. (1996) PNAS 93:9346-51;
Marigo et al. (1996) Development 122:1225-1233). The Gli genes encode putative transcription factors having zinc finger DNA binding domains (Orenic et al.
(1990) Genes & Dev 4:1053-1067; Kinzler et al. (1990) Mol Cell Biol 10:634-642).
Transcription of the Gli gene has been reported to be upregulated in response to hedgehog in limb buds, while transcription of the Gli3 gene is domzregulated in response to hedgehog induction (Maxigo et al. (1996) Development 122:1225-1233).
By selecting transcriptional regulatory sequences from such target genes, e.g., from hatched or Gli genes, that are responsible for the up- or dorm-regulation of these genes in response to hedgehog signalling, and operatively linl~ing such promoters to a reporter gene, one can derive a transcription based assay which is sensitive to the ability of a specific test compound to modify hedgehog-mediated signalling pathways. Expression of the reporter gene, thus, provides a valuable screening tool for the development of compounds that act as antagonists of hedgehog.
Reporter gene based assays of this invention measure the end stage of the above described cascade of events, e.g., transcriptional modulation.
Accordingly, in practicing one embodiment of the assay, a reporter gene construct is inserted into the reagent cell in order to generate a detection signal dependent on ptc loss-of function, hedgehog gain-of function, snzoothe~ed gain-of fwction, or stimulation by SHH
itself. The amount of transcription from the reporter gene may be measured using any method known to those of shill in the art to be suitable. For example, mRNA
expression from the reporter gene may be detected using RNAse protection or RNA-based PCR, or the protein product of the reporter gene may be identified by a characteristic stain or an intrinsic biological activity. The amount of expression from the reporter gene is then compared to the amount of expression in either the same cell in the absence of the test compound or it may be compared with the amomt of transcription in a substantially identical cell that laclcs the target receptor protein.
Any statistically or otherwise significant decrease in the amount of transcription indicates that the test compound has in some mariner agonized the normal ptc signal (or antagonized the gain-of function hedgehog or smoothefzed signal), e.g., the test compound is a potential hedgehog antagonist.
Exemplification The invention now being generally described, it will be more readily understood by reference to the following examples which are included merely for purposes of illustration of certain aspects and embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the invention.
Syhtlzesis of Exemplafw Ifihibitors N 1-((3R,5.5~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] N 1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide. "Ti°av~s-aminoproline"
HO HO HO Br '/~OH ~ ,I~~OMe - 'I~OMe --~ home (1) O (2) OO boc 0 boc 0 OMe (3) (4) OMe . .~ 1 HN HZN~ NCI N
~N,, O ~~OMe ~ '/home ~ ~~OMe ~ I~~OMe Nboc ~O' boc rOI Nboc ~O Nboc ~O
i$) (~) (s> (5) OMe -r IVp .OH
(11 ) (9a) TFA Salt (9b) Free Base 113 Trans Amino Proline (13a) TFA Salt a (13b) Free. Base 1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-bromotetrahydro-1H 1, 2-pyrroledicarboxylate (4) 1-(tey~t-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-hydroxytetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (3) (2.0 g, 8.15 mmol) was weighed into an oven-dried flaslc and azeotropically dried using toluene. Dichloromethane (16 mL) and carbon tetrabromide (10.81 g, 8.15 rninol) were added and the solution was stirred, cooled to 0 °C and treated with triphenylphosphine (8.5 g, 32.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at 0 °C, then methanol (1.8 mL) was added and stirring was continued overnight at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (80 ml) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with diethyl ether (30 ml). The solvents were combined and evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate (19:1 to 4:1, v/v) to give the title bromide (4) (1.0 g, 40 %) as a colourless oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.41 and 1.46 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.07 (m, 1H) and 4.24-4.42 (m, 2H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 210 (100).
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H l, 2-pyrroledicarboxylate A dispersion of sodium azide (0.90 g, 13.84 mmol) and 1-(test-butyl)-2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-bromotetrahydro-1111,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (4) (1.0 g, 3.24 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylformamide (32 mL) was heated for 64 h under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into ice-cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The orgailic extracts were combined, washed with water and brine, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (3:1 to 1:l, v/v) to give the title azide (5) (0.88 g, 93 %) as a pale yellow oil:
~H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.41 and 1.46 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.13-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.27-2. 38 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.49 and 3.57-3.60 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 3.68-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.75 (2xs, 3H, rotamers), 4.15-4.23 (m, 1H) and 4.30-4.35 and 4.39-4.43 (2xm, 1H, rotamers); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 171 [(M+H)+ - CSH902] (100).
1-(tent-Sutyl) 2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (6) Palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) was added to a solution of 1-(tef°t-butyl)-2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (5) (0.81 g, 3.0 mmol) in 2% v/v hydrochloric acid in ethanol (8 mL). The reaction mixture was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (three times), then placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen and vigorously stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE'° and evaporated under reduced pressuxe to give the crude product. This was triturated with diethyl ether at 0 °C and the resulting slung was filtered, washed with ice-cold diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
The title salt (6) was obtained in quantitative yield:
bH (360 MHz; CD30D) 1.46 and 1.51 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.35-2.47 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.86 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.79 and 3.80 (2xs, 3H, rotamers)}], 3.89-3.95 (m, 1H) and 4.46-4.50 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 210 (100).
1-(tart-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (7) A solution of 1-(tent-butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4R)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (6) (0.83 g, 2.96 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.38 g, 2.8 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (8 mL) was stirred for 45 min at room temperature. The solution was treated slowly with sodium cyanoborohydride (0.28 g, 4.46 mmol) and the course of the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis. Once completed (~1.5 h), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous potassium hydrogensulfate solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The pH value of the aqueous phase was adjusted to 9 and baclc-extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title amine (7) in quantitative yield:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.40 and 1.45 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.07-2.19 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.23 and 3.32-3.36 (2xm, 1H), 3.43-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.74 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.72 and 3.73 (2xs, 3H, rotamers)~] 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.36 and 4.40-4.44 (2xm, 1H), 6.79-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 2H) and 7.24 (t, 1H); LRMS
(from LC-MS) (ES+) mlz 265 [(M+H)+ - CSH902] (100).
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-Methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) A solution of 1-(test-butyl)-2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (7) (0.3 g, 0.82 mmol) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (0.106 g, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (0.8 mL) was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The solution was treated dropwise with test-butylacetyl chloride (0.133 g, 0.99 mmol) and stirred overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate, 2:1, v/v) to give the title amide (8) (1.0 g, 40 %) as a colourless oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.01 and 1.05 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.37 and 1.41 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.87-2.56 [m, 4H (containing at 2.16 (s, 2H)], 3.17-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.85 [m, 7H, containing at 3.70 and 3.79 (2 x s, 6H))] 4.21-4.24 and 4.28-4.35 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 4.40-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.95 and 5.03-5.21 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 6.54-6.88 (m, 3H) and 7.19-7.31 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 363 (100).
(2S, 4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxyanilino)]-2-(methoxycarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (9a) 1-(test-Butyl) 2-methyl(2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) (0.01 g, 21.6 ~mol) was added to a 30% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane(0.5 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the title pyrrolimn salt (9a) in quantitative yield:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.05 (s, 9H), 2.38-2.57 (m, 4H), 3.59-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.63 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.86-6.88 (dd, 1H) and 7.31 (t, 1H).
Methyl (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (10) 1-(teT~t-Butyl) 2-methyl(2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (8) (0.15 g, 0.32 mmol) was added to a solution of 30% v/v trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and shaken vigorously for 5 mins. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressuxe to give 140 mg of crude methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro 1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (9b) which was used in the following reaction without further purification.
A solution of the crude amine (9b) ( 140 mg) prepared above, piperonal (74 mg, 0.49 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2 drops) in 1,2-dichloroethane (0.5 mL) was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. 95% Sodium cyanoborohydride (32 mg, 0.48 mmol) was added in small portions and stirring was continued for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 mL), extracted with dichloromethane, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-ethyl acetate (90:10-75:25) to give the title pynole (10) (115 mg, 71.4 %) as a pale yellow oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.98-1.08 (m, 9H), 2.09-2.59 [m, 4H, {containing at 2.13 (s, 2H)~], 2.96-3.07 (m. 1H), 3.47-3.85 (m, 11H), 4.46-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.83-4.94 (m, 1H), 5.92-5.95 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.89 (m, 6H) and 7.15-7.34 (m, 1H); LRMS
(from LC-MS) (ES+) f~2~z 497 [(M+H)+] (100).
(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (11) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (17 mg, 0.405 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate
(10) (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 66 % v/v methanol in water (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between dichloromethane (1.0 mL) and water (1.0 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1.0 M aqueous citric acid and the two layers were vigorously stirred for 10 min at room temperature. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was bacle-extracted with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title acid (11) (70 mg, 72%) as an off white solid:
8I~ (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.00 and 1.03 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.17-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.71 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.34 (m. 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.96-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.36-4:58 (m, 3H), 5.93 (d, 2H), 6.62-6.90 (m, 6H) and 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) nz/z 483 [(M+H)+] (100).
tent-Butyl 4-({(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl}carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (12) A mixture of (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid
8I~ (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.00 and 1.03 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 2.17-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.71 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.34 (m. 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.96-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.36-4:58 (m, 3H), 5.93 (d, 2H), 6.62-6.90 (m, 6H) and 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) nz/z 483 [(M+H)+] (100).
tent-Butyl 4-({(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl}carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (12) A mixture of (2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid
(11) (60 mg, 0.12 mmol), O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N;N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (48 mg, 0.15 mmol) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (54 ~,L, 0.31 m~nol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h.
The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was back-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was partially purified by silica gel colurml chromatography eluting with 100%
dichloromethane, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (4:1, v/v) and 100% ethyl acetate to give the crude product, contaminated with N,N dimethylformamide.
Dichloromethane was added and the resulting solution was washed with water.
The aqueous layer was baclc extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title piperazine (12) (33.1 mg, 41%):
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~z/z 651 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3R,5S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl] Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (13a).
A solution of tart-butyl 4-({(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl J carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (12) (24 mg, 36.9 ~.mol) in dichloromethane (0.8 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL, 1.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title trifluoroacetate salt (13a) in quantitative yield. This salt was used in the following experiment without further purification:
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) Jz~/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3R,5,S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide (13b) A biphasic mixture of dichloromethane (0.8 mL) and water (0.8 mL) containing 26 mg of crude Nl-[(3R,SS)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5 (piperazinocarbonyl)-tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl]-Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3 dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (13a) was vigorously stirred and treated dropwise with 2.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution until the pH value of the aqueous phase was adjusted to 12. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x1 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title piperazine (13b) (12.7 mg, 59%):
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~z/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3S,5S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide. "Cis-aminopr oline"
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (16) HO HO HO Ms0 'I~OH ~ '~~~OMe ---~ 'I~ N OMe ---~ '~ N OMe (1) 0 2 0 boc 0 boc 0 () OMe (3) (14) HN~ HZN .HCI N
home ~ N OMe ~ N OMe ~I
boc O boc 0 hoc O
(18) (1~) (1g) (15) w (19a) TFA Salt (19b) Free Base Cis Amino Proline (23a) TFA Salt (23b) Free Base A suspension of palladium on carbon (10%, 0.25 g) and 1-(tee°t-butyl)-2-methyl (ZS, 4S)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (15) (1.00 g, 3.7 mmol) in a degassed solution of 2% v/v hydrochloric acid in ethanol (10 mL) was vigorously stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atin).
After stirring overnight, the mixture was filtered tluough a pad of CELITE"
and washed thoroughly with ethanol. The filtrate was evaporated umder reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with test-butyl methyl ether at 0 °C.
The resulting slurry was filtered, washed with ice-cold tee°t-butyl methyl ether and dried under vacuum to give the title hydrochloride salt (I6) (0.74 g, 7I%) as a white solid:
~H (360 MHz; Da0) 1.21 and 1.26 (2xs, 9H, rotaaners), 1.85-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.65 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.83 9(m, SH) and 4.14-4.34 (m, 1H);
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 189 (100).
1-(tent-Sutyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (17) A solution of 1-(test-butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (16) (3.00 g, 10.70 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (1.30 mL, 10.7 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (8 mL) was stirred for 45 min at room temperature. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.26 g, 10.70 mmol) was added to the solution in small portions over 30 rains and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed (about 30 min), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencaxbonate solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (2x15 mL), dried (MgSO~) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash colurm chromatography on silica gel using 100% dichloromethane and then 100%
ethyl acetate as eluents to give the title amine (17) (2.48 g, 64%) as a yellow oil:
1-(tart-Butyl) 2-Methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (18) A stirred solution of 1-(test-butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)-amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (17) (1.37 g, 3.76 mmol) and triethylamine (0.63 mL, 4.52 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (14 mL) was treated dropwise with tey~t-butylacetyl chloride (0.53 mL, 3.82 mmol). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed with 1.0 M aqueous citric acid solution (2x50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layers were baclc-extracted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 2:1, v/v) to give the title amide (18) (1.5 g, 86 %) as a pale yellow oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDCl3) 1.00 and 1.06 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.38 and 1.42 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.81-1.93 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s, 2H) 2.30-2.51 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.85 [m, 4H, f containing at 3.69 (s, 3H)}], 3.78 (m, 3H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.61 (rim, 2H), 5.10-5.23 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.82 (m, 3H) and 7.13-7.31 (m, 1H);
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 363 (100).
(2S, 4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxyanilino)]-2-(methoxycarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (19a) 1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3 methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (18) (524 mg, 1.13 rmnol) was added to a 21% v/v solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (6.6 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 50 min and then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 0.98 g of a mixture of the title pyrrolium salt (19a) and trifluoroacetic acid:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.34-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.61- 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.54 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.67 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.93 (dd, 1H) and 7.34 (t, 1 H).
Methyl (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (20) 1-(tet°t-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pymolecarboxylate (18) (138 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added to a solution of 30% v/v trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and shalcen vigorously for 5 mins. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 140 mg of crude methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (19b), which was used in the following reaction without further purification.
A solution of methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3 methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (19b) (138 mg, 0.38 mmol), piperonal (58 mg, 0.39 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (225 ~L, 3.93 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.8 mL) was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. 95%
Sodium cyanoborohydride (125 mg, 1.88 mmol) was added in small portions and stirring was continued for 45 min at the same temperature. After dilution with ethyl acetate (5 mL), the reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (2x5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 100% dichloromethane and dichloromethane-ethylacetate (4:1, v/v) to give the title pyrrole (20):
~H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.89 and 0.99 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.65-1.79 (m, 1H,), 1.87-2.11 [m, 3H, {contaiung at 1.94 (s, 2H)}], 2.21-2.66 (m. 2H), 3.04-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.74 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.67 (s, 3H); ], 4.43-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.74-4.92 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.14 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.88 (m, 2H), 6.49-6.78 (m, 6H) and 7.02-7.10 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LG-MS) (ES+) m/z 497 [(M+H)+] (100).
(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (21) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (17 mg, 0.405 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyTOlecarboxylate (20) (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 66 % v/v methanol in water (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between dichloromethane (1.0 mL) and water (1.0 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1.0 M aqueous citric acid solution and the two layers were vigorously stirred for 10 min at room temperature. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was back-extracted with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (1:1, v/v) and then dichloromethane/methanol (9:1, v/v) as eluents to give the title acid (21) (88 mg, 91 %) as an off white solid:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.95 (s, 9H), 2.18 [m, 3H, f containing at 2.18 (s, 2H)}], 2.62-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.82-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.94-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.65 (m, 4H), 5.90-5.94 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.93 (m, 6H) and 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 483 [(M+H)+]
(100).
tart-Butyl 4-(~(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (22) A mixture of (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (21) (96.5 mg, 0.20 mmol), O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N;N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (77 mg, - 0.24 mmol) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (87 ~.L, 0.50 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was back-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using hexane-ethyl acetate (1:l, v/v) and then 100% ethyl acetate as eluents to give the title piperazine (22) (89 mg, 68%):
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.95 and 0.97 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.74 (s, 2H), 2.01-2.24 and 2.38-2.44 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 2.55-2.59 and 2.70-2.81 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 3.09-3.58 (m, 9H), 3.74-3.85 [m, 4H, containing at 3.76 and 3.79 (2 x s, 3H, rotamers))J, 3.94-4.05 and 4.06-4.19 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 4.24-4.41 and 4.61-4.69 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 4.86-4.96 and 5.11-5.21 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 5.89-6.01 (m, 2H, rotamers), 6.58-6.98 (m, 6H), and 7.13-7.18 and 7.25-7.27 (2xm, 1H, rotamers); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 651 [(M+H)+J (100).
Nl-[(3S;SSA-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl] Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (23a) A solution of test-butyl 4-({(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yhnethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl J carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (22) (21.7 mg, 33.3 ~.mol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was treated with a 95 % v/v solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (0.1 mL, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed (1 h), the solvent was evaporated udder reduced pressure to give 22.8 mg of a mixture of the title trifluoroacetate salt (23a), ethyl acetate and trifluoroacetic acid. This salt was used in the following experiment without further purification:
SH (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.98 (s, 9H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.32 (d, 1H), 2.43 (d, 1H), 2.73-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.73 (m, 8H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.90-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.65-4.73 (m, 1H), 5.57-6.01 (m, 2H), 6.61-6.66 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.91 (m, 4H), and 7.29 (t, 1H); LRMS (fiom LC-MS) (ES+) r~2/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
N 1-[(3S,5.S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide (23b) A biphasic mixture of dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) containing 22.8 mg of crude N 1-[(3S,SSA-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)-tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl]-N 1-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (23a) was treated with 2.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution until the pH value of the aqueous layer was adjusted to
The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was back-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was partially purified by silica gel colurml chromatography eluting with 100%
dichloromethane, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (4:1, v/v) and 100% ethyl acetate to give the crude product, contaminated with N,N dimethylformamide.
Dichloromethane was added and the resulting solution was washed with water.
The aqueous layer was baclc extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title piperazine (12) (33.1 mg, 41%):
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~z/z 651 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3R,5S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl] Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (13a).
A solution of tart-butyl 4-({(2S,4R)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl J carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (12) (24 mg, 36.9 ~.mol) in dichloromethane (0.8 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL, 1.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title trifluoroacetate salt (13a) in quantitative yield. This salt was used in the following experiment without further purification:
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) Jz~/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3R,5,S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide (13b) A biphasic mixture of dichloromethane (0.8 mL) and water (0.8 mL) containing 26 mg of crude Nl-[(3R,SS)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5 (piperazinocarbonyl)-tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl]-Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3 dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (13a) was vigorously stirred and treated dropwise with 2.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution until the pH value of the aqueous phase was adjusted to 12. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x1 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title piperazine (13b) (12.7 mg, 59%):
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~z/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
Nl-[(3S,5S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide. "Cis-aminopr oline"
1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (16) HO HO HO Ms0 'I~OH ~ '~~~OMe ---~ 'I~ N OMe ---~ '~ N OMe (1) 0 2 0 boc 0 boc 0 () OMe (3) (14) HN~ HZN .HCI N
home ~ N OMe ~ N OMe ~I
boc O boc 0 hoc O
(18) (1~) (1g) (15) w (19a) TFA Salt (19b) Free Base Cis Amino Proline (23a) TFA Salt (23b) Free Base A suspension of palladium on carbon (10%, 0.25 g) and 1-(tee°t-butyl)-2-methyl (ZS, 4S)-4-azidotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (15) (1.00 g, 3.7 mmol) in a degassed solution of 2% v/v hydrochloric acid in ethanol (10 mL) was vigorously stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atin).
After stirring overnight, the mixture was filtered tluough a pad of CELITE"
and washed thoroughly with ethanol. The filtrate was evaporated umder reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with test-butyl methyl ether at 0 °C.
The resulting slurry was filtered, washed with ice-cold tee°t-butyl methyl ether and dried under vacuum to give the title hydrochloride salt (I6) (0.74 g, 7I%) as a white solid:
~H (360 MHz; Da0) 1.21 and 1.26 (2xs, 9H, rotaaners), 1.85-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.65 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.83 9(m, SH) and 4.14-4.34 (m, 1H);
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 189 (100).
1-(tent-Sutyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (17) A solution of 1-(test-butyl) 2-methyl (2S, 4S)-4-ammoniotetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate chloride (16) (3.00 g, 10.70 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (1.30 mL, 10.7 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (8 mL) was stirred for 45 min at room temperature. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.26 g, 10.70 mmol) was added to the solution in small portions over 30 rains and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed (about 30 min), the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencaxbonate solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (2x15 mL), dried (MgSO~) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash colurm chromatography on silica gel using 100% dichloromethane and then 100%
ethyl acetate as eluents to give the title amine (17) (2.48 g, 64%) as a yellow oil:
1-(tart-Butyl) 2-Methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (18) A stirred solution of 1-(test-butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[3-methoxybenzyl)-amino]tetrahydro-1H 1,2-pyrroledicarboxylate (17) (1.37 g, 3.76 mmol) and triethylamine (0.63 mL, 4.52 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (14 mL) was treated dropwise with tey~t-butylacetyl chloride (0.53 mL, 3.82 mmol). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed with 1.0 M aqueous citric acid solution (2x50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layers were baclc-extracted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 2:1, v/v) to give the title amide (18) (1.5 g, 86 %) as a pale yellow oil:
8H (360 MHz; CDCl3) 1.00 and 1.06 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.38 and 1.42 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.81-1.93 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s, 2H) 2.30-2.51 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.85 [m, 4H, f containing at 3.69 (s, 3H)}], 3.78 (m, 3H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.61 (rim, 2H), 5.10-5.23 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.82 (m, 3H) and 7.13-7.31 (m, 1H);
LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 363 (100).
(2S, 4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxyanilino)]-2-(methoxycarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (19a) 1-(tent-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3 methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (18) (524 mg, 1.13 rmnol) was added to a 21% v/v solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (6.6 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 50 min and then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 0.98 g of a mixture of the title pyrrolium salt (19a) and trifluoroacetic acid:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.34-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.61- 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.54 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.67 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.93 (dd, 1H) and 7.34 (t, 1 H).
Methyl (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (20) 1-(tet°t-Butyl) 2-methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pymolecarboxylate (18) (138 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added to a solution of 30% v/v trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and shalcen vigorously for 5 mins. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 140 mg of crude methyl (2S,4R)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (19b), which was used in the following reaction without further purification.
A solution of methyl (2S,4S)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3 methoxybenzyl)amino]-tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylate (19b) (138 mg, 0.38 mmol), piperonal (58 mg, 0.39 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (225 ~L, 3.93 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.8 mL) was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. 95%
Sodium cyanoborohydride (125 mg, 1.88 mmol) was added in small portions and stirring was continued for 45 min at the same temperature. After dilution with ethyl acetate (5 mL), the reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution (2x5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 100% dichloromethane and dichloromethane-ethylacetate (4:1, v/v) to give the title pyrrole (20):
~H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.89 and 0.99 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.65-1.79 (m, 1H,), 1.87-2.11 [m, 3H, {contaiung at 1.94 (s, 2H)}], 2.21-2.66 (m. 2H), 3.04-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.74 [m, 4H, {containing at 3.67 (s, 3H); ], 4.43-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.74-4.92 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.14 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.88 (m, 2H), 6.49-6.78 (m, 6H) and 7.02-7.10 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LG-MS) (ES+) m/z 497 [(M+H)+] (100).
(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (21) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (17 mg, 0.405 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyTOlecarboxylate (20) (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 66 % v/v methanol in water (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between dichloromethane (1.0 mL) and water (1.0 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1.0 M aqueous citric acid solution and the two layers were vigorously stirred for 10 min at room temperature. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was back-extracted with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (1:1, v/v) and then dichloromethane/methanol (9:1, v/v) as eluents to give the title acid (21) (88 mg, 91 %) as an off white solid:
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.95 (s, 9H), 2.18 [m, 3H, f containing at 2.18 (s, 2H)}], 2.62-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.82-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.94-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.65 (m, 4H), 5.90-5.94 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.93 (m, 6H) and 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 483 [(M+H)+]
(100).
tart-Butyl 4-(~(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (22) A mixture of (2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)(3-methoxybenzyl)amino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid (21) (96.5 mg, 0.20 mmol), O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N;N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (77 mg, - 0.24 mmol) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (87 ~.L, 0.50 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was back-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using hexane-ethyl acetate (1:l, v/v) and then 100% ethyl acetate as eluents to give the title piperazine (22) (89 mg, 68%):
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.95 and 0.97 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.74 (s, 2H), 2.01-2.24 and 2.38-2.44 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 2.55-2.59 and 2.70-2.81 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 3.09-3.58 (m, 9H), 3.74-3.85 [m, 4H, containing at 3.76 and 3.79 (2 x s, 3H, rotamers))J, 3.94-4.05 and 4.06-4.19 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 4.24-4.41 and 4.61-4.69 (2xm, 2H, rotamers), 4.86-4.96 and 5.11-5.21 (2xm, 1H, rotamers), 5.89-6.01 (m, 2H, rotamers), 6.58-6.98 (m, 6H), and 7.13-7.18 and 7.25-7.27 (2xm, 1H, rotamers); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) m/z 651 [(M+H)+J (100).
Nl-[(3S;SSA-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl] Nl-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (23a) A solution of test-butyl 4-({(2S,4S)-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yhnethyl)-4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-methoxyanilino]tetrahydro-1H 2-pyrrolyl J carbonyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylate (22) (21.7 mg, 33.3 ~.mol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was treated with a 95 % v/v solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (0.1 mL, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and the course of the reaction was monitored by TLC analysis. Once completed (1 h), the solvent was evaporated udder reduced pressure to give 22.8 mg of a mixture of the title trifluoroacetate salt (23a), ethyl acetate and trifluoroacetic acid. This salt was used in the following experiment without further purification:
SH (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.98 (s, 9H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.32 (d, 1H), 2.43 (d, 1H), 2.73-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.73 (m, 8H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.90-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.65-4.73 (m, 1H), 5.57-6.01 (m, 2H), 6.61-6.66 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.91 (m, 4H), and 7.29 (t, 1H); LRMS (fiom LC-MS) (ES+) r~2/z 551 [(M+H)+] (100).
N 1-[(3S,5.S~-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrrolyl] Nl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide (23b) A biphasic mixture of dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) containing 22.8 mg of crude N 1-[(3S,SSA-1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-5-(piperazinocarbonyl)-tetrahydro-1H 3-pyrroliumyl]-N 1-(3-methoxybenzyl)-3,3-dimethylbutanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (23a) was treated with 2.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution until the pH value of the aqueous layer was adjusted to
12. The mixture was vigorously stirred for 5 min at room temperature and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x0.5 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title piperazine (23b) (14.5 mg, 79%):
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.97 and 1.09 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.66-1.79 [m, 3H, {containing at 1.79 (s, 2H)~], 2.03 (d, 1H), 2.13 (d, 1H), 2.32-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.88 (m, SH), 3.05-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.67 (m, SH), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 4.66 (d, 1H), 4.97 (d, 1H), 5.08-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.92 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.6.81 (m, 6H) and 7.09-7.18 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~rz/z 551 [(M+H)''-] (100).
Variations of the protecting group scheme can increase the efficiency and speed with wluch compounds of the subject invention may be prepared. The schemes below, which can be readily executed by one of skill in the art based on the disclosure above together with known methods in the art, provide rapid, efficient routes to compounds which may inhibit hedgehog activity. As will be understood, the particular moieties, groups, and reactions (e.g., electrophilic or reductive alkylation of the amine) may be varied to produce a wide range of compounds having a structure according to any of Formula I-VI, for example. See also J.W.
Miclcelson, K.L. Belongs and E. J. Jacobsen, J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 4177-4183.
Scheme 1 HZN
1. protec OMe ~ 2. deprot N' 11 3, alkylal 1,0 Boc ~NH
1, alkylation 2.isocyanate 3. deprotect Scheme 2 I. saponify 2. couple ~ r~Pnrr,tP~r 1. protect Y
2. saponify 7. amidation 2. deprotection N
1. alkylation O OMe --.-2. deprotectio ~1n N
H
N
N
Bac scheme 3 CN
HZN
1. alkylate OMe N
~ 2. couple N' 11 3. deprotect O OMe Boc N
H
O
deprotect i 1. allylate 2. saponify 3. couple Scheme 4 HzN
1. allcylate Aliyl-o OMe -a 2. protect N 3, deprotect O
Boc Solid phase route Allyl-O
1, deprotect 2, couple 3. deprotect The synthetic route used to carry out the production on this template is described in Scheme 5.
1. allcylate 2. saponify 3. couple O
HO~ H
O fmoc' ~R1-~ o (N] ~-R1-~ N'R2 --R1-NHz "
B
A
fmoc fmoc CapCr [H] ~-R1-~~N'R2 ~apD ~H] ~ ~-R1-~ N'R2 O/~/ J\ N J O
fmoc R4 S
95% TFA R1_p~N'R2 E //~ J' JN
Scheme 5 Washing Protocols Method 1: water (3x), acetone (2x), N,N dimethylformamide (3x), water (2x), acetone (lx), N,N dimethylformamide (3x), water (2x), acetone (3x), methanol (3x), acetone (3x) and methanol (3x);
Method 2: dichloromethane, hexane, N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, hexane, dichloromethane and hexane;
Method 3: water, N,N dimethylformamide, water, 1.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, water, N,N dimethylformamide, water, 1.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, water, N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane and methanol Method 4: N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, N,N
dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane , methanol (2x) and ether (2x).
Method 5: N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, N,N
dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane and methanol (2x).
Resin swelling in solvents was based on a standard of 10 mL of solvent per gram of resin.
Step A: The p~eparatiosz of (Nit~ophen-4 =yloxycarboxy)behz-4-yloxymethyl polystys~ene-(Wahg PNP carbonate polystys ene) Hydroxybenz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (Wang resin) Sodium methoxide (233 g, 4.31 mol) was added slowly to a stirred mixture of chloromethyl polystyrene (2.4 lcg, 3.6 mol functionalised loading) and 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (581 g, 4.68 mol) in N,N dimethylacetamide (10 L) under nitrogen. After dilution with N,N dimethylacetamide (13 L), the mixture was heated at 50 °C for 5 h and then filtered via cannula through a P-ETFE mesh (70 ~,m). The crude product was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method l, then dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give 2630 g of the title resin.
(Nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene-(Wang PNP
carbonate polystyrene) 4-Methylmorpholine (660 mL, 6.0 mol) was added dropwise over 2 h to a stirred mixture of hydroxybenz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (2000 g, 2.5 mol functionalised loading) and 4-nitrophenol chloroformate (1209 g, 6.0 mol) in dichloromethane (22 L) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The mixture was warmed gradually to room temperature, stirred overnight and filtered via cannula through a P-ETFE
mesh (70 ~,m). The crude resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 2, then dried underwacuum at room temperature to give 2728 g of a mixture of the title resin and 4-methylmorpholine hydrochloride.
Step B: The prepafatioh of T~ahg resin-bound diamines ~ General Method (for ~berazine, homo~perazine a~.id ty°aj~s-1,4-diaminocyclohexane):
Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen over 15 min in a mixture of anhydrous dichloromethane and N,N dimethylformamide (1:l, v/v, 9 L) under nitrogen. N,N diisopropylamine (626 mL, 5 mol equivalents) and the appropriate diamine (5 mol equivalents) were added and the mixture was stirred vigorously overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered through a P-ETFE mesh (70 Vim), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the resin-bound diamine.
~ Ethylenediamine bound to Wan resin Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen over 15 min in dichloromethane (7 L) under nitrogen and treated with ethylenediamine (181 ,mL, 2.7 mol). The resulting thick, yellow suspension was diluted with dichloromethane (2 L) and vigorously stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered tluough a P-ETFE
mesh (70 Vim), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the title resin-bound diamine.
~ m-~ylylenediamine bound to Wang resin Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen in tetrahydroftvran (7 L) over 15 min under nitrogen and treated with a solution of m-xylylenediamine (828 mL, 6.27 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 L). The resulting thick, yellow suspension was diluted with dichloromethane (2 L) and vigorously stirred overnight at room temperature.
The mixture was filtered through a P-ETFE mesh (70 ~.m), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the title resin-bound diamine.
Step C: Building Block loadi~zg onto Waug DiamiiZe:
The appropriate resin was swollen in N,N dimethylformamide over 15 min, then gently agitated and treated with 1-[9H 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl]-4-oxo-2(S)-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid (2 equivalents). After 30 min, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (2 equivalents) and N,N°-diisopropylcarbodiimide (2 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated gently overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step D: Reductive Amir~atiou at C 4 The appropriate resin was swollen in a 50% v/v mixture of aWydrous tetrahydrofuran and methanol over 15 min, gently agitated and treated with glacial acetic acid (10 equivalents). The appropriate amine (5 equivalents) and sodium cyanoborohydride (5 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated gently overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step E: Reductive Alkylatiosa os Capping ~ Reductive All~lation The appropriate resin was swollen in anhydrous N,N dimethylformamide, then gently agitated and treated with glacial acetic acid (10 equivalents).
The appropriate aldehyde (5 equivalents) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (5 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated cautiously for 1 h at room temperature. The pressure that developed in the reaction vessel over this period was then released and gentle agitation of the suspension was continued overnight at room temperature. The resin was then filtered, washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
~ Acid Chlorides Capping The appropriate acid chloride (5 equivalents) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (10 equivalents) were added to a gently agitated suspension of the appropriate resin in a 50% v/v mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and chloroform. After gentle agitation at room temperature overnight, the resin was filtered, washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step F.' N Fmoc deprotectiofz Resin analogues were suspended in a 20% v/v solution of piperidine in N,N
dimethylformamide and gently agitated for 30 min at room temperature. The resin suspension was subsequently filtered and washed with N,N dimethylformamide.
This treatment of the resin with piperidine in N,N dimethylformamide was repeated once more to ensure complete N Fmoc-deprotection. After standing for 30 min, the resin was filtered, washed using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step G:Reductive Alkylatiou or Cappi~zg at 1V1 ~ Reductive Alkylation ' The appropriate resin (~60 mg per well in a 2 ml filter bloclc) was swollen in anhydrous N,N dimethylformamide (1 mL), then gently agitated and treated with glacial , acetic acid (~50 ~,L, 10 equivalents), The appropriate aldehyde (5 equivalents) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (~85 mg, 5 equivalents) were added and the filter blocks were then gently agitated at room temperature overnight.
Each resin was subsequently filtered and washed using the sequence listed in method 5.
~ Acid Chlorides Capping The appropriate resin (~60mg per well in a 2 ml filter block) was swollen in a 50% vlv mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and chloroform (1 mL), then gently agitated and treated with the appropriate acid chloride (5 equivalents) and N,N
diisopropylethylamine (~150~.1, 10 equivalents). After gentle agitation of the filter blocks overnight at room temperature, the resins were filtered and washed using the sequence listed in method 5.
Step H: Cleavage of Final P~ocluct fi om YYafZg tesiu using TFA:
The appropriate resin was swollen in DCM and the final product cleaved by addition of 95% v/v TFA in dichloromethane. Four separate aliquots of TFA (2 x 300 ~,L, 75 ~L, and 500 ~.L) were added and the filtrates obtained from these were collected in plates containing 96 wells. Filtrates obtained from addition of aliquots 1,2 and 4 were collected using the same 96 well plate. The filtrate obtained after addition of aliquot 3 (75 ~,L) was collected separately using an analytical 96 well plate. All fractions were subsequently evaporated under reduced pressure using a Genevac apparatus to give the final product.
Biological Assays Lead Compound Discover~yl High-thr~oughput Screening Assay Compounds to be tested are dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of IO
mM, and stored at -20 °C. To activate the Hedgehog pathway in the assay cells, an octylated (lipid-modified) form of the N-terminal fragment of the So>zic Hedgehog protein (OCT-SHH) is used. This N-terminal SHH fragment is produced bacterially.
Compounds may be tested in the "Gli-Luc" assay below, using the cell line lOT(sl2), wherein the cells contain a Hedgehog-responsive reporter construct utilizing Luciferase as the reporter gene. In this way, Hedgehog pathway signaling activity can be measured via the Gli-Luc response.
lOtl/2(s12) cells are plated in a 96-well micro-titer plate (MTP) at 20,000 cells/well in full medium [DMEM with 10% FBS]. Then plates are placed in the incubator for incubation overnight (0/N), at 37 °C and 5% CO2. After 24 h, the medium is replaced with Luciferase-assay medium (DMEM with 0.5% FBS).
Compounds are thawed and diluted in assay medium at 3:1000 (about 300-fold) resulting in a starting concentration of about 30 p,M.
Subsequently, 150 ~.l of each 30 ~.M sample is added to the first wells (in triplicate). The MTP samples are then diluted at 3-fold dilutions to a total of seven wells, ultimately resulting in a regiment of seven dilutions in triplicate, for each compound. Next, the protein ligand OCT-SHH is diluted in Luciferase-assay medium and added to each well at a final concentration of 0.3 ~.g/ml. Plates are then returned to the incubator for further incubation O/N, at 37 °C and 5%
CO2. After about 24 h, plates are removed from the incubator and the medium is aspirated/discarded. Wells are washed once with assay buffer [PBS + 1 mM Mg2+
and 1 mM Caa+]. Then 50 ~,l of assay buffer is added to each well. The Luciferase assay reagent is prepared as described by the vendor (LucLite lcit from Pacl~ard), and 50 ~.l is added to each well. Plates are incubated at room temperature (RT) for about minutes after which the signals aa-e read, again at RT, on a Topcount (Paclcard).
Compounds identified in this assay are depicted in Figure 32. Testing of individual diastereomers of the depicted compowds in the above assay has demonstrated that cis isomers tend to exhibit greater activity, sometimes by more than 100-fold, than their tans isomer counterparts. Furthermore, ammonium salt derivatives, such as TFA salts, of the subject compounds have been shown to show similar or greater activity in the above assay.
Activities of particular compounds are presented 'below in Table 1:
Table 1 Compound ICSO (~.M) Compound ICSO (wM) A <1 S <1 C <1 D <1 E <0.1 F <1 G <1 H <0.1 I <10 J <0.1 K <0.1 L <10 M <1 N <1 O <O.1 P <0.1 Q <1 R <1 S <1 T <1 U <1 V <1 W <1 X <10 Y <10 Z <1 A' <10 B' <10 C' <10 D' <10 E' <10 F' <10 G' <10 H' <10 I' <10 J' <10 K' <10 L' <10 M' <0.1 N' <1 O' <0.1 P' <10 Q' <10 R' <1 S' <10 T' <1 U' <1 V' <1 W' <1 X' <0.1 Y' <1 Z' <1 A" <1 B" <1 C" <1 D" <10 E" <10 F" <10 G" <1 H" <10 I" <0.1 J" <0.1 K" <1 L" <1 M" <1 N" <1 O" <1 P" <10 Q" <10 R" <1 S" <1 T" <1 U" <10 V" <1 W" <10 X" <10 Y" <10 Z" <1 A"' <1 B"' <1 C"' <10 D"' <10 <1 O F"' <1 G"' <10 H"' <10 I"' <10 J"' <10 K"' <10 L"' <10 Ptc-yzull Assay Methods Ptc-null cells were cultured for 3 days in the presence of vehicle; jervine, a known Patched pathway antagonist (i) used here as a positive control; or 1 ~,M
of compound D. Total ribonucleic acid (RNA) was isolated from the cells and used for reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Specific primers for the detection of mouse gli-1 mRNA were used in the PCR, and the actin gene was used to demonstrate that equivalent amounts of mRNA samples were compared in the experiment. The gli-l and actin mRNA samples were then loaded on 1.5% agarose gel and were detected by staining with ethidium bromide. The same samples were analyzed by the quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction method to quantify the levels of gli-1 mRNA.
Results Figure 33A shows the results of a representative experiment. It shows gli-1 mRNA expression in cells treated with a vehicle control (Lane 1); 5 ~,M
jervine, the positive control compound (Lane 2); and 1 ~,M D (Lane 3). Compared with vehicle, D and jervine significantly decreased the expression of gli-1 mRNA inptc-null cells.
The levels of actin mRNA were equivalent in all conditions, indicating that equal quantities of RNA were analyzed in the experiment. This qualitative result was confirmed by the quantitative real-time PCR analysis (Figure 33B), which shows that D and jervine downregulated the gli-1 mRNA levels.
Together, these experiments confirm that exposure ofptc-null cells to D for 3 days downregulates the Patched pathway, as demonstrated by the inhibition of the expression of gli-1 mRNA transcripts.
ErrZbr yor~ic Mouse Skin PurZCIZ Assay: Effect of Py~olohged Exposure to D
Methods A novel cell culture assay was established to determine the effects of D on activation of the Patched pathway in shin. In tlv.s system, activation of the Patched pathway results in increased expression of the ptc gene.
To monitor the activity of the Patched pathway in embryonic skin, we cultured pieces of slcin from transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice. These mice were genetically engineered to harbor a foreign gene (lacZ). The lacZ gene encodes a bacterial beta-galactosidase. The gene was inserted in the ptc locus but allowed for normal ptc function. Ptc activation in response to Shh-induced Patched pathway activation can then be monitored by the production of the ZacZ gene product, beta-galactosidase, which is detectable by the enzymatic conversion of the substrate X-gal into a blue-colored reaction product.
Day 17.5 embryonic skin was explanted as 2 mm circular punches from these transgenic reporter mice and cultured for 5 to 7 days in the presence of Shh protein (Figure 34). Shh protein should upregulate the expression of the ptc gene, hence increase the amount of X-gal staining in these cultures. To test the effect of D, slcin punches were cultured for 6 days in the presence of both Shh protein and D
(Figure 35).
Results As expected, adding Shh protein to cultured slcin explants resulted in ptc activation as indicated by the blue X-gal staining of these cultvares (Figure gal).
Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining of sectioned slcin punches revealed intensely stained cells with basophilic nuclei and a high nucleus to cytoplasm ratio (Figure 34A - H&E [10x] and H&E [40x]). These structures resemble BCCs in that they were arranged in clusters throughout the dermal layer and were separated by palisades of normal appearing dermal cells.
X-gal staining demonstrated that the Patched pathway was active in cells within these BCC-like structures (Figure 34A-Eosin+X-gal). Consistent with published results and similar to human BCCs, the BCC-lilce clusters in the mouse skin punch expressed lceratin-14, a marlcer of undifferentiated lceratinocytes (Figure 34B).
Shin punches were cultured for 6 days in the presence of both Shh protein and D to test the effect of D. Figure 35 demonstrates the dose-dependent effect of D
on the level of Patched pathway activity in Shh-treated skin punches.
Increasing concentrations of D (from 0.01 to 1 ~,M) led to a dose-dependent decrease in the amount of pathway activity, as monitored by the amount of lacZ reporter enzyme activity (Figure 35A). Reporter enzyme staining of D treated explants demonstrated that 0.2 ~M D decreased X-gal staining compared with the intense X-gal staining of skin pmiches treated with Shh protein alone (Figure 35B). This indicates that D
blocked the activation of the Patched pathway and downregulated the expression of the ptc gene.
The next experiment demonstrated that inhibiting the Patched pathway with D would prevent the formation of BCC-lilce structures. Figure 35C shows that D
completely blocked the formation of BCC-like structures without affecting the integrity of normal slcin cells. This confirms that D can prevent the appearance of BCC-lilce structures produced by activating the Patched pathway, the same pathway that underlies the human disease.
Emb~yohic Mouse Skih Puuch Assay: Effect of Sho~~t-te~~z Pret~eat~raerzt with D
Methods Transgenic mouse-derived skin punches were treated with vehicle or D for 5 hours in the absence of Shh. After the pretreatment, the vehicle or D was removed.
The skin punches were washed twice and then cultured in the presence of S1W
for 6 days. At the end of the experiment, the slcin punches were fixed and stained with X-gal to determine Patched pathway activity.
Results Slcin punches treated for 6 days with exogenous Shh protein alone showed intense X-gal staining (i.e., activation) compared with those treated with vehicle alone (Figure 36, top row). Slcin punches pretreated with D at 10, 20 and 50 ~,M for 5 hours before being exposed to exogenous Shh protein demonstrated complete inhibition of Shh protein-induced upregulation of the Patched pathway, as indicated by the absence of X-gal staining (Figure 36, bottom row-3 slides on the right).
Intense X-gal staining indicative of upregulation of the Patched pathway was seen in slcin punches pretreated with vehicle before exposure to S1W protein (Figure 36, bottom row, left). The short period of pretreatment was essentially equivalent to 6-day exposure to D in terms of the level of ptc inhibition (compare top and bottom rows in Figure 36).
This result suggests that D binds tightly to its target and that the l~irietics of dissociation are slow or irreversible. The data also suggest that D might have the capacity to prevent the development of BCC.
Ef~ab~ yo~cic Mouse Skin Punch Assay: Lorzg-te~~nz Ti~eaty~zefzt of P~~e-existifzg BCC-Like Sty~uctm~es with D
Methods Day 17.5 embryonic skin punches from transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice were cultured in the presence of Shh protein for 7 days to allow for the development of BCC-like structures. The Shh protein was removed at the end of the 7 days. The cultures were then exposed to Shh protein plus either vehicle or D
for 3 days. The cultures were analyzed histologically after 10 days to assess the formation of BCC-lilce structures that are indicative of activation of the Patched pathway.
Results Histological analysis showed that D, at either 1 or 5 ~,M, significantly reduced the size and number of Shh-induced BCC-like stuuctures in treated skin punches, as compared with vehicle treated explants (Figure 37A). Thus, it appears that exposing existing BCC-lilce structures to D for 3 days induced the regression of these structures. Furthermore, D did not appear to have general cytotoxic effects on slcin cells, as determined by their normal histology.
One possible mechanism for D-induced regression of BGC-like structures rnay be apoptosis of the activated cells. To investigate this possibility, parallel explants were exposed to 5 ~M D for 2 days and were then stained by the terminal deoxynucleotidyltransferase mediated d-UTP nick end-labeling (TUNEL) method, which is used to detect apoptotic nuclei. After 2 days of exposure to 5 ~.M D, the number of apoptotic nuclei (indicated by the brown color in the slides on the right) within the BCC-like structures was signif candy higher than in the vehicle control on the left (Figure 37B). Taken together, these results suggest that D-induced regression of BCC-life structures results, at least in part, from stimulating the cellular suicide pathway of cells in which the Patched pathway is activated.
Embf youic Mouse Slri~ Punch Assay: Short-teem Ti~eatmeht of P~~e-existing BCC-like Sts~uctu~~es with D
Methods Day 17.5 embryonic slcin punches fiom transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice were cultured in the presence of Shh protein for 7 days. The Shh protein was removed at the end of the 7 days. The slcin punches were then exposed to vehicle or 1 or 5 ~M D for 5 hours on days 7 and 9. After each expostue to vehicle or D, the vehicle or D was washed off and the skin punches were cultured again in the presence of Shh protein. Cultures were analyzed by X-gal staining after 10 days in vitro to assess the'activity of the Patched pathway.
Results Short-term treatment with D reduced the amount of X-gal staining associated with exposure to Shh protein (Figure 38A), suggesting a downregulation of pathway activity in skin explants. Histological analysis showed that even at a concentration of 1 ~M, D induced the regression of X-gal-positive BCC-like structures (Figure 38B).
Quantification of the gli-1 mRNA levels in D-treated punches demonstrated that short-term treatment with D completely downregulated gli-1 transcription (Figure 38C, left side). This effect appeared to be specific to the Patched pathway and not due to general cytotoxicity, as shown by the relatively constant mRNA levels of a houselceeping enzyme, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase or GAPDH
(Figure 38C, right side).
These results demonstrate that under certain conditions of short-term exposure, D
has the capacity to inhibit the activity of the Patched pathway in cultured embryonic skin explants. Furthermore, D at concentrations of both l and 5 ~.M caused the regressiomof existing Shh-induced BCC-like structures.
Adult BCC Mouse Skiyz Punch Assay Methods Ptc heterozygous transgenic mice were irradiated 3 times weekly for 6 months, during which time many small, and often microscopic, BCC tumors developed. Four-mm diameter skin punch explants, presmnably containing BCC
structures, were cultured for 6 days in the presence of vehicle, the positive control (jervine), or 5 ~.M D. At the end of the experiment, the explants were analyzed by X-gal staining to detect the level of Patched pathway activity, by histology to determine the effect of treatment on the morphology of ultraviolet radiation-induced BCCs, and by quantifying the level of gli-I mRNA expression to characterize the extent of pathway inhibition.
Results X-gal staining of the treated explants shows that slcin punches cultured in the presence of vehicle alone developed intensely stained blue foci indicative of a focal upregulation of the Patched pathway and BCC structures (blue spots in Figure 39A).
Compared with vehicle, 5 ~,M D, lilce the positive control, decreased the number and size of established BCC structures. Histological analysis of sectioned explants demonstrated that D induced the regression of ultraviolet radiation-induced BCC
tumors, as compared with the vehicle control (Figure 39B). In skin punches from these heterozygous transgenic mice, the levels of gli-1 mRNA were high because of the activation ofPtc target genes. D at concentrations of 1 and 5 ~.M also significantly inhibited the level of gli-1 mRNA levels compared with vehicle alone.
Quantification of gli-1 mRNA levels shows the almost complete inhibition of target gene activation by D (Figure 39C). This inhibition did not appear to be caused by non-specific cytotoxicity, as statistical comparison of the levels of the housekeeping GAPDH enzyme between treated and vehicle conditions shows no significant difference among groups in general cellular metabolic activity. Thus, these results demonstrate that D inhibits the Patched pathway and induces the regression of ultraviolet radiation-induced, BCNS-like, BCC tumors in cultured skin explants.
These data confirm the results of previous experiments and suggest that D
might be effective in treating BCC.
Hmna~ BCC Explaut Culture Methods Specimens obtained from surgical procedures (such as Mohs surgery or curettage) were cultured on fresh, living, day 17 embryonic mouse dermis from which all epidermal cells have been removed by digestion using disease. Since disease treatment digests basement membrane components, Matrigel, a commercially available basement membrane preparation, was applied between the dermis and BCC. Cultures were assembled on top of a plastic grid and incubated for 3 days (with or without D at a concentration of 10 ~,M) in a medium suitable for the long-term culture of human slcin. After culture, the samples were processed for routine histology and subjected to quantitative in situ hybridization.
Briefly, 7~.m sections of paraformaldehyde-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue containing laxge basal cell islands were cleared, re-hydrated, digested with proteinase K, acetylated and hybridized with [33P]- labeled RNA probes overnight. After high stringency post-hybridization washes, slides were exposed to a PhosphorImager screen in the dark at room temperature for 4-7 days. After developing, the [33P]-signal was scanned using a Storm Scanner (Molecular Dynamics). Individual basal cell islands were selected and the signal quantified and expressed in average counts/pixel using ImageQuant 1.0 software.
Results The morphological features characteristic of BCCs, such as islands of undifferentiated basal cells, and in some cases, palisading of peripheral cells and stromal clefting (Figure 40A) were maintained when BCCs were cultured in this system. Likewise, the differentiation markers that were expressed are identical in pattern to those of the pre-culture controls, as determined by immunohistochemical staining (data not shown). The GLI 1 gene, a pivotal indicator of Patched signaling, remained active at high levels in untreated cultures, as determined from sections exposed to 33P-labeled RNA probes (Figure 40B). Quantitative in situ hybridization showed that the level of GLI 1 expression was greatly reduced in the D-treated samples as compaxed to vehicle-treated controls (Figure 41).
P~epa~atioh ~compouuds of the present ihveution a. Illustrative synthetic schemes Exemplary synthesis schemes for generating hedgehog antagonists useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention are shown in Figures 1-31.
The reaction conditions in the illustrated schemes of Figure 1-31 are as follows:
1) R1CH2CN, NaNH2, toluene (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 11, 1242) 2) H~S04, H20, reflux (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 1 l, 1242) 3) H2S04, EtOH, reflux (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 11, 1242) 4) NaOH, EtOH, reflux 5) (Boc)20, 2M NaOH, THF
6) LiHDMS, R1X, THF
(Merclc Patent Applic # WO 96/06609) 7) Pd-C, H2, MeOH
8) t-BuONO, CuBr, HBr, H20 (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 2426) 9) ArB(OH)2, Pd(PPh3)4, Dioxane (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 217-223) 10) R12(H)C=CR13R14, Pd(OAc)2, Et3N, DMF
(Org. React. 1982, 27, 345) 11 ) Tf20, THF
(J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5478-5486) 12) ArSnBu3, Pd(PPh3)4, Dioxane (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5478-5486)
8H (360 MHz; CDC13) 0.97 and 1.09 (2xs, 9H, rotamers), 1.66-1.79 [m, 3H, {containing at 1.79 (s, 2H)~], 2.03 (d, 1H), 2.13 (d, 1H), 2.32-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.88 (m, SH), 3.05-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.67 (m, SH), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 4.66 (d, 1H), 4.97 (d, 1H), 5.08-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.92 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.6.81 (m, 6H) and 7.09-7.18 (m, 1H); LRMS (from LC-MS) (ES+) ~rz/z 551 [(M+H)''-] (100).
Variations of the protecting group scheme can increase the efficiency and speed with wluch compounds of the subject invention may be prepared. The schemes below, which can be readily executed by one of skill in the art based on the disclosure above together with known methods in the art, provide rapid, efficient routes to compounds which may inhibit hedgehog activity. As will be understood, the particular moieties, groups, and reactions (e.g., electrophilic or reductive alkylation of the amine) may be varied to produce a wide range of compounds having a structure according to any of Formula I-VI, for example. See also J.W.
Miclcelson, K.L. Belongs and E. J. Jacobsen, J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 4177-4183.
Scheme 1 HZN
1. protec OMe ~ 2. deprot N' 11 3, alkylal 1,0 Boc ~NH
1, alkylation 2.isocyanate 3. deprotect Scheme 2 I. saponify 2. couple ~ r~Pnrr,tP~r 1. protect Y
2. saponify 7. amidation 2. deprotection N
1. alkylation O OMe --.-2. deprotectio ~1n N
H
N
N
Bac scheme 3 CN
HZN
1. alkylate OMe N
~ 2. couple N' 11 3. deprotect O OMe Boc N
H
O
deprotect i 1. allylate 2. saponify 3. couple Scheme 4 HzN
1. allcylate Aliyl-o OMe -a 2. protect N 3, deprotect O
Boc Solid phase route Allyl-O
1, deprotect 2, couple 3. deprotect The synthetic route used to carry out the production on this template is described in Scheme 5.
1. allcylate 2. saponify 3. couple O
HO~ H
O fmoc' ~R1-~ o (N] ~-R1-~ N'R2 --R1-NHz "
B
A
fmoc fmoc CapCr [H] ~-R1-~~N'R2 ~apD ~H] ~ ~-R1-~ N'R2 O/~/ J\ N J O
fmoc R4 S
95% TFA R1_p~N'R2 E //~ J' JN
Scheme 5 Washing Protocols Method 1: water (3x), acetone (2x), N,N dimethylformamide (3x), water (2x), acetone (lx), N,N dimethylformamide (3x), water (2x), acetone (3x), methanol (3x), acetone (3x) and methanol (3x);
Method 2: dichloromethane, hexane, N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, hexane, dichloromethane and hexane;
Method 3: water, N,N dimethylformamide, water, 1.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, water, N,N dimethylformamide, water, 1.0 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, water, N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane and methanol Method 4: N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, N,N
dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane , methanol (2x) and ether (2x).
Method 5: N,N dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, N,N
dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dichloromethane and methanol (2x).
Resin swelling in solvents was based on a standard of 10 mL of solvent per gram of resin.
Step A: The p~eparatiosz of (Nit~ophen-4 =yloxycarboxy)behz-4-yloxymethyl polystys~ene-(Wahg PNP carbonate polystys ene) Hydroxybenz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (Wang resin) Sodium methoxide (233 g, 4.31 mol) was added slowly to a stirred mixture of chloromethyl polystyrene (2.4 lcg, 3.6 mol functionalised loading) and 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (581 g, 4.68 mol) in N,N dimethylacetamide (10 L) under nitrogen. After dilution with N,N dimethylacetamide (13 L), the mixture was heated at 50 °C for 5 h and then filtered via cannula through a P-ETFE mesh (70 ~,m). The crude product was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method l, then dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give 2630 g of the title resin.
(Nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene-(Wang PNP
carbonate polystyrene) 4-Methylmorpholine (660 mL, 6.0 mol) was added dropwise over 2 h to a stirred mixture of hydroxybenz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (2000 g, 2.5 mol functionalised loading) and 4-nitrophenol chloroformate (1209 g, 6.0 mol) in dichloromethane (22 L) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The mixture was warmed gradually to room temperature, stirred overnight and filtered via cannula through a P-ETFE
mesh (70 ~,m). The crude resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 2, then dried underwacuum at room temperature to give 2728 g of a mixture of the title resin and 4-methylmorpholine hydrochloride.
Step B: The prepafatioh of T~ahg resin-bound diamines ~ General Method (for ~berazine, homo~perazine a~.id ty°aj~s-1,4-diaminocyclohexane):
Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen over 15 min in a mixture of anhydrous dichloromethane and N,N dimethylformamide (1:l, v/v, 9 L) under nitrogen. N,N diisopropylamine (626 mL, 5 mol equivalents) and the appropriate diamine (5 mol equivalents) were added and the mixture was stirred vigorously overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered through a P-ETFE mesh (70 Vim), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the resin-bound diamine.
~ Ethylenediamine bound to Wan resin Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen over 15 min in dichloromethane (7 L) under nitrogen and treated with ethylenediamine (181 ,mL, 2.7 mol). The resulting thick, yellow suspension was diluted with dichloromethane (2 L) and vigorously stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered tluough a P-ETFE
mesh (70 Vim), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the title resin-bound diamine.
~ m-~ylylenediamine bound to Wang resin Crude (nitrophen-4'-yloxycarboxy)benz-4-yloxymethyl polystyrene (1002.5 g, ~0.9 mol functionalised loading) was swollen in tetrahydroftvran (7 L) over 15 min under nitrogen and treated with a solution of m-xylylenediamine (828 mL, 6.27 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 L). The resulting thick, yellow suspension was diluted with dichloromethane (2 L) and vigorously stirred overnight at room temperature.
The mixture was filtered through a P-ETFE mesh (70 ~.m), washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 3 and dried under vacuum at 60 °C to give the title resin-bound diamine.
Step C: Building Block loadi~zg onto Waug DiamiiZe:
The appropriate resin was swollen in N,N dimethylformamide over 15 min, then gently agitated and treated with 1-[9H 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl]-4-oxo-2(S)-pyrrolidinecarboxylic acid (2 equivalents). After 30 min, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (2 equivalents) and N,N°-diisopropylcarbodiimide (2 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated gently overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step D: Reductive Amir~atiou at C 4 The appropriate resin was swollen in a 50% v/v mixture of aWydrous tetrahydrofuran and methanol over 15 min, gently agitated and treated with glacial acetic acid (10 equivalents). The appropriate amine (5 equivalents) and sodium cyanoborohydride (5 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated gently overnight at room temperature. After filtration, the resin was washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step E: Reductive Alkylatiosa os Capping ~ Reductive All~lation The appropriate resin was swollen in anhydrous N,N dimethylformamide, then gently agitated and treated with glacial acetic acid (10 equivalents).
The appropriate aldehyde (5 equivalents) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (5 equivalents) were added and the resin suspension was agitated cautiously for 1 h at room temperature. The pressure that developed in the reaction vessel over this period was then released and gentle agitation of the suspension was continued overnight at room temperature. The resin was then filtered, washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
~ Acid Chlorides Capping The appropriate acid chloride (5 equivalents) and N,N diisopropylethylamine (10 equivalents) were added to a gently agitated suspension of the appropriate resin in a 50% v/v mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and chloroform. After gentle agitation at room temperature overnight, the resin was filtered, washed extensively using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step F.' N Fmoc deprotectiofz Resin analogues were suspended in a 20% v/v solution of piperidine in N,N
dimethylformamide and gently agitated for 30 min at room temperature. The resin suspension was subsequently filtered and washed with N,N dimethylformamide.
This treatment of the resin with piperidine in N,N dimethylformamide was repeated once more to ensure complete N Fmoc-deprotection. After standing for 30 min, the resin was filtered, washed using the sequence listed in method 4 and dried under vacuum at 40 °C.
Step G:Reductive Alkylatiou or Cappi~zg at 1V1 ~ Reductive Alkylation ' The appropriate resin (~60 mg per well in a 2 ml filter bloclc) was swollen in anhydrous N,N dimethylformamide (1 mL), then gently agitated and treated with glacial , acetic acid (~50 ~,L, 10 equivalents), The appropriate aldehyde (5 equivalents) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (~85 mg, 5 equivalents) were added and the filter blocks were then gently agitated at room temperature overnight.
Each resin was subsequently filtered and washed using the sequence listed in method 5.
~ Acid Chlorides Capping The appropriate resin (~60mg per well in a 2 ml filter block) was swollen in a 50% vlv mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and chloroform (1 mL), then gently agitated and treated with the appropriate acid chloride (5 equivalents) and N,N
diisopropylethylamine (~150~.1, 10 equivalents). After gentle agitation of the filter blocks overnight at room temperature, the resins were filtered and washed using the sequence listed in method 5.
Step H: Cleavage of Final P~ocluct fi om YYafZg tesiu using TFA:
The appropriate resin was swollen in DCM and the final product cleaved by addition of 95% v/v TFA in dichloromethane. Four separate aliquots of TFA (2 x 300 ~,L, 75 ~L, and 500 ~.L) were added and the filtrates obtained from these were collected in plates containing 96 wells. Filtrates obtained from addition of aliquots 1,2 and 4 were collected using the same 96 well plate. The filtrate obtained after addition of aliquot 3 (75 ~,L) was collected separately using an analytical 96 well plate. All fractions were subsequently evaporated under reduced pressure using a Genevac apparatus to give the final product.
Biological Assays Lead Compound Discover~yl High-thr~oughput Screening Assay Compounds to be tested are dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of IO
mM, and stored at -20 °C. To activate the Hedgehog pathway in the assay cells, an octylated (lipid-modified) form of the N-terminal fragment of the So>zic Hedgehog protein (OCT-SHH) is used. This N-terminal SHH fragment is produced bacterially.
Compounds may be tested in the "Gli-Luc" assay below, using the cell line lOT(sl2), wherein the cells contain a Hedgehog-responsive reporter construct utilizing Luciferase as the reporter gene. In this way, Hedgehog pathway signaling activity can be measured via the Gli-Luc response.
lOtl/2(s12) cells are plated in a 96-well micro-titer plate (MTP) at 20,000 cells/well in full medium [DMEM with 10% FBS]. Then plates are placed in the incubator for incubation overnight (0/N), at 37 °C and 5% CO2. After 24 h, the medium is replaced with Luciferase-assay medium (DMEM with 0.5% FBS).
Compounds are thawed and diluted in assay medium at 3:1000 (about 300-fold) resulting in a starting concentration of about 30 p,M.
Subsequently, 150 ~.l of each 30 ~.M sample is added to the first wells (in triplicate). The MTP samples are then diluted at 3-fold dilutions to a total of seven wells, ultimately resulting in a regiment of seven dilutions in triplicate, for each compound. Next, the protein ligand OCT-SHH is diluted in Luciferase-assay medium and added to each well at a final concentration of 0.3 ~.g/ml. Plates are then returned to the incubator for further incubation O/N, at 37 °C and 5%
CO2. After about 24 h, plates are removed from the incubator and the medium is aspirated/discarded. Wells are washed once with assay buffer [PBS + 1 mM Mg2+
and 1 mM Caa+]. Then 50 ~,l of assay buffer is added to each well. The Luciferase assay reagent is prepared as described by the vendor (LucLite lcit from Pacl~ard), and 50 ~.l is added to each well. Plates are incubated at room temperature (RT) for about minutes after which the signals aa-e read, again at RT, on a Topcount (Paclcard).
Compounds identified in this assay are depicted in Figure 32. Testing of individual diastereomers of the depicted compowds in the above assay has demonstrated that cis isomers tend to exhibit greater activity, sometimes by more than 100-fold, than their tans isomer counterparts. Furthermore, ammonium salt derivatives, such as TFA salts, of the subject compounds have been shown to show similar or greater activity in the above assay.
Activities of particular compounds are presented 'below in Table 1:
Table 1 Compound ICSO (~.M) Compound ICSO (wM) A <1 S <1 C <1 D <1 E <0.1 F <1 G <1 H <0.1 I <10 J <0.1 K <0.1 L <10 M <1 N <1 O <O.1 P <0.1 Q <1 R <1 S <1 T <1 U <1 V <1 W <1 X <10 Y <10 Z <1 A' <10 B' <10 C' <10 D' <10 E' <10 F' <10 G' <10 H' <10 I' <10 J' <10 K' <10 L' <10 M' <0.1 N' <1 O' <0.1 P' <10 Q' <10 R' <1 S' <10 T' <1 U' <1 V' <1 W' <1 X' <0.1 Y' <1 Z' <1 A" <1 B" <1 C" <1 D" <10 E" <10 F" <10 G" <1 H" <10 I" <0.1 J" <0.1 K" <1 L" <1 M" <1 N" <1 O" <1 P" <10 Q" <10 R" <1 S" <1 T" <1 U" <10 V" <1 W" <10 X" <10 Y" <10 Z" <1 A"' <1 B"' <1 C"' <10 D"' <10 <1 O F"' <1 G"' <10 H"' <10 I"' <10 J"' <10 K"' <10 L"' <10 Ptc-yzull Assay Methods Ptc-null cells were cultured for 3 days in the presence of vehicle; jervine, a known Patched pathway antagonist (i) used here as a positive control; or 1 ~,M
of compound D. Total ribonucleic acid (RNA) was isolated from the cells and used for reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Specific primers for the detection of mouse gli-1 mRNA were used in the PCR, and the actin gene was used to demonstrate that equivalent amounts of mRNA samples were compared in the experiment. The gli-l and actin mRNA samples were then loaded on 1.5% agarose gel and were detected by staining with ethidium bromide. The same samples were analyzed by the quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction method to quantify the levels of gli-1 mRNA.
Results Figure 33A shows the results of a representative experiment. It shows gli-1 mRNA expression in cells treated with a vehicle control (Lane 1); 5 ~,M
jervine, the positive control compound (Lane 2); and 1 ~,M D (Lane 3). Compared with vehicle, D and jervine significantly decreased the expression of gli-1 mRNA inptc-null cells.
The levels of actin mRNA were equivalent in all conditions, indicating that equal quantities of RNA were analyzed in the experiment. This qualitative result was confirmed by the quantitative real-time PCR analysis (Figure 33B), which shows that D and jervine downregulated the gli-1 mRNA levels.
Together, these experiments confirm that exposure ofptc-null cells to D for 3 days downregulates the Patched pathway, as demonstrated by the inhibition of the expression of gli-1 mRNA transcripts.
ErrZbr yor~ic Mouse Skin PurZCIZ Assay: Effect of Py~olohged Exposure to D
Methods A novel cell culture assay was established to determine the effects of D on activation of the Patched pathway in shin. In tlv.s system, activation of the Patched pathway results in increased expression of the ptc gene.
To monitor the activity of the Patched pathway in embryonic skin, we cultured pieces of slcin from transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice. These mice were genetically engineered to harbor a foreign gene (lacZ). The lacZ gene encodes a bacterial beta-galactosidase. The gene was inserted in the ptc locus but allowed for normal ptc function. Ptc activation in response to Shh-induced Patched pathway activation can then be monitored by the production of the ZacZ gene product, beta-galactosidase, which is detectable by the enzymatic conversion of the substrate X-gal into a blue-colored reaction product.
Day 17.5 embryonic skin was explanted as 2 mm circular punches from these transgenic reporter mice and cultured for 5 to 7 days in the presence of Shh protein (Figure 34). Shh protein should upregulate the expression of the ptc gene, hence increase the amount of X-gal staining in these cultures. To test the effect of D, slcin punches were cultured for 6 days in the presence of both Shh protein and D
(Figure 35).
Results As expected, adding Shh protein to cultured slcin explants resulted in ptc activation as indicated by the blue X-gal staining of these cultvares (Figure gal).
Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining of sectioned slcin punches revealed intensely stained cells with basophilic nuclei and a high nucleus to cytoplasm ratio (Figure 34A - H&E [10x] and H&E [40x]). These structures resemble BCCs in that they were arranged in clusters throughout the dermal layer and were separated by palisades of normal appearing dermal cells.
X-gal staining demonstrated that the Patched pathway was active in cells within these BCC-like structures (Figure 34A-Eosin+X-gal). Consistent with published results and similar to human BCCs, the BCC-lilce clusters in the mouse skin punch expressed lceratin-14, a marlcer of undifferentiated lceratinocytes (Figure 34B).
Shin punches were cultured for 6 days in the presence of both Shh protein and D to test the effect of D. Figure 35 demonstrates the dose-dependent effect of D
on the level of Patched pathway activity in Shh-treated skin punches.
Increasing concentrations of D (from 0.01 to 1 ~,M) led to a dose-dependent decrease in the amount of pathway activity, as monitored by the amount of lacZ reporter enzyme activity (Figure 35A). Reporter enzyme staining of D treated explants demonstrated that 0.2 ~M D decreased X-gal staining compared with the intense X-gal staining of skin pmiches treated with Shh protein alone (Figure 35B). This indicates that D
blocked the activation of the Patched pathway and downregulated the expression of the ptc gene.
The next experiment demonstrated that inhibiting the Patched pathway with D would prevent the formation of BCC-lilce structures. Figure 35C shows that D
completely blocked the formation of BCC-like structures without affecting the integrity of normal slcin cells. This confirms that D can prevent the appearance of BCC-lilce structures produced by activating the Patched pathway, the same pathway that underlies the human disease.
Emb~yohic Mouse Skih Puuch Assay: Effect of Sho~~t-te~~z Pret~eat~raerzt with D
Methods Transgenic mouse-derived skin punches were treated with vehicle or D for 5 hours in the absence of Shh. After the pretreatment, the vehicle or D was removed.
The skin punches were washed twice and then cultured in the presence of S1W
for 6 days. At the end of the experiment, the slcin punches were fixed and stained with X-gal to determine Patched pathway activity.
Results Slcin punches treated for 6 days with exogenous Shh protein alone showed intense X-gal staining (i.e., activation) compared with those treated with vehicle alone (Figure 36, top row). Slcin punches pretreated with D at 10, 20 and 50 ~,M for 5 hours before being exposed to exogenous Shh protein demonstrated complete inhibition of Shh protein-induced upregulation of the Patched pathway, as indicated by the absence of X-gal staining (Figure 36, bottom row-3 slides on the right).
Intense X-gal staining indicative of upregulation of the Patched pathway was seen in slcin punches pretreated with vehicle before exposure to S1W protein (Figure 36, bottom row, left). The short period of pretreatment was essentially equivalent to 6-day exposure to D in terms of the level of ptc inhibition (compare top and bottom rows in Figure 36).
This result suggests that D binds tightly to its target and that the l~irietics of dissociation are slow or irreversible. The data also suggest that D might have the capacity to prevent the development of BCC.
Ef~ab~ yo~cic Mouse Skin Punch Assay: Lorzg-te~~nz Ti~eaty~zefzt of P~~e-existifzg BCC-Like Sty~uctm~es with D
Methods Day 17.5 embryonic skin punches from transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice were cultured in the presence of Shh protein for 7 days to allow for the development of BCC-like structures. The Shh protein was removed at the end of the 7 days. The cultures were then exposed to Shh protein plus either vehicle or D
for 3 days. The cultures were analyzed histologically after 10 days to assess the formation of BCC-lilce structures that are indicative of activation of the Patched pathway.
Results Histological analysis showed that D, at either 1 or 5 ~,M, significantly reduced the size and number of Shh-induced BCC-like stuuctures in treated skin punches, as compared with vehicle treated explants (Figure 37A). Thus, it appears that exposing existing BCC-lilce structures to D for 3 days induced the regression of these structures. Furthermore, D did not appear to have general cytotoxic effects on slcin cells, as determined by their normal histology.
One possible mechanism for D-induced regression of BGC-like structures rnay be apoptosis of the activated cells. To investigate this possibility, parallel explants were exposed to 5 ~M D for 2 days and were then stained by the terminal deoxynucleotidyltransferase mediated d-UTP nick end-labeling (TUNEL) method, which is used to detect apoptotic nuclei. After 2 days of exposure to 5 ~.M D, the number of apoptotic nuclei (indicated by the brown color in the slides on the right) within the BCC-like structures was signif candy higher than in the vehicle control on the left (Figure 37B). Taken together, these results suggest that D-induced regression of BCC-life structures results, at least in part, from stimulating the cellular suicide pathway of cells in which the Patched pathway is activated.
Embf youic Mouse Slri~ Punch Assay: Short-teem Ti~eatmeht of P~~e-existing BCC-like Sts~uctu~~es with D
Methods Day 17.5 embryonic slcin punches fiom transgenic Patched pathway reporter mice were cultured in the presence of Shh protein for 7 days. The Shh protein was removed at the end of the 7 days. The slcin punches were then exposed to vehicle or 1 or 5 ~M D for 5 hours on days 7 and 9. After each expostue to vehicle or D, the vehicle or D was washed off and the skin punches were cultured again in the presence of Shh protein. Cultures were analyzed by X-gal staining after 10 days in vitro to assess the'activity of the Patched pathway.
Results Short-term treatment with D reduced the amount of X-gal staining associated with exposure to Shh protein (Figure 38A), suggesting a downregulation of pathway activity in skin explants. Histological analysis showed that even at a concentration of 1 ~M, D induced the regression of X-gal-positive BCC-like structures (Figure 38B).
Quantification of the gli-1 mRNA levels in D-treated punches demonstrated that short-term treatment with D completely downregulated gli-1 transcription (Figure 38C, left side). This effect appeared to be specific to the Patched pathway and not due to general cytotoxicity, as shown by the relatively constant mRNA levels of a houselceeping enzyme, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase or GAPDH
(Figure 38C, right side).
These results demonstrate that under certain conditions of short-term exposure, D
has the capacity to inhibit the activity of the Patched pathway in cultured embryonic skin explants. Furthermore, D at concentrations of both l and 5 ~.M caused the regressiomof existing Shh-induced BCC-like structures.
Adult BCC Mouse Skiyz Punch Assay Methods Ptc heterozygous transgenic mice were irradiated 3 times weekly for 6 months, during which time many small, and often microscopic, BCC tumors developed. Four-mm diameter skin punch explants, presmnably containing BCC
structures, were cultured for 6 days in the presence of vehicle, the positive control (jervine), or 5 ~.M D. At the end of the experiment, the explants were analyzed by X-gal staining to detect the level of Patched pathway activity, by histology to determine the effect of treatment on the morphology of ultraviolet radiation-induced BCCs, and by quantifying the level of gli-I mRNA expression to characterize the extent of pathway inhibition.
Results X-gal staining of the treated explants shows that slcin punches cultured in the presence of vehicle alone developed intensely stained blue foci indicative of a focal upregulation of the Patched pathway and BCC structures (blue spots in Figure 39A).
Compared with vehicle, 5 ~,M D, lilce the positive control, decreased the number and size of established BCC structures. Histological analysis of sectioned explants demonstrated that D induced the regression of ultraviolet radiation-induced BCC
tumors, as compared with the vehicle control (Figure 39B). In skin punches from these heterozygous transgenic mice, the levels of gli-1 mRNA were high because of the activation ofPtc target genes. D at concentrations of 1 and 5 ~.M also significantly inhibited the level of gli-1 mRNA levels compared with vehicle alone.
Quantification of gli-1 mRNA levels shows the almost complete inhibition of target gene activation by D (Figure 39C). This inhibition did not appear to be caused by non-specific cytotoxicity, as statistical comparison of the levels of the housekeeping GAPDH enzyme between treated and vehicle conditions shows no significant difference among groups in general cellular metabolic activity. Thus, these results demonstrate that D inhibits the Patched pathway and induces the regression of ultraviolet radiation-induced, BCNS-like, BCC tumors in cultured skin explants.
These data confirm the results of previous experiments and suggest that D
might be effective in treating BCC.
Hmna~ BCC Explaut Culture Methods Specimens obtained from surgical procedures (such as Mohs surgery or curettage) were cultured on fresh, living, day 17 embryonic mouse dermis from which all epidermal cells have been removed by digestion using disease. Since disease treatment digests basement membrane components, Matrigel, a commercially available basement membrane preparation, was applied between the dermis and BCC. Cultures were assembled on top of a plastic grid and incubated for 3 days (with or without D at a concentration of 10 ~,M) in a medium suitable for the long-term culture of human slcin. After culture, the samples were processed for routine histology and subjected to quantitative in situ hybridization.
Briefly, 7~.m sections of paraformaldehyde-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue containing laxge basal cell islands were cleared, re-hydrated, digested with proteinase K, acetylated and hybridized with [33P]- labeled RNA probes overnight. After high stringency post-hybridization washes, slides were exposed to a PhosphorImager screen in the dark at room temperature for 4-7 days. After developing, the [33P]-signal was scanned using a Storm Scanner (Molecular Dynamics). Individual basal cell islands were selected and the signal quantified and expressed in average counts/pixel using ImageQuant 1.0 software.
Results The morphological features characteristic of BCCs, such as islands of undifferentiated basal cells, and in some cases, palisading of peripheral cells and stromal clefting (Figure 40A) were maintained when BCCs were cultured in this system. Likewise, the differentiation markers that were expressed are identical in pattern to those of the pre-culture controls, as determined by immunohistochemical staining (data not shown). The GLI 1 gene, a pivotal indicator of Patched signaling, remained active at high levels in untreated cultures, as determined from sections exposed to 33P-labeled RNA probes (Figure 40B). Quantitative in situ hybridization showed that the level of GLI 1 expression was greatly reduced in the D-treated samples as compaxed to vehicle-treated controls (Figure 41).
P~epa~atioh ~compouuds of the present ihveution a. Illustrative synthetic schemes Exemplary synthesis schemes for generating hedgehog antagonists useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention are shown in Figures 1-31.
The reaction conditions in the illustrated schemes of Figure 1-31 are as follows:
1) R1CH2CN, NaNH2, toluene (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 11, 1242) 2) H~S04, H20, reflux (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 1 l, 1242) 3) H2S04, EtOH, reflux (Arzneim-Forsch, 1990, 40, 11, 1242) 4) NaOH, EtOH, reflux 5) (Boc)20, 2M NaOH, THF
6) LiHDMS, R1X, THF
(Merclc Patent Applic # WO 96/06609) 7) Pd-C, H2, MeOH
8) t-BuONO, CuBr, HBr, H20 (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 2426) 9) ArB(OH)2, Pd(PPh3)4, Dioxane (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 217-223) 10) R12(H)C=CR13R14, Pd(OAc)2, Et3N, DMF
(Org. React. 1982, 27, 345) 11 ) Tf20, THF
(J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5478-5486) 12) ArSnBu3, Pd(PPh3)4, Dioxane (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5478-5486)
13) KMn04, Py, H20 (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 217-223)
14) NaORl, THF
15) NaSRI, THF
16) HNR1R13, THF
17) HONO, NaBF4 (Adv. Fluorine Chem. 1965, 4, 1-3 0)
18) Pd(OAc)2, NaH, DPPF, PhCH3~ R10H
(J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 5413-5418)
(J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 5413-5418)
19) i. R1X, Et3N, CH2Cl2, ii. R13X
20) SOCl2, cat DMF
21 ) CH2N2, Et20
22) Ag20, Na2C03, Na2S2O3, H20 (Tetrahedron Lett. 1979, '2667)
23) Ag02CPh, Et3N, MeOH
(Org. Syn., 1970, 50, 77; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5432)
(Org. Syn., 1970, 50, 77; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 5432)
24) LiOH, THF-MeOH
25) (Et0)2P(O)CH2C02R, BuLi, THF
26) Me02CCH(Br)=P(Ph)3, benzene
27) KOH or I~OtBu
28) Base, X(CH2)nC02R
29) DPPA, Et3N, toluene (Synthesis 1985, 220)
30) HONO, H20
31) 502, CuCI, HCI, H20 (Synthesis 1969, 1-10, 6)
32) Lawesson's reagent, toluene (Tetrahedron Asym. 1996, 7, 1.2, 3553)
33) R2M, solvent
34) 30% H2O2, glacial CH3C02H
(Helv. Clum. Acta. 1968, 349, 323)
(Helv. Clum. Acta. 1968, 349, 323)
35) triphosgene, CH2Cl2 (Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589)
36) i. (Et0)2P(O)CHLiS02Oi-Pr, THF, ii. NaI
37) Ph3PCH3I, NaCH2S(O)CH3, DMSO
(Synthesis 1987, 498)
(Synthesis 1987, 498)
38) Br2, CHCl3 or other solvent (Synthesis 1987, 498) 3 9) BuLi, Bu3 SnCI
40) C1SO20TMS, CC14 CChem. Ber. 1995, 128, 575-580) 41) MeOH-HCI, reflux 42) LAH, Et20 or LiBH4, EtOH or BH3-THF
(Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 43) MsCI, Et3N, CH2Cl2 (Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 44) Na2S03, H20 (Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 45) R2R4NH, Et3N, CH2C12 46) R2M, solvent 47) CH3NH(OCH3), EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
(Tetrahedron Lett, 1981, 22, 3815) 48) MeLi, THF
49) mCPBA, CH2Cl2 50) HONG, Cu20, Cu(N03)2, H20 (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 2053) 51) R1M, solvent 52) HONO, NaS(S)COEt, H20 (Org. Synth. 1947, 27, 81) 53) HSR2 or HSR4, CH2Cl2 54) i-BuOC(O)Cl, Et3N, NH3, THF
55) R2R4NH, CH2Cl2, NaBH(OAc)3 56) R2R4NH, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
57) R2OH, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
58) R20H, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
59) R2R4NH, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF
60) R2R4NH, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
61) POCl3, Py, CH2Cl2 62) R2R4NC0, solvent 63) R2OC(O)Cl, Et3N, solvent 64) R2C02H, EDC or HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
65) R2X, Et3N, solvent 66) (CH3S)2C-N(CN),°DMF, EtOH
(J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 57-66) 67) R2S02C1, Et3N, CH2Cl2 68) R2- or R3- or R4CH0, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
(Synthesis 1975, 135-146) 69) Boc(Tr)-D or L-CysOH, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
70) Boc(Tr)-D or L-CysH, NaBH3CN, MeOH/CH3C02H
(Synthesis 1975, 135-146) 71) S-Tr-N-Boc cysteinal, C1CH2CH2Cl or THF, NaBH(OAc)3 (J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3849-3862) 72) TFA, CH2Cl2, Et3SiH or (3:1:1) thioanisole/ethanedithiol/DMS
73) TFA, CH2Cl2 74) DPPA, Et3N, toluene, HOCH2CH2SiCH3 (Tetrahedron Lett. 1984, 25, 3515) 75) TBAF, THF
76) Base, TrSH or BnSH
77) Base, R2X or Rq.X
78) R3NH2, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
79) N2H4, KOH
80) Pd2(dba)3, P(o-tol)3, RNH2, NaOtBu, Dioxane, R1NH2 (Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 7181-7184).
81 ) Cyanamide.
82) Fmoc-Gl, sodium bicarbonate.
83) BnCOCI, sodium carbonate.
84) AllyIOCOCI, pyridine.
85) Benzyl bromide, base.
86) Oxalyl chloride, DMSO.
87) RCONH2.
88) Carbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
89) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
90) Cyanogen bromide, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
91) RCOCI, Triethylamine 92) RNHNH2, EDC.
93) R02CCOCl, Et3N, DCM.
94) MsOH, Pyridine (J. Het. Chem., 1980, 607.) 95) Base, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, toluene, THF) 96) H2NOR, EDC.
S 97) RCSNH2.
98) RCOCHBrR, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene), (Org. Proc.
Prep. Intl., 1992, 24, 127).
99) CH2N2, HCI. (Synthesis, 1993, 197).
100) NH2NHR, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
101) RS02C1, DMAP. (Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34, 2749).
102) Et3N, RX. (J. Org. Chem., 1990, SS, 6037).
103) NOCI or Cl2 (J. Org. Chem., 1990, 55, 3916).
104) H2NOH, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
105) RCCR, neutral solvents (DCM, THF, Toluene).
106) RCHCHR, neutral solvents (DCM, THF, Toluene).
107) H2NOH, HCI.
108) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, Si02 or BF30Et2. (J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 5228).
109) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, DBU or DBN. (J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 5228).
110) HNO2, HCI.
111) C1CH2CO2Et (Org. Reactions, 1959,10,143).
112) Morpholine enamine (Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1982, 17, 27).
113) RCOCHR'CN
114) RCOCHR'C02Et 115) Na2S03 116) H2NCHRC02Et 117) Et02CCHRNCO
118) RCNHNH2.
119) RCOC02H, (J. Med. Chem., 1995, 38, 3741).
120) RCHO, KOAc.
121) 2-Fluoronitrobenzene.
122) SnCl2, EtOH, DMF.
123) RCHO, NaBH3CN, HOAc.
124) NH3, MeOH.
125) 2,4,6-Me3PhS02NH2.
126) Et2NH, CH2Cl2 127) MeOC(O)Cl, Et3N, CH2C12 12~) R2NH2, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 129) DBU, PhCH3 130) BocNHCH(CH2STr)CH2NH2, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 131) R2NHCH2CO2Me, HBTU, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 132) BocNHCH(CH2STr)CH20Ms, LiHMDS, THF
133) R2NHCH2C02Me, NaBH(OAc)3, C1CH2CH2Cl or THF
134) R2NHCH2CH(OEt)2, HBTU, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 135) NaBH(OAc)3, C1CH2CH2C1 or THF, AcOH.
136) Piperidine, DMF.
137) Pd(Ph3P)4, Bu3SnH.
138) RC02H, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, DCM.
139) RNH2, neutral solvents.
140) RCHO, NaBH3CN, HOAc.
141) RNCO, solvent.
142) RCO2H, EDC or HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF.
143) RCOCI, Triethylamine 144) RS02C1, Et3N, CH2C12.
145) SnCl2, EtOH, DMF.
146) RNH2, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF.
147) Dibromoethane, Et3N, CH2Cla 148) Oxalyl chloride, neutral solvents.
149) LiOH, THF-MeOH.
150) Carbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
151 ) RNH2, Et3N, CH2C12.
152) Base, RX.
153) DBU, PhCH3 154) DPPA, Et3N, toluene (Synthesis 1985, 220) 155) SOC12, cat DMF.
156) ArH, Lewis Acid (A1C13, SnCl4, TiCl4), CH2Cl2.
157) H2NCHRC02Et, neutral solvents.
158) BocHNCHRC02H, EDC OR HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CHZC12 or DMF.
159) TFA, CH2Cl2.
All of the, references cited above are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
Equivalents Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
40) C1SO20TMS, CC14 CChem. Ber. 1995, 128, 575-580) 41) MeOH-HCI, reflux 42) LAH, Et20 or LiBH4, EtOH or BH3-THF
(Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 43) MsCI, Et3N, CH2Cl2 (Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 44) Na2S03, H20 (Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8589) 45) R2R4NH, Et3N, CH2C12 46) R2M, solvent 47) CH3NH(OCH3), EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
(Tetrahedron Lett, 1981, 22, 3815) 48) MeLi, THF
49) mCPBA, CH2Cl2 50) HONG, Cu20, Cu(N03)2, H20 (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 2053) 51) R1M, solvent 52) HONO, NaS(S)COEt, H20 (Org. Synth. 1947, 27, 81) 53) HSR2 or HSR4, CH2Cl2 54) i-BuOC(O)Cl, Et3N, NH3, THF
55) R2R4NH, CH2Cl2, NaBH(OAc)3 56) R2R4NH, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
57) R2OH, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
58) R20H, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
59) R2R4NH, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF
60) R2R4NH, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
61) POCl3, Py, CH2Cl2 62) R2R4NC0, solvent 63) R2OC(O)Cl, Et3N, solvent 64) R2C02H, EDC or HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
65) R2X, Et3N, solvent 66) (CH3S)2C-N(CN),°DMF, EtOH
(J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 57-66) 67) R2S02C1, Et3N, CH2Cl2 68) R2- or R3- or R4CH0, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
(Synthesis 1975, 135-146) 69) Boc(Tr)-D or L-CysOH, HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2Cl2 or DMF
70) Boc(Tr)-D or L-CysH, NaBH3CN, MeOH/CH3C02H
(Synthesis 1975, 135-146) 71) S-Tr-N-Boc cysteinal, C1CH2CH2Cl or THF, NaBH(OAc)3 (J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3849-3862) 72) TFA, CH2Cl2, Et3SiH or (3:1:1) thioanisole/ethanedithiol/DMS
73) TFA, CH2Cl2 74) DPPA, Et3N, toluene, HOCH2CH2SiCH3 (Tetrahedron Lett. 1984, 25, 3515) 75) TBAF, THF
76) Base, TrSH or BnSH
77) Base, R2X or Rq.X
78) R3NH2, MeOH/CH3C02H, NaBH3CN
79) N2H4, KOH
80) Pd2(dba)3, P(o-tol)3, RNH2, NaOtBu, Dioxane, R1NH2 (Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 7181-7184).
81 ) Cyanamide.
82) Fmoc-Gl, sodium bicarbonate.
83) BnCOCI, sodium carbonate.
84) AllyIOCOCI, pyridine.
85) Benzyl bromide, base.
86) Oxalyl chloride, DMSO.
87) RCONH2.
88) Carbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
89) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
90) Cyanogen bromide, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
91) RCOCI, Triethylamine 92) RNHNH2, EDC.
93) R02CCOCl, Et3N, DCM.
94) MsOH, Pyridine (J. Het. Chem., 1980, 607.) 95) Base, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, toluene, THF) 96) H2NOR, EDC.
S 97) RCSNH2.
98) RCOCHBrR, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene), (Org. Proc.
Prep. Intl., 1992, 24, 127).
99) CH2N2, HCI. (Synthesis, 1993, 197).
100) NH2NHR, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
101) RS02C1, DMAP. (Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34, 2749).
102) Et3N, RX. (J. Org. Chem., 1990, SS, 6037).
103) NOCI or Cl2 (J. Org. Chem., 1990, 55, 3916).
104) H2NOH, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
105) RCCR, neutral solvents (DCM, THF, Toluene).
106) RCHCHR, neutral solvents (DCM, THF, Toluene).
107) H2NOH, HCI.
108) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, Si02 or BF30Et2. (J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 5228).
109) Thiocarbonyldiimidazole, DBU or DBN. (J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 5228).
110) HNO2, HCI.
111) C1CH2CO2Et (Org. Reactions, 1959,10,143).
112) Morpholine enamine (Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1982, 17, 27).
113) RCOCHR'CN
114) RCOCHR'C02Et 115) Na2S03 116) H2NCHRC02Et 117) Et02CCHRNCO
118) RCNHNH2.
119) RCOC02H, (J. Med. Chem., 1995, 38, 3741).
120) RCHO, KOAc.
121) 2-Fluoronitrobenzene.
122) SnCl2, EtOH, DMF.
123) RCHO, NaBH3CN, HOAc.
124) NH3, MeOH.
125) 2,4,6-Me3PhS02NH2.
126) Et2NH, CH2Cl2 127) MeOC(O)Cl, Et3N, CH2C12 12~) R2NH2, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 129) DBU, PhCH3 130) BocNHCH(CH2STr)CH2NH2, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 131) R2NHCH2CO2Me, HBTU, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 132) BocNHCH(CH2STr)CH20Ms, LiHMDS, THF
133) R2NHCH2C02Me, NaBH(OAc)3, C1CH2CH2Cl or THF
134) R2NHCH2CH(OEt)2, HBTU, HOBT, Et3N, CH2C12 135) NaBH(OAc)3, C1CH2CH2C1 or THF, AcOH.
136) Piperidine, DMF.
137) Pd(Ph3P)4, Bu3SnH.
138) RC02H, EDC, HOBT, Et3N, DCM.
139) RNH2, neutral solvents.
140) RCHO, NaBH3CN, HOAc.
141) RNCO, solvent.
142) RCO2H, EDC or HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF.
143) RCOCI, Triethylamine 144) RS02C1, Et3N, CH2C12.
145) SnCl2, EtOH, DMF.
146) RNH2, EDC, HOBt, DIEA, CH2C12 or DMF.
147) Dibromoethane, Et3N, CH2Cla 148) Oxalyl chloride, neutral solvents.
149) LiOH, THF-MeOH.
150) Carbonyldiimidazole, neutral solvents (e.g., DCM, DMF, THF, toluene).
151 ) RNH2, Et3N, CH2C12.
152) Base, RX.
153) DBU, PhCH3 154) DPPA, Et3N, toluene (Synthesis 1985, 220) 155) SOC12, cat DMF.
156) ArH, Lewis Acid (A1C13, SnCl4, TiCl4), CH2Cl2.
157) H2NCHRC02Et, neutral solvents.
158) BocHNCHRC02H, EDC OR HBTU, HOBt, DIEA, CHZC12 or DMF.
159) TFA, CH2Cl2.
All of the, references cited above are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
Equivalents Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims (93)
1. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented in the general formula (I):
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1 and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X and D, independently, are selected from N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
E represents NR5, wherein R5 represents LR8 or an ammonium salt thereof;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1 and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X and D, independently, are selected from N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
E represents NR5, wherein R5 represents LR8 or an ammonium salt thereof;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
2. The formulation of claim 1, wherein Y and Z each represent O.
3. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the sum of q and r is less than 4.
4. The formulation of claim 1, wherein D represents an aralkyl- or heteroaralkyl-substituted amine.
5. The formulation of claim 1, wherein R1 represents a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloalkylalkyl.
6. The formulation of claim 1, wherein L attached to R1 represents O, S, or
NR8.
S. The formulation of claim 1, wherein X is included in a ring.
9. The formulation of claim 1, wherein XLR4 includes a cyclic amine.
10. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
11. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
12. The formulation of claim 11, wherein the physiologically salt is sodium acetate.
13. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
14. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
15. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
16. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
17. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented in the general formula (II):
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected, independently, from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and , q, r, and s represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected, independently, from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and , q, r, and s represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
18. The formulation of claim 17, wherein Y and Z each represent O.
19. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the sum of q, r, and s is less than 4.
20. The formulation of claim 17, wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R3 includes an aryl group.
21. The formulation of claim 17, wherein XLR4 includes a cyclic diamine.
22. The formulation of claim 17, wherein X is included in a diazacarbocycle.
23. The formulation of claim 17, wherein R1 represents a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloalkylalkyl.
24. The formulation of claim 17, wherein L attached to R1 represents O, S, or NR8.
25. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
26. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
27. The formulation of claim 26, wherein physiologically the salt is sodium acetate.
28. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
29. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
30. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
31. The formulation of claim 17, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
32. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 1.
33. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 17.
34. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 1 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
35. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 17 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
36. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented in the general formula (III) wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, (CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, (CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, (CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
Y and Z, independently, are selected from O and S;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5; and q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2.
37. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the sum of q and r is less than 4.
38. The formulation of claim 36, wherein R1 represents a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloalkylalkyl.
39. The formulation of claim 36, wherein XLR4 includes a cyclic amine.
40. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
41. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
42. The formulation of claim 41, wherein physiologically the salt is sodium acetate.
43. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
44. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
45. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
46. The formulation of claim 36, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
47. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented in the general formula (IV):
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, (CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected, independently, from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3; and n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5.
wherein, as valence and stability permit, R1, R2, R3, and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl;
L, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents -(CH2)n-, -alkenyl-, -alkynyl-, -(CH2)n alkenyl-, -(CH2)n alkynyl-, -(CH2)n O(CH2)p-, (CH2)n NR8(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n S(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkenyl(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n alkynyl(CH2)p-, -O(CH2)n-, -NR8(CH2)n-, or -S(CH2)n-;
X is selected, independently, from -N(R8)-, -O-, -S-, -(R8)N-N(R8)-, -ON(R8)-, and a direct bond;
R8, independently for each occurrence, represents H, lower alkyl, -(CH2)n aryl, or -(CH2)n heteroaryl, or two R8 taken together may form a 4- to 8-membered ring;
M is absent or represents L, -SO2L-, or -(C=O)L-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3; and n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5.
48. The formulation of claim 47, wherein R1 represents a branched alkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a cycloalkylalkyl.
49. The formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R3 includes an aryl group.
50. The formulation of claim 47, wherein XLR4 includes a cyclic amine.
51. The formulation of claim 47, wherein X is part of a diazacarbocycle.
52. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
53. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
54. The formulation of claim 53, wherein physiologically the salt is sodium acetate.
55. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
56. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
57. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
58. The formulation of claim 47, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
59. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 36.
60. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 47.
61. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 36 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
62. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 47 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
63. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented by the general formula (V):
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y is O or S;
Z' is SO2, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5;
q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NR8;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -SO2-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or alkylene attached to NC(=Y), such that both occurrences of N
adjacent to J are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (branched or unbranched), alkenyl (branched or unbranched), alkynyl (branched or unbranched), cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl.
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y is O or S;
Z' is SO2, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5;
q and r represent, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 2;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NR8;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -SO2-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or alkylene attached to NC(=Y), such that both occurrences of N
adjacent to J are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (branched or unbranched), alkenyl (branched or unbranched), alkynyl (branched or unbranched), cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl.
64. The formulation of claim 63, wherein Y and Z are O.
65. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the sum of q and r is less than 4.
66. The formulation of claim 63, wherein at least one occurrence of J is part of a heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 8 members.
67. The formulation of claim 63, wherein R5 represents a branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
68. The formulation of claim 63, wherein R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring.
69. The formulation of claim 63, wherein R7 represents a phenyl alkyl.
70. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
71. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
72. The formulation of claim 71, wherein physiologically the salt is sodium acetate.
73. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
74. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
75. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
76. The formulation of claim 63, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
77. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 63.
78. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 63 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
79. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound represented by the general formula (VI):
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y is O or S;
Z' is SO2, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NR8;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -SO2-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or alkylene attached to NC(=Y), such that both occurrences of N
adjacent to J are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (branched or unbranched), alkenyl (branched or unbranched), alkynyl (branched or unbranched), cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl.
wherein, as valence and stability permit, Y is O or S;
Z' is SO2, -(C=S)-, or -(C=O)-;
p represents, independently for each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 3;
n, individually for each occurrence, represents an integer from 0 to 5;
V is absent or represents O, S, or NR8;
G is absent or represents -C(=O)- or -SO2-;
J, independently for each occurrence, represents H or substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl or alkylene attached to NC(=Y), such that both occurrences of N
adjacent to J are linked through at least one occurrence of J, and R9, independently for each occurrence, is absent or represents H or lower alkyl, or two occurrences of J or one occurrence of J taken together with one occurrence of R9, forms a ring of from 5 to 7 members, which ring includes one or both occurrences of N;
R5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (branched or unbranched), alkenyl (branched or unbranched), alkynyl (branched or unbranched), cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
R6 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, including polycyclic groups; and R7 represents substituted or unsubstituted aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl.
80. The preparation of claim 79, wherein Y and Z are O.
81. The preparation of claim 79, wherein at least one occurrence of J is part of a heterocyclic ring having from 5 to 8 members.
82. The preparation of claim 79, wherein R5 represents a branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
83. The preparation of claim 79, wherein R6 includes at least one heterocyclic ring.
84. The preparation of claim 79, wherein R7 represents a phenyl alkyl.
85. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the salt is a chloride, bromide, iodide, succinate, tartrate, lactate, mesylate, or maleate salt.
86. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the solution includes a dissolved physiologically acceptable salt.
87. The formulation of claim 86, wherein physiologically the salt is sodium acetate.
88. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the aqueous solution further includes a solute selected from dextrose, lactose, mannitol, or another polyhydroxylated compound.
89. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the aqueous solution has an osmolarity between 200 and 400 mOsm.
90. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the solution has a pH in the range of to 6.
91. The formulation of claim 79, wherein the formulation is suitable for topical administration.
92. A method for inhibiting activation of a hedgehog pathway in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with the formulation of claim 79.
93. A method for treating or preventing basal cell carcinoma, comprising administering the formulation of claim 79 to a patient in an amount sufficient to inhibit progression of basal cell carcinoma.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US24053600P | 2000-10-13 | 2000-10-13 | |
US60/240,536 | 2000-10-13 | ||
PCT/US2001/032054 WO2002030421A2 (en) | 1999-10-14 | 2001-10-12 | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2424785A1 true CA2424785A1 (en) | 2002-04-18 |
Family
ID=22906937
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002424785A Abandoned CA2424785A1 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2001-10-12 | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1326600A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004531458A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002211713A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2424785A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108588011B (en) * | 2018-05-08 | 2022-04-05 | 中国农业科学院北京畜牧兽医研究所 | Method for improving in vitro fertilization capability of vitrified frozen oocyte |
CN115067321B (en) * | 2022-06-30 | 2023-08-08 | 上海市伤骨科研究所 | Nutritional capsule for medium-long-term three-dimensional preservation of cornea tissue and preparation method thereof |
-
2001
- 2001-10-12 EP EP01979788A patent/EP1326600A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-10-12 CA CA002424785A patent/CA2424785A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-10-12 JP JP2002533862A patent/JP2004531458A/en active Pending
- 2001-10-12 AU AU2002211713A patent/AU2002211713A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2002211713A1 (en) | 2002-04-22 |
EP1326600A2 (en) | 2003-07-16 |
JP2004531458A (en) | 2004-10-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2388468C (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signalling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
US6552016B1 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
EP1482928B1 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways,compositions and uses related thereto | |
EP1496905B1 (en) | Modulators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
US9173869B2 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
AU2002327390A1 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
US20020165221A1 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
ZA200400582B (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto. | |
CA2424785A1 (en) | Mediators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto | |
AU2011224045A1 (en) | Modulators of hedgehog signaling pathways, compositions and uses related thereto |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |